Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

2004 FORM 10-K

 


 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

Commission file number 1-14634

 


 

GlobalSantaFe Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Cayman Islands   98-0108989

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

15375 Memorial Drive, Houston, Texas   77079-4101
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (281) 925-6000

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class


 

Name of each exchange

    on which registered    


Ordinary Shares $.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2004) was approximately $5.0 billion (the executive officers and directors of the registrant and Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates are considered affiliates for purposes of this calculation).

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: Ordinary Shares, $.01 par value, 238,773,732 shares outstanding as of February 28, 2005.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the Proxy Statement in connection with the 2005 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated into Part III of this Report.



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

Part I

         

Items 1. and 2.

  

Business and Properties

   7

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

   25

Item 4.

  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   27

Part II

         

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   28

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

   29

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   32

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   52

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   55

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   101

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

   101

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

   102

Part III

         

Item 10.

  

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   103

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

   103

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   103

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   103

Item 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   103

Part IV

         

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   104

 


 

We make available on our website, free of charge, at www.globalsantafe.com our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information contained in our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

 

EARNINGS CONFERENCE CALL

 

On Thursday, May 5, 2005, we are scheduled to release our first quarter 2005 financial results before trading opens on the New York Stock Exchange. On May 5, 2005, at 10:00 a.m. Central Time (11:00 a.m. Eastern Time), we are scheduled to hold an earnings conference call to discuss the results.

 

Interested parties may participate in the conference by calling (719) 457-2679, confirmation code 895493. The call is also available through our website at www.globalsantafe.com . We recommend that listeners connect to the website prior to the conference call to ensure adequate time for any software download that may be needed to hear the webcast. Replays will be available starting at 1:00 p.m. Central Time (2:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on the day of the conference call by webcast on our website or by telephoning (719) 457-0820, confirmation code 895493. Both services will discontinue replays at 7:00 p.m. Central Time on May 12, 2005.


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, companies are provided a “safe harbor” for discussing their expectations regarding future performance. We believe it is in the best interests of our shareholders and the investment community to use these provisions and provide such forward-looking information. We do so in this report and other communications. Forward-looking statements are often but not always identifiable by use of words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “budget,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” and “will.”

 

Our forward-looking statements include statements about the following subjects:

 

    our possible or assumed results of operations;

 

    our funding and financing plans;

 

    the dates drilling rigs will become available following completion of current contracts;

 

    the date our rig that is under construction is expected to be delivered;

 

    our expectation that costs for the repair of the derrick and damaged equipment for our ultra-deepwater semisubmersibles will be borne by the equipment supplier;

 

    the expected costs of our rig under construction and recently constructed rigs;

 

    projected cash outlays, the timing of such outlays and expected sources of funding in connection with the recently constructed rigs and rig that is under construction;

 

    our contract drilling and drilling management services revenue backlogs and the amounts expected to be realized in 2005;

 

    our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows relating to the determination of impairment of rigs and drilling equipment;

 

    the expected outcomes of legal and administrative proceedings, their materiality, potential insurance coverage and their expected effects on our financial position and results of operations;

 

    the assumptions as to risk-free interest rates, stock volatility, dividend yield and expected lives of awards used to estimate the fair value of stock-based compensation awards;

 

    the return assumptions developed by our consultants in determining expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets assumption;

 

    our expectations regarding future conditions in various geographic markets in which we operate and the prospects for future work and dayrates in those markets;

 

    our expectations regarding equipment supply and demand in various geographic markets;

 

    our expectations regarding the impact of new rigs under construction;

 

    estimated costs in 2004 for drilling management services;

 

    our use of critical accounting estimates and the assumptions and estimates made by management during the preparation of our financial statements;

 

    the fact that the we do not anticipate using stock to satisfy future purchase obligations in connection with our Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures;

 

    our estimated capital expenditures in 2005;

 

    our expectation that we will fund various commitments, primarily related to our debt and capital lease obligations, leases for office space and other property and equipment as well as commitments for construction of drilling rigs, with existing cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and future cash flows from operations;

 

3


Table of Contents
    our ability to service indebtedness;

 

    our ability to meet all of our current obligations, including working capital requirements, capital expenditures, total lease obligations, construction and development expenses, and debt service, from our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances and future cash flow from operations;

 

    our expectation that, if required, any additional payments made under certain fully defeased financing leases would not be material to our financial position or results of operations in any given year;

 

    our belief that our exposure to interest rate fluctuations as a result of fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps is not material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows;

 

    our belief that credit risk in our commercial paper, U.S. Treasury Notes, money-market funds and Eurodollar time deposits with a variety of financial institutions with strong credit ratings is minimal;

 

    the costs, adequacy and availability of insurance; and

 

    any other statements that are not historical facts.

 

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report and are based on currently available industry, financial, and economic data and our operating plans. They are also inherently uncertain, and investors must recognize that events could turn out to be materially different from our expectations.

 

Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

    higher than anticipated accruals for performance-based compensation due to better than anticipated performance, higher than anticipated severance expenses due to unanticipated employee terminations, higher than anticipated legal and accounting fees due to unanticipated financing or other corporate transactions, and other factors that could increase G&A expenses;

 

    a material or extended decline in expenditures by the oil and gas industry, which is significantly affected by indications and expectations regarding the level and volatility of oil and natural gas prices, which in turn are affected by such things as political, economic and weather conditions affecting or potentially affecting regional or worldwide demand for oil and natural gas, actions or anticipated actions by OPEC, inventory level, deliverability constraints, and futures market activity;

 

    if a competitor succeeds in enjoining us from using our dual drilling activity structure and method;

 

    the extent to which customers and potential customers continue to pursue ultra-deepwater drilling;

 

    the extent to which we are required to idle rigs or to enter into lower dayrate contracts in response to future market conditions;

 

    exploration success or lack of exploration success by our customers and potential customers;

 

    our ability to enter into and the terms of future drilling contracts;

 

    our ability to win bids for turnkey drilling operations;

 

    rig availability and our ability to hire suitable rigs at acceptable rates;

 

    the availability of qualified personnel;

 

    the availability of adequate insurance at a reasonable cost;

 

    the occurrence of an uninsured or unidentified event;

 

    the risks of failing to complete a well or wells under turnkey contracts;

 

    other risks inherent in turnkey contracts;

 

    our failure to retain the business of one or more significant customers;

 

    the termination or renegotiation of contracts by customers;

 

 

4


Table of Contents
    the operating hazards inherent in drilling for oil and natural gas;

 

    the risks of international operations and compliance with foreign laws;

 

    political and other uncertainties inherent in non-U.S. operations, including exchange and currency fluctuations and the limitations on the ability to repatriate income or capital to the U.S.;

 

    compliance with or breach of environmental laws;

 

    proposed United States tax law changes or other changes in the tax laws or regulations of the U.S. or another country or changes in tax treaties;

 

    limitations on our ability to use our U.S. tax net operating loss carryforwards;

 

    changes in employee demographics that impact the estimated remaining service lives of the active participants in our pension plans;

 

    the impact of governmental laws and regulations and the uncertainties involved in their administration, particularly in some foreign jurisdictions;

 

    the highly competitive and cyclical nature of our business, with periods of low demand and excess rig availability;

 

    the level of construction of new rigs;

 

    the outbreak of war, other armed conflicts or terrorist attacks;

 

    the effect of SARS or other public health threats on our international operations;

 

    political or social disruptions that limit oil and/or gas production;

 

    the actions of our competitors in the oil and gas drilling industry, which could significantly influence rig dayrates and utilization;

 

    delays or cost overruns in our construction project caused by such things as shortages of materials or skilled labor, unforeseen engineering problems, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, work stoppages, shipyard financial or operating difficulties, adverse weather conditions or natural disasters, unanticipated cost increases, and the inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals;

 

    the unforeseen startup problems inherent in commencing operations with any new rig, including such things as engineering, permitting, crewing and equipment problems

 

    the occurrence or nonoccurrence of anticipated changes in our revenue mix between domestic and international drilling markets due to changes in our customers’ oil and gas drilling plans, which can be the result of such things as changes in regional or worldwide economic conditions and fluctuations in the prices of oil and natural gas, which in turn could change or stabilize effective tax rates;

 

    the vagaries of the legislative process due to the unpredictable nature of politics and national and world events, among other things;

 

    currently unknown rig repair needs and/or additional opportunities to accelerate planned maintenance expenditures due to presently unanticipated rig downtime;

 

    changes in oil and natural gas drilling technology or in our competitors’ drilling rig fleets that could make our drilling rigs less competitive or require major capital investments to keep them competitive;

 

    the adequacy of sources of liquidity;

 

    the incurrence of secured debt or additional unsecured indebtedness or other obligations by us or our subsidiaries;

 

    the uncertainties inherent in dealing with financial and other third-party institutions that could have internal weaknesses unknown to us;

 

5


Table of Contents
    changes in accepted interpretations of accounting guidelines and other accounting pronouncements;

 

    the effects and uncertainties of legal and administrative proceedings and other contingencies; and

 

    such other factors as may be discussed in this report in the “Risk Factors” section under Items 1 and 2 and elsewhere, and in our other reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of the particular statement, and we disclaim any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to our statements, forward-looking or otherwise, to reflect changes in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statements are based.

 

6


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEMS 1. AND 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

 

GlobalSantaFe Corporation is an offshore oil and gas drilling contractor, owning or operating a fleet of 60 marine drilling rigs, including the ultra-deepwater semisubmersible GSF Development Driller II , which was delivered in February 2005. As of February 28, 2005, our fleet included 45 cantilevered jackup rigs, 10 semisubmersibles and three drillships. We currently have an additional ultra-deepwater semisubmersible under construction, and we also operate two semisubmersible rigs for third parties under a joint venture agreement (see “Joint Venture, Agency and Sponsorship Relationships and Other Investments”).

 

We provide oil and gas contract drilling services to the oil and gas industry worldwide on a daily rate (“dayrate”) basis. We also provide oil and gas drilling management services on either a dayrate or completed-project, fixed-price (“turnkey”) basis, as well as drilling engineering and drilling project management services, and we participate in oil and gas exploration and production activities. Business segment and geographic information is set forth in Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We are a Cayman Islands company, with our executive offices in Houston, Texas.

 

On May 21, 2004, we completed the sale of our land drilling fleet and related support equipment to Precision Drilling Corporation for a total sales price of $316.5 million in an all-cash transaction. Our land drilling fleet consisted of 31 rigs, 12 of which were located in Kuwait, eight in Venezuela, four in Saudi Arabia, four in Egypt and three in Oman. For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Operating Results—Sale of Land Drilling Fleet (Discontinued Operations).”

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. Substantially all of our businesses are conducted by subsidiaries of GlobalSantaFe Corporation.

 

M ERGER OF S ANTA F E I NTERNATIONAL C ORPORATION AND G LOBAL M ARINE I NC .

 

On November 20, 2001, Santa Fe International Corporation (“Santa Fe International”) and Global Marine Inc. (“Global Marine”) consummated their business combination with the merger (the “Merger”) of an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Santa Fe International with and into Global Marine, with Global Marine surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Santa Fe International. In connection with the Merger, Santa Fe International was renamed GlobalSantaFe Corporation. The Merger was accounted for as a purchase business combination in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. As the stockholders of Global Marine owned slightly over 50% of GlobalSantaFe Corporation after the Merger and filled the majority of senior management positions, Global Marine was considered the acquiring entity for accounting purposes.

 

C ONTRACT DRILLING

 

Substantially all of our domestic offshore contract drilling operations are conducted by GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company, a wholly owned subsidiary headquartered in Houston, Texas. International offshore contract drilling operations are conducted by a number of our subsidiaries and joint venture companies with operations in 21 countries throughout the world.

 

Rig Fleet. We own or operate a modern, diversified fleet of 60 mobile offshore drilling rigs as of February 28, 2005, including six cantilevered heavy-duty harsh environment (“HDHE”) jackups, 39 cantilevered jackups, 10 semisubmersibles, including one ultra-deepwater semisubmersible, and three ultra-deepwater, dynamically positioned drillships, and we also operate two semisubmersible rigs for third parties under a joint venture agreement. All of our owned rigs, with the exception of the GSF Britannia jackup, were placed into service in 1974 or later, and, as of February 28, 2005, the average age of the rigs in our fleet was approximately 20 years.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our fleet is deployed in major offshore oil and gas operating areas worldwide. The principal areas in which the fleet is currently deployed are the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, the North Sea, West Africa, Southeast Asia, the Middle East, the Mediterranean Sea, South America and eastern Canada.

 

The following table lists the rigs in our drilling fleet as of February 28, 2005, indicating the year each rig was placed in service, each rig’s maximum water and drilling depth capabilities, current location, customer, and the date each rig is estimated to become available.

 

R IG F LEET

 

Status as of February 28, 2005

 

    YEAR
PLACED IN
SERVICE


  MAXIMUM
WATER DEPTH
CAPABILITY (1)


  DRILLING
DEPTH
CAPABILITY


 

LOCATION


 

CURRENT CUSTOMER


  ESTIMATED
AVAILABILITY(2)


Heavy-Duty Harsh Environment Jackups

                       

GSF Galaxy I

  1991   400 ft.   30,000 ft.   North Sea     Available

GSF Galaxy II

  1998   400 ft.   30,000 ft.   Eastern Canada   ExxonMobil   06/05

GSF Galaxy III

  1999   400 ft.   30,000 ft.   North Sea   Apache   05/05

GSF Magellan

  1992   350 ft.   30,000 ft.   North Sea   Total Nederlands   03/06

GSF Monitor

  1989   350 ft.   30,000 ft.   Trinidad & Tobago   BP   01/06

GSF Monarch

  1988   350 ft.   30,000 ft.   North Sea   Shell   03/07

Cantilevered Jackups

                       

GSF Constellation I

  2003   400 ft.   30,000 ft.   Trinidad & Tobago   BP   08/07

GSF Constellation II

  2004   400 ft.   30,000 ft.   Argentina   Total   07/05

GSF Baltic

  1983   375 ft.   25,000 ft.   West Africa   Total   10/05

GSF Adriatic II

  1981   350 ft.   25,000 ft.   West Africa   ChevronTexaco   05/07

GSF Adriatic III

  1982   350 ft.   25,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   Stone Energy   04/05

GSF Adriatic VII

  1983   350 ft.   20,000 ft.   Trinidad and Tobago     Available

GSF Adriatic IX

  1981   350 ft.   20,000 ft.   West Africa   Total   09/05

GSF Adriatic X

  1982   350 ft.   25,000 ft.   Mediterranean Sea   IEOC/Agip/ENI   11/05

GSF Key Manhattan

  1980   350 ft.   25,000 ft.   Mediterranean Sea   Petrobel   07/06

GSF Key Singapore

  1982   350 ft.   25,000 ft.   Mediterranean Sea   BP/Gupco   05/05

GSF Adriatic VI

  1981   328 ft.   20,000 ft.   West Africa   Marathon   03/05

GSF Adriatic VIII

  1983   328 ft.   25,000 ft.   West Africa   ExxonMobil   03/06

GSF Adriatic I

  1981   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   West Africa   Chevron Texaco   01/06

GSF Adriatic V

  1979   300 ft.   20,000 ft.   West Africa   Chevron Texaco   03/07

GSF Adriatic XI

  1983   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   Southeast Asia   Cuulong JOC   03/06

GSF Compact Driller

  1993   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   Southeast Asia   ChevronTexaco   10/07

GSF Galveston Key

  1978   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   Southeast Asia   Cuulong JOC   10/05

GSF Key Gibraltar

  1976   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   Southeast Asia   CTX Thailand   10/05

GSF Key Hawaii

  1983   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   Middle East   Dolphin Energy   11/06

GSF Labrador

  1983   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   North Sea   Maersk   05/05

GSF Main Pass I

  1982   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   Chevron Texaco   05/05

GSF Main Pass IV

  1982   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   Tana   03/05

GSF Parameswara

  1993   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   Southeast Asia   Total   12/05

GSF Rig 134

  1982   300 ft.   20,000 ft.   Southeast Asia   EMEPMI   10/05

GSF Rig 136

  1982   300 ft.   25,000 ft.   Southeast Asia   Total   11/05

GSF High Island II

  1979   270 ft.   20,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   ChevronTexaco   01/06

GSF High Island IV

  1980   270 ft.   20,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   Nexen   03/05

GSF High Island V

  1981   270 ft.   20,000 ft.   West Africa   Perenco   09/05

 

8


Table of Contents
    YEAR
PLACED IN
SERVICE


  MAXIMUM
WATER DEPTH
CAPABILITY (1)


  DRILLING
DEPTH
CAPABILITY


 

LOCATION


 

CURRENT CUSTOMER


  ESTIMATED
AVAILABILITY(2)


GSF High Island I

  1979   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   Houston Exploration   03/05

GSF High Island III

  1980   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   ChevronTexaco   05/05

GSF High Island VII

  1982   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   West Africa   Shipyard   04/05

GSF High Island VIII

  1982   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   Unocal   03/05

GSF High Island IX

  1983   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   Middle East   L & T   04/05

GSF Rig 103

  1974   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   Middle East   Occidental   10/06

GSF Rig 105

  1975   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   Middle East   Petrobel   06/05

GSF Rig 124

  1980   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   Middle East   Zeitco/Devon   07/05

GSF Rig 127

  1981   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   Middle East   Occidental   06/06

GSF Rig 141

  1982   250 ft.   20,000 ft.   Middle East   Suco   05/05

GSF Britannia

  1968   230 ft.   20,000 ft.   North Sea   Shell   03/07

Semisubmersibles

                       

GSF Development
Driller II

  2005   7,500 ft.   37,500 ft.   Southeast Asia   BP America   07/08

GSF Celtic Sea

  1998   5,750 ft.   25,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   Nexen   09/05

GSF Arctic I

  1983   3,400 ft.   25,000 ft.   Venezuela   ChevronTexaco   05/05

GSF Rig 135

  1983   2,800 ft.   25,000 ft.   West Africa   ExxonMobil   09/05

GSF Rig 140

  1983   2,400 ft.   25,000 ft.   North Sea   ADTI/Lundin   12/05

GSF Aleutian Key

  1976   2,300 ft.   25,000 ft.   West Africa   Total Congo   03/05

GSF Arctic III

  1984   1,800 ft.   25,000 ft.   North Sea   ExxonMobil   04/05

GSF Arctic IV

  1983   1,500 ft.   25,000 ft.   North Sea   PetroCanada   01/06

GSF Grand Banks

  1984   1,500 ft.   25,000 ft.   Eastern Canada   Husky   01/06

GSF Arctic II

  1982   1,200 ft.   25,000 ft.   North Sea     Cold-stacked

Drillships

                       

GSF C.R. Luigs

  2000   10,000 ft.   35,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   BHP   09/06

GSF Jack Ryan

  2000   10,000 ft.   35,000 ft.   West Africa   BP Angola   03/06

GSF Explorer

  1998   7,800 ft.   30,000 ft.   U.S. Gulf of Mexico   ExxonMobil   11/05

Third-Party Owned Semisubmersibles

                       

Dada Gorgud

  1980   1,558 ft.   25,000 ft.   Azerbaijan   AIOC   12/06

Istiglal

  1991   1,558 ft.   25,000 ft.   Azerbaijan     Available

(1) As currently equipped.
(2) Estimated based on the anticipated completion date of current commitments, including executed contracts, letters of intent, and other customer commitments for which contracts have not yet been executed.

 

Rig Types. Jackup rigs have elevating legs which extend to the sea bottom, providing a stable platform for drilling, and are generally preferred in water depths of 400 feet or less. All of our jackup rigs have drilling equipment mounted on cantilevers, which allow the equipment to extend outward from the rigs’ hulls over fixed drilling platforms and enable operators to drill both exploratory and development wells. In addition, 10 of our jackups have been equipped with skid-off packages, which allow the drilling equipment to be transferred to fixed production platforms.

 

We own one of the world’s largest fleets of HDHE jackup rigs in service in the industry. Three of our rigs, the GSF Galaxy I , GSF Galaxy II and GSF Galaxy III , are Universe class rig designs capable of operating in water depths of up to 400 feet and are currently qualified to operate year-round in the harsh environment of the central North Sea in water depths of up to 360 feet. Our three other HDHE jackup rigs, the GSF Monarch , GSF Monitor and GSF Magellan , are Monarch class rig designs capable of operating in water depths of up to 350 feet. These rigs are capable of operating year-round in the central North Sea in water depths of up to 300 feet.

 

9


Table of Contents

Semisubmersible rigs are floating offshore drilling units with pontoons and columns that, when flooded with water, cause the unit to partially submerge to a predetermined depth. Most semisubmersibles are anchored to the sea bottom, but some use dynamic positioning (“DP”), which allows the vessels to be held in position by computer-controlled propellers, known as thrusters. Semisubmersibles are classified into five generations, distinguished mainly by their age, environmental rating, variable deck load and water-depth capability. The GSF Aleutian Key is a second-generation semisubmersible capable of drilling in water depths up to 2,300 feet. The GSF Arctic I , GSF Arctic II, GSF Arctic III, GSF Arctic IV, GSF Grand Banks, GSF Rig 135 and GSF Rig 140 semisubmersibles are third-generation, conventionally moored rigs suitable for drilling in water depths ranging from 1,200 to 3,400 feet. The GSF Celtic Sea is a fourth-generation semisubmersible capable of drilling in water depths of up to 5,750 feet, utilizing a DP-assisted mooring system. The GSF Development Driller II , a fifth-generation ultra-deepwater semisubmersible, is capable of drilling in water depths of up to 7,500 feet, in either full DP mode or conventionally moored.

 

Drillships are generally preferred for deepwater drilling in remote locations with moderate weather environments because of their mobility and large load carrying capability. The GSF C.R. Luigs, GSF Jack Ryan and GSF Explorer are dynamically positioned, ultra-deepwater drillships capable of drilling in water depths up to 10,000 feet, 10,000 feet and 7,800 feet, respectively, as currently equipped. With modifications, maximum water depth capabilities would be 12,000 feet for the GSF C.R. Luigs and GSF Jack Ryan , and 10,000 feet for the GSF Explorer .

 

Our “deepwater” rigs consist of our semisubmersibles and drillships. We consider rigs with a maximum water-depth capability of 7,000 feet or more, such as the semisubmersible GSF Development Driller II and the drillships GSF C.R. Luigs, GSF Jack Ryan and GSF Explorer, to be “ultra-deepwater” rigs.

 

We own all of the drilling rigs in the table above (excluding those specifically described as being operated for third parties) with the exception of the GSF Explorer , which is subject to a capital lease with a remaining term of 22 years, and the GSF C.R. Luigs and GSF Jack Ryan , which are subject to fully defeased capital leases, each with a remaining term of 16 years. None of our offshore drilling rigs is currently subject to any outstanding liens or mortgages.

 

In January 2003, in order to take advantage of an attractive financing structure, we entered into a lease-leaseback arrangement with a European bank related to the GSF Britannia cantilevered jackup. Pursuant to this arrangement, we leased the GSF Britannia to the bank, which then leased the rig back to us, each lease being for a five-year term. We have classified this arrangement as a capital lease.

 

In February 2005, we took delivery of one of our two ultra-deepwater semisubmersibles ordered from PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore (“PPL”), the GSF Development Driller II . Construction costs for the GSF Development Driller II are expected to total approximately $311 million, excluding $46 million of capital spares, startup expenses, customer-required modifications and mobilization costs and $38 million of capitalized interest.

 

Capital expenditures in connection with the construction of the GSF Development Driller I , the other ultra-deepwater semisubmersible ordered from PPL are expected to total approximately $308 million, excluding $53 million of capital spares, startup expenses, customer-required modifications and mobilization costs, including additional startup costs that we expect to incur as a result of the derrick failure discussed below, and $54 million of capitalized interest. We currently expect that the delivery of the GSF Development Driller I will occur in March 2005.

 

The GSF Development Driller I suffered a failure of a portion of its derrick while undergoing testing in May 2004. The investigation into the cause of the loss revealed a design defect in the derrick, which is identical to the derrick installed aboard the GSF Development Driller II . Both derricks required modifications, which are now complete. We expect that the direct costs for repair of the derrick and damaged equipment will be borne by the equipment supplier.

 

In July 2004, PPL presented us with a claim for additional costs in respect of the construction of the GSF Development Driller I . The claim totaled approximately $32 million, with approximately $10 million of that

 

10


Table of Contents

amount attributable to change order claims. The balance of the claim alleged delay and disruption to the construction schedule caused by us, resulting in loss of productivity and additional costs to the shipyard. In September 2004, PPL presented a claim for additional costs in respect of the construction of the GSF Development Driller II. That claim totaled approximately $33 million, and was comprised of approximately $24 million for delay and disruption to the construction schedule allegedly caused by us and for the cost of additional labor employed to meet the revised delivery schedule, with the balance for change order claims advanced by the shipyard. We previously paid $7.6 million, which is included in the capitalized cost of the rig, for additional labor costs concerning the GSF Development Driller II. The balance of the claims for both rigs has now been settled for a total additional payment of $19.9 million, of which $15.0 million relates to the claim for the GSF Development Driller I and $4.9 million relates to the GSF Development Driller II . The amounts for each rig are included in their capitalized costs discussed above.

 

We expect to fund all remaining construction and startup costs for the GSF Development Driller I and GSF Development Driller II from our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances, and future cash flow from operations.

 

In March 2004, we took delivery of the GSF Constellation II, the second of our two high-performance cantilevered jackups ordered from PPL. Construction costs for this jackup totaled approximately $131 million, excluding $20 million of capitalized interest, capital spares, startup expenses and mobilization costs.

 

Backlog. Our contract drilling backlog at December 31, 2004, was $1.7 billion, consisting of $1.4 billion related to executed contracts and $0.3 billion related to customer commitments for which contracts had not yet been executed as of December 31, 2004. Approximately $1.0 billion of the backlog is expected to be realized in 2005. Our contract drilling backlog at December 31, 2003, was $996.6 million, including $65.8 million related to customer commitments for which contracts had not yet been executed as of that date.

 

Drilling Contracts. Contracts to employ our crewed drilling rigs extend over a specified period of time or the time required to drill a specified well or number of wells. While the final contract for employment of a rig is the result of negotiations between us and the customer, most contracts are awarded based upon competitive bidding. The rates specified in drilling contracts are generally on a dayrate basis and vary depending upon the type of rig employed, equipment and services supplied, geographic location, term of the contract, competitive conditions and other variables. Each contract provides for a basic dayrate during drilling operations, and may include performance premiums or lower rates or no payment for periods of equipment breakdown, adverse weather or other conditions which may be beyond our control. When a rig mobilizes to or demobilizes from an operating area, a contract may provide for different dayrates, specified fixed amounts or no payment during the mobilization or demobilization. In some cases, a contract may be terminated by the customer if drilling operations are suspended for a specified period of time due to a breakdown of major equipment, in the event of poor operational, safety or environmental performance not remedied by us within a specified period, or if other events occur that are beyond either party’s control. A contract may also be terminated by the customer if the rig is destroyed. In addition, certain contracts are cancellable upon specified notice at the option of the customer.

 

Major Customers. Our business is subject to the usual risks associated with having a limited number of customers for our services. One customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in 2004: Total S.A. (“Total”) provided $186.0 million of contract drilling revenues. Two customers each accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in 2003: Total provided $234.2 million of contract drilling revenues, and ExxonMobil provided $231.6 million of contract drilling revenues. One customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in 2002: ExxonMobil provided $267.7 million of contract drilling revenues and $0.1 million of drilling management services revenues. Our results of operations could suffer a material adverse effect if any of our major customers terminates its contracts with us, fails to renew our existing contracts or refuses to award new contracts to us. See “Risk Factors—We Rely Heavily on a Small Number of Customers and the Loss of a Significant Customer Could Have a Material Adverse Impact on Our Financial Results.”

 

11


Table of Contents

D RILLING MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

We provide drilling management services primarily on a turnkey basis through a wholly owned subsidiary, Applied Drilling Technology Inc. (“ADTI”), and through ADT International, a division of one of our U.K. subsidiaries. ADTI operates primarily in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, and ADT International operates primarily in the North Sea. Under a typical turnkey arrangement, we will assume responsibility for the design and execution of a well and deliver a logged or cased hole to an agreed depth for a guaranteed price. Compensation is contingent upon satisfactory completion of the drilling program. As part of our turnkey drilling services, we provide planning, engineering and management services beyond the scope of our traditional contract drilling business and thereby assume greater risk. In our project management operations, we provide certain planning, management and engineering services, purchase equipment and provide personnel and other logistical services to customers. Project management services differ from turnkey drilling services in that the customer retains control of the drilling operations and thus retains the risk associated with the project.

 

Our drilling management services business is also subject to the usual risks associated with having a limited number of customers for its services. Two customers each accounted for more than 10% of drilling management services revenues in 2004: William G. Helis Company, LLC provided $60.6 million, or 11.4%, of drilling management services revenues, and Lundin Britain Limited provided $56.6 million, or 10.7%, of drilling management services revenues. In 2003, one customer, BG Group, accounted for $98.9 million, or 18.7%, of drilling management services revenues. These revenues were for project management operations in the North Sea in 2003, substantially all of which were reimbursable revenues. Reimbursable revenues represent reimbursements received from the client for certain out-of-pocket expenses and have little or no effect on operating income. No turnkey drilling customer accounted for more than 10% of drilling management services revenues for 2003. One customer, Encana (U.K.) Ltd., accounted for $44.3 million, or 10.6%, of drilling management services revenues in 2002. These revenues were for project management operations in the North Sea, substantially all of which were reimbursable revenues. No turnkey drilling customer accounted for more than 10% of drilling management services revenues for 2002. See “Risk Factors—We Rely Heavily on a Small Number of Customers and the Loss of a Significant Customer Could Have a Material Adverse Impact on Our Financial Results.”

 

As of December 31, 2004, our drilling management services revenue backlog was an estimated $29 million, all of which is expected to be realized in 2005. Our drilling management services backlog was an estimated $42 million at December 31, 2003.

 

O IL AND GAS OPERATIONS

 

We conduct oil and gas exploration, development and production activities through our wholly owned subsidiary, Challenger Minerals Inc. (“CMI”). CMI acquires interests in oil and gas properties principally in order to facilitate the acquisition of turnkey contracts for our drilling management services operations. In this capacity, CMI facilitated the acquisition of 44 projects (27 turnkey wells and 17 completions) in 2004. CMI participated in 26 of these turnkey wells, of which 13 were successful. Our oil and gas activities are conducted primarily in the United States offshore Louisiana and Texas and in the U.K. sector of the North Sea.

 

In December 2003, CMI participated in a drilling project in West Africa off the coast of Mauritania. We sold our interest in this project for approximately $6.1 million and recorded a gain of $2.7 million ($2.0 million, net of taxes) in connection with this sale in the first quarter of 2004. In September 2004, CMI completed the sale of 50% of its interest in the Broom Field, a development project in the North Sea. We received net proceeds of $35.9 million and recorded a gain of $25.1 million ($13.3 million, net of taxes) in connection with this sale. CMI retains an eight percent working interest in this project.

 

12


Table of Contents

Data with respect to our oil and gas exploration, development and production activities follows:

 

Sales Prices and Production Costs.

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

United States

                    

Average sales prices:

                    

Gas (per MCF)

   $ 5.88    $ 5.49    $ 3.18

Oil (per barrel)

   $ 38.27    $ 29.71    $ 24.13

Average production cost:

                    

Oil and natural gas (per equivalent barrel)

   $ 5.70    $ 4.26    $ 4.19

United Kingdom

                    

Average sales prices:

                    

Oil (per barrel)

   $ 46.29      N/A      N/A

Average production cost:

                    

Oil (per barrel)

   $ 3.50      N/A      N/A

Total

                    

Average sales prices:

                    

Gas (per MCF)

   $ 5.88    $ 5.49    $ 3.18

Oil (per barrel)

   $ 44.36    $ 29.71    $ 24.13

Average production cost:

                    

Oil and natural gas (per equivalent barrel)

   $ 4.98    $ 4.26    $ 4.19

 

Productive Wells. The following table summarizes our gross and net wells as of December 31, 2004, including producing wells and those that are shut-in but capable of producing:

 

     Gross Wells

   Net Wells

     Oil

   Gas

   Oil

   Gas

Offshore:

                   

Alabama

   —      1    —      0.05

Louisiana

   28    24    3.79    2.63

Texas

   1    9    0.10    0.85
    
  
  
  

Total U.S.

   29    34    3.89    3.53
    
  
  
  

United Kingdom

   3    —      0.24    —  
    
  
  
  

Total offshore

   32    34    4.13    3.53
    
  
  
  

Onshore:

                   

Louisiana

   —      1    —      0.01

Oklahoma

   1    1    0.01    0.13

Texas

   —      1    —      0.11
    
  
  
  

Total onshore

   1    3    0.01    0.25
    
  
  
  

Total

   33    37    4.14    3.78
    
  
  
  

 

13


Table of Contents

Developed and Undeveloped Acreage. The following table summarizes our developed and undeveloped acreage as of December 31, 2004:

 

     Developed Acreage

   Undeveloped Acreage

     Gross Acres

   Net Acres

   Gross Acres

   Net Acres

Offshore:

                   

Louisiana

   340,220    15,964    9,559    728

Texas

   43,460    4,121    5,760    432

Alabama

   11,507    575    —      —  

Mississippi

   5,760    173    —      —  
    
  
  
  
     400,947    20,833    15,319    1,160
    
  
  
  

United Kingdom

   24,957    1,997    28,170    2,254
    
  
  
  

Total offshore

   425,904    22,830    43,489    3,414
    
  
  
  

Onshore:

                   

Louisiana

   1,911    138    —      —  

Oklahoma

   384    34    —      —  

Arkansas

   643    64    —      —  

Texas

   645    74    —      —  
    
  
  
  

Total onshore

   3,583    310    —      —  
    
  
  
  

Total

   429,487    23,140    43,489    3,414
    
  
  
  

 

For purposes of the tables included in this report, a gross well or a gross acre is a well or acre in which we own a working interest. A net well or acre represents the cumulative total of our fractional working interests in one or more wells or acres.

 

14


Table of Contents

Drilling Activities. The following table shows our gross and net exploratory and development wells drilled during the years indicated:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

     Gross

   Net

   Gross

   Net

   Gross

   Net

United States

                             

Exploratory

                             

Gas

   6    0.37    2    0.32    5    0.64

Oil

   3    0.24    —      —      —      —  

Dry

   9    0.62    4    0.52    8    0.97

Development

                             

Gas

   1    0.10    9    0.81    2    0.25

Oil

   1    0.13    2    0.25    1    0.07

Dry

   2    0.18    3    0.29    —      —  

Injector

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

Total

                             

Gas

   7    0.47    11    1.13    7    0.89

Oil

   4    0.37    2    0.25    1    0.07

Dry

   11    0.80    7    0.81    8    0.97

Injector

   —      —      —      —      —      —  
    
  
  
  
  
  
     22    1.64    20    2.19    16    1.93
    
  
  
  
  
  

United Kingdom

                             

Exploratory

                             

Gas

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

Oil

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

Dry

   3    0.27    —      —      —      —  

Development

                             

Gas

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

Oil

   —      —      —      —      2    0.60

Dry

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

Injector

   3    0.32    —      —      —      —  

Total

                             

Gas

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

Oil

   —      —      —      —      2    0.60

Dry

   3    0.27    —      —      —      —  

Injector

   3    0.32    —      —      —      —  
    
  
  
  
  
  
     6    0.59    —      —      2    0.60
    
  
  
  
  
  

Total

                             

Exploratory

                             

Gas

   6    0.37    2    0.32    5    0.64

Oil

   3    0.24    —      —      —      —  

Dry

   12    0.89    4    0.52    8    0.97

Development

                             

Gas

   1    0.10    9    0.81    2    0.25

Oil

   1    0.13    2    0.25    3    0.67

Dry

   2    0.18    3    0.29    —      —  

Injector

   3    0.32    —      —      —      —  

Total

                             

Gas

   7    0.47    11    1.13    7    0.89

Oil

   4    0.37    2    0.25    3    0.67

Dry

   14    1.07    7    0.81    8    0.97

Injector

   3    0.32    —      —      —      —  
    
  
  
  
  
  
     28    2.23    20    2.19    18    2.53
    
  
  
  
  
  

 

15


Table of Contents

CMI was not engaged in any drilling activities or other operations of material importance as of December 31, 2004.

 

J OINT VENTURE , AGENCY AND SPONSORSHIP RELATIONSHIPS AND OTHER INVESTMENTS

 

In some areas of the world, local customs and practice or governmental requirements necessitate the formation of joint ventures with local participation, which we may or may not control. We are an active participant in several joint venture drilling companies, principally in Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Malaysia, Angola and Nigeria.

 

In Azerbaijan, the semisubmersibles Istiglal and Dada Gorgud operate under long-term bareboat charters. The Istiglal is bareboat chartered to and operated by the joint venture Caspian Drilling Company Limited, in which we hold a 45% ownership interest, until October 2006. The Dada Gorgud is bareboat chartered to us until October 2006 or the later termination of our current drilling contract with the Azerbaijan International Operating Company. We have subcontracted operations of the Dada Gorgud to Caspian Drilling Company Limited.

 

We also participate in a joint venture that operates a petroleum supply base in Indonesia. The Indonesian supply base, in which we hold a 42% ownership interest, is located at Merak Point on the western portion of the island of Java. It provides both open and covered storage and bulk chemical trans-shipment facilities. The land lease for this supply base extends through 2030. The joint venture is currently offering this supply base for sale.

 

Local laws or customs in some areas of the world also effectively mandate establishment of a relationship with a local agent or sponsor. When appropriate in these areas, we enter into agency or sponsorship agreements.

 

Risk Factors

 

A M ATERIAL OR E XTENDED D ECLINE IN E XPENDITURES BY THE O IL AND G AS I NDUSTRY , D UE TO A D ECLINE OR V OLATILITY IN O IL AND G AS P RICES , A D ECREASE IN D EMAND FOR O IL AND G AS OR O THER F ACTORS , C OULD S IGNIFICANTLY R EDUCE O UR R EVENUE AND I NCOME .

 

Our business depends on the level of offshore and onshore oil and natural gas exploration, development and production activity in markets worldwide. Prices and demand for oil and natural gas, and market expectations of potential changes in demand and prices, significantly affect this level of activity. Worldwide military, political and economic events have contributed to oil and natural gas price volatility and are likely to continue to do so in the future. Numerous factors may affect oil and natural gas prices and, accordingly, the level of demand for our services, including:

 

    worldwide demand for oil and natural gas;

 

    the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, to set and maintain production levels and pricing;

 

    the level of production by non-OPEC countries;

 

    changes in supply and demand resulting from the development of liquefied natural gas markets;

 

    the worldwide military or political environment, including uncertainty or instability resulting from the situation in Iraq or other armed hostilities in the Middle East or other geographic areas in which we operate, or further acts of terrorism in the United States or elsewhere;

 

    labor, political or other disruptions that limit exploration, development and production in oil-producing countries, such as has been experienced from time to time in various developing countries;

 

    domestic and foreign tax policy;

 

    laws and governmental regulations that restrict exploration and development of oil and natural gas in various jurisdictions;

 

16


Table of Contents
    advances in exploration and development technology that may affect the marketability of our rigs; and

 

    further consolidation of our customer base.

 

Depending on the market prices of oil and natural gas, companies exploring for oil and gas may cancel or curtail their drilling programs, thereby reducing demand for drilling services. Even during periods of high prices for oil and natural gas, companies exploring for oil and gas may cancel or curtail programs, or reduce their levels of capital expenditures for exploration and production for a variety of reasons. Any reduction in the demand for drilling services may materially erode dayrates and utilization rates for our rigs and adversely affect our financial results.

 

T HE I NTENSE P RICE C OMPETITION AND C YCLICALITY OF T HE D RILLING I NDUSTRY , W HICH IS M ARKED BY P ERIODS OF L OW D EMAND , E XCESS R IG A VAILABILITY AND L OW D AYRATES , C OULD H AVE A M ATERIAL A DVERSE E FFECT ON OUR R EVENUES AND P ROFITABILITY .

 

The contract drilling business is highly competitive with numerous industry participants. The industry has experienced consolidation in recent years and may experience additional consolidation. Mergers among oil and natural gas exploration and production companies have reduced the number of available customers.

 

Drilling contracts are, for the most part, awarded on a competitive bid basis. Price competition is often the primary factor in determining which qualified contractor is awarded a job, although rig availability and the quality and technical capability of service and equipment are also factors. We compete with numerous offshore drilling contractors, one of which is larger and has greater resources than us. Further, our business is subject to the risks associated with having a limited number of customers for our services.

 

We may be required to idle rigs or to enter into lower dayrate contracts in response to market conditions in the future. The industry in which we operate historically has been cyclical, marked by periods of low demand, excess rig supply and low dayrates, followed by periods of high demand, short rig supply and increasing dayrates. During prior periods of high utilization and dayrates, industry participants have increased the supply of rigs by ordering the construction of new units. This has often created an oversupply of drilling units and has caused a decline in utilization and dayrates when the rigs enter the market, sometimes for extended periods of time. There are currently twenty jackup rigs under contract for construction with delivery dates ranging from 2005 to 2007. Most of these are cantilevered units capable of drilling in water depths in the 350 to 400 foot range, and are considered to be premium units. There are no semisubmersibles, other than ours, or drillships under construction, although a small number of units are being upgraded to a greater operating capability. The entry into service of units that are currently cold-stacked or under construction will increase supply and could curtail a further strengthening of dayrates, or reduce them, in the affected markets or result in a softening of the affected markets as rigs are absorbed into the active fleet. Any further increase in construction of new drilling units would likely exacerbate the negative impacts on utilization and dayrates. Lower utilization and dayrates in one or more of the regions in which we operate could adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Prolonged periods of low utilization and dayrates could also result in the recognition of impairment charges on certain of our drilling rigs if future cash flow estimates, based upon information available to management at the time, indicate that the carrying value of these rigs may not be recoverable.

 

W AR , O THER A RMED C ONFLICTS OR T ERRORIST A TTACKS C OULD R ESULT IN A M ATERIAL A DVERSE E FFECT ON OUR B USINESS .

 

The continuing unrest in Iraq, tension with regard to North Korea and Iran, as well as the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, and subsequent terrorist attacks and unrest have significantly increased political and economic instability in some of the geographic areas in which we operate and could spread to other such areas, and have caused instability in the world’s financial and insurance markets. Our operations in the Middle East could be adversely affected by post-war conditions in Iraq if armed hostilities, acts of terrorism or other unrest

 

17


Table of Contents

persist. Acts of terrorism and threats of armed conflicts elsewhere in the Middle East and in or around various other areas in which we operate, such as Southeast Asia and West Africa, could also limit or disrupt our markets and operations. Further hostilities or additional acts of terrorism in these regions could result in the evacuation of personnel, cancellation of drilling contracts or the loss of personnel or assets. In addition, the attacks of September 11, 2001, led to war in Afghanistan and Iraq and may lead to armed hostilities or to further acts of terrorism in the United States or elsewhere, and such acts of terrorism could be directed against companies such as ours. Armed conflicts, terrorism and their effects on us or our markets could significantly affect our business in the future.

 

United States government regulations effectively preclude us from actively engaging in business activities in certain countries, including oil-producing countries such as Iran. These regulations could be amended to cover countries where we currently operate or where we may wish to operate in the future.

 

Immediately following the events of September 11, 2001, our war risk and terrorist insurance underwriters cancelled those coverages in accordance with the terms of the policies and would only reinstate them for significantly higher premiums. We have reinstated and currently maintain war and terrorism coverage for physical damage to our entire fleet. Such war and terrorism coverage is generally cancelable by underwriters on forty-eight hours’ notice, and, accordingly, underwriters could cancel this coverage completely or cancel and then offer to reinstate on terms that may not be acceptable to us following any future acts of terrorism or armed conflicts in and around the various areas in which we operate. We may not have insurance to cover any or all of our liabilities to our personnel for death or injury caused by terrorist acts. These developments will subject our worldwide operations to increased risks and, depending on their magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

A C OMPETITOR H OLDS P ATENTS THAT C OULD P REVENT THE U SE OF THE D UAL -D RILLING C APABILITY OF O UR U LTRA -D EEPWATER S EMISUBMERSIBLES , W HICH C OULD R ESTRICT OUR A BILITY TO M ARKET T HESE R IGS OR R EDUCE THE L EVEL OF R EVENUES THAT T HESE R IGS C OULD G ENERATE .

 

A competitor holds patents in the U.S. and many other jurisdictions regarding the drilling structure and the dual drilling activity method associated with dual drilling activity. We are a defendant in an action in the U.S. which seeks an injunction preventing the use by us of the dual drilling activity structure and method in the U.S. (see “Item 3. Legal Proceedings”). If granted, this injunction would preclude the use of the dual drilling capabilities in U.S. waters of the GSF Development Driller I and the GSF Development Driller II , which could reduce the marketability of the rigs, reduce the dayrate under their current contracts and restrict the dayrate they might otherwise earn in the future. The competitor has patents in most other jurisdictions in which we might choose to market the two semisubmersibles and, if it brought and was successful in similar actions in those jurisdictions, it could restrict our ability to use the dual drilling activity structure and method in those jurisdictions as well.

 

T URNKEY D RILLING O PERATIONS ARE C ONTINGENT ON OUR A BILITY TO W IN B IDS AND ON R IG A VAILABILITY , AND THE F AILURE TO W IN B IDS OR O BTAIN R IGS FOR ANY R EASON M AY H AVE AN A DVERSE E FFECT ON O UR F INANCIAL R ESULTS .

 

Our results of operations from our drilling management services may be limited by our ability to obtain and successfully perform turnkey drilling contracts based on competitive bids, as well as other factors. Our ability to obtain turnkey drilling contracts will largely depend on the number of these contracts available for bid, which in turn will be influenced by market prices for oil and natural gas, among other factors. Furthermore, our ability to enter into turnkey drilling contracts may be constrained from time to time by the availability of GlobalSantaFe or third-party drilling rigs, the ability to hire rigs at acceptable rates and our ability to find and retain qualified personnel. Accordingly, results of our drilling management service operations may vary widely from quarter to quarter and from year to year.

 

18


Table of Contents

T URNKEY D RILLING O PERATIONS E XPOSE U S TO A DDITIONAL R ISKS , W HICH C OULD A DVERSELY A FFECT O UR P ROFITABILITY , B ECAUSE W E A SSUME THE R ISK FOR O PERATIONAL P ROBLEMS AND THE C ONTRACTS ARE ON A F IXED -P RICE B ASIS .

 

We enter into a significant number of turnkey contracts each year. Our compensation under turnkey contracts depends on whether we successfully drill to a specified depth or, under some of our contracts, complete the well. Unlike dayrate contracts, where ultimate control is exercised by the operator, we are exposed to additional risks when serving as a turnkey drilling contractor because we make all critical decisions. Under a turnkey contract, the amount of our compensation is fixed at the amount we bid to drill the well. Thus, we are not paid if operational problems prevent performance unless we choose to drill a new well at our own expense. Further, we must absorb the loss if unforeseen problems arise that cause the cost of performance to exceed the turnkey price. By contrast, in a dayrate contract, the customer generally retains these risks. The cost of contingencies could exceed budgeted amounts. We are not insured against all of these risks associated with turnkey drilling operations.

 

F AILURE TO O BTAIN AND R ETAIN K EY P ERSONNEL C OULD I MPEDE O PERATIONS .

 

We require highly skilled personnel to operate and provide technical services and support for our business. Competition for the skilled and other labor required for deepwater and other drilling operations intensifies as the number of rigs activated or added to worldwide fleets or under construction increases. In periods of high utilization we have found it more difficult to find qualified individuals, and the possibility exists that competition for skilled and other labor for deepwater and other operations could limit our results of operations.

 

W E R ELY H EAVILY ON A S MALL N UMBER OF C USTOMERS , AND THE L OSS OF A S IGNIFICANT C USTOMER C OULD H AVE AN A DVERSE I MPACT ON O UR F INANCIAL R ESULTS .

 

Our contract drilling business is subject to the usual risks associated with having a limited number of customers for its services. Total and its affiliated companies provided approximately 11% of our consolidated revenues in 2004. Our five next largest customers for 2004 (ExxonMobil, ChevronTexaco, BP, BHP and AGIP), none of whom individually represented more than 10% of revenues, accounted in the aggregate for approximately 31% of our 2004 consolidated revenues. Total and ExxonMobil each provided approximately 12% of our consolidated revenues in 2003. Our five next largest customers for 2003 (ChevronTexaco, BP, BG, BHP and AGIP), none of whom individually represented more than 10% of revenues, accounted in the aggregate for approximately 27% of our 2003 consolidated revenues. Our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if any of our major customers terminates its contracts with us, fails to renew its existing contracts or refuses to award new contracts to us.

 

Our drilling management services business is also subject to the usual risks associated with having a limited number of customers for its services. Two customers each accounted for more than 10% of drilling management services revenues in 2004: William G. Helis Company, LLC provided $60.6 million, or 11.4%, of drilling management services revenues, and Lundin Britain Limited provided $56.6 million, or 10.7%, of drilling management services revenues. Our five next largest drilling management services customers, none of whom individually represented more than 10% of drilling management services revenues, accounted in the aggregate for approximately 26% of drilling management services revenues for 2004. One customer, BG Group, accounted for $98.9 million, or 18.7%, of drilling management services revenues in 2003, substantially all of which were reimbursable revenues, for project management operations in the North Sea. Reimbursable revenues represent reimbursements received from the client for certain out-of-pocket expenses and have little or no effect on operating income. Our five next largest drilling management services customers, none of whom individually represented more than 10% of drilling management services revenues, accounted in the aggregate for approximately 27% of drilling management services revenues for 2003.

 

W E M AY S UFFER L OSSES IF OUR C USTOMERS T ERMINATE OR S EEK TO R ENEGOTIATE T HEIR C ONTRACTS .

 

Certain of our contracts with customers may be cancellable upon specified notice at the option of the customer. Other contracts require the customer to pay a specified early termination payment upon cancellation,

 

19


Table of Contents

which payments may not fully compensate us for the loss of the contract. Contracts customarily provide for either automatic termination or termination at the option of the customer in the event of total loss of the drilling rig or if drilling operations are suspended for extended periods of time by reason of acts of God or excessive rig downtime for repairs, or other specified conditions. Early termination of a contract may result in a rig being idle for an extended period of time. Our revenues, results of operations and cash flow may be adversely affected by customers’ early termination of contracts, especially if we are unable to recontract the affected rig within a short period of time. During depressed market conditions, a customer may no longer need a rig that is currently under contract or may be able to obtain a comparable rig at a lower daily rate. As a result, customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing drilling contracts or avoid their obligations under those contracts. The renegotiation of a number of our drilling contracts could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

R IG U PGRADE , R EFURBISHMENT AND C ONSTRUCTION P ROJECTS , I NCLUDING O UR C URRENT S EMISUBMERSIBLE C ONSTRUCTION P ROJECT , ARE S UBJECT TO R ISKS I NCLUDING D ELAYS AND C OST O VERRUNS , W HICH C OULD H AVE A M ATERIAL A DVERSE I MPACT ON O UR R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS .

 

We currently have an ultra-deepwater semisubmersible rig, the GSF Development Driller I , nearing completion of construction. In addition, we may make major upgrade and refurbishment expenditures for our fleet. Rig upgrade, refurbishment and construction projects are subject to the risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project, including the following:

 

    shortages of materials or skilled labor;

 

    unforeseen engineering problems;

 

    unanticipated actual or purported change orders;

 

    work stoppages;

 

    financial or operating difficulties of the shipyard upgrading, refurbishing or constructing the rig;

 

    adverse weather conditions;

 

    unanticipated cost increases; and

 

    inability to obtain any of the requisite permits or approvals.

 

Significant cost overruns or delays could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the GSF Development Driller I and our other ultra-deepwater semisubmersible, the GSF Development Driller II, will employ advancements in technology that may lead to certain difficulties, both operational and legal, as to our use of this technology. Our inability to use this technology, or to use it efficiently, could result in additional downtime or could render these rigs less competitive in the marketplace.

 

O UR B USINESS I NVOLVES N UMEROUS O PERATING H AZARDS AND W E ARE N OT F ULLY I NSURED A GAINST A LL O F T HEM ; T HE O CCURRENCE OF A N U NINSURED O R U NIDENTIFIED E VENT C OULD H AVE A M ATERIAL A DVERSE E FFECT ON O UR R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS AND F INANCIAL C ONDITION .

 

Our operations are subject to the usual hazards incident to the drilling of oil and natural gas wells, including blowouts, explosions, oil spills and fires. Our activities are also subject to hazards peculiar to marine operations, such as collision, grounding, and damage or loss from severe weather.

 

All of these hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. We insure against, or have indemnification from customers for some, but not all, of these risks. We do not generally insure against loss of revenue for rigs that are damaged or destroyed. Our insurance contains various deductibles and limitations on coverage and deductibles. In light of the current volatility in the insurance markets and recent significant increases in rates, we may elect to change our insurance coverage, including by increasing deductibles, retentions and other limitations on coverage. Changes in coverage such as those would effectively increase the amount of risk against which we are not insured.

 

20


Table of Contents

As a result of poor underwriting results suffered by the insurance industry over the past few years and the catastrophic events of September 11, 2001, we have been faced with the prospect of paying significantly higher insurance premiums and/or significantly increasing our deductibles in order to offset or mitigate premium increases. Our current deductible for insurance for rig physical damage is $10 million per occurrence, subject to a $20 million aggregate deductible and, since July 2004, $10 million per occurrence for liability claims. We may face increases in premiums or deductibles or both in the future.

 

The occurrence of a significant event, including terrorist acts, war, civil disturbances, pollution or environmental damage, not fully insured or indemnified against or the failure of a customer to meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial condition. We may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable or be able to obtain insurance against certain risks.

 

O UR I NTERNATIONAL O PERATIONS I NVOLVE A DDITIONAL R ISKS N OT G ENERALLY A SSOCIATED WITH D OMESTIC O PERATIONS , W HICH C OULD H AVE A M ATERIAL A DVERSE E FFECT ON O UR O PERATIONS OR F INANCIAL R ESULTS .

 

Risks associated with our international operations, any of which could limit or disrupt our markets or operations, include heightened risks of:

 

    terrorist acts, war and civil disturbances;

 

    expropriation or nationalization of assets;

 

    renegotiation or nullification of existing contracts;

 

    foreign taxation, including changes in law or interpretation of existing law;

 

    assaults on property or personnel;

 

    changing political conditions;

 

    foreign and domestic monetary policies; and

 

    travel limitations or operational problems caused by public health threats such as Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS).

 

Additionally, our ability to compete in the international drilling market may be adversely affected by non-U.S. governmental regulations favoring or requiring the awarding of drilling contracts to local contractors or requiring foreign contractors to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies from, a particular jurisdiction. Furthermore, foreign governmental regulations, which may in the future become applicable to the oil and natural gas industry, could reduce demand for our services, or such regulations could directly affect our ability to compete for customers or significantly increase our costs.

 

Due to our structure and extensive foreign operations, our effective tax rate is based on the provisions of numerous tax treaties, conventions and agreements between various countries and taxing jurisdictions, as well as the tax laws of many jurisdictions. Changes in one or more of these tax regimes or changes in the interpretation of existing laws in these regimes could also have a material adverse effect on us.

 

P UBLIC H EALTH T HREATS C OULD H AVE A M ATERIAL A DVERSE E FFECT O N O UR I NTERNATIONAL O PERATIONS A ND O UR F INANCIAL R ESULTS .

 

Public health threats, such as SARS, a highly communicable disease, outbreaks of which occurred early in 2003 in Southeast Asia and other parts of the world in which we operate, could adversely impact the global economy, the worldwide demand for oil and natural gas and the level of demand for our services. The SARS outbreak early in 2003 was most severe in Southeast Asia where we conduct operations and maintain offices (in Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam) and SARS-related travel restrictions and quarantines

 

21


Table of Contents

posed some interference with our operations. Any quarantine of personnel or inability to access our offices or rigs could adversely affect our operations. Travel restrictions or operational problems in any part of the world in which we operate, or any reduction in the demand for drilling services caused by public health threats in the future, may materially impact operations and adversely affect our financial results.

 

W E M AY S UFFER L OSSES A S A R ESULT OF F OREIGN E XCHANGE R ESTRICTIONS , F OREIGN C URRENCY F LUCTUATIONS AND L IMITATIONS ON THE A BILITY TO R EPATRIATE I NCOME OR C APITAL TO THE U.S.

 

A majority of our international drilling and services contracts are partially payable in local currency in amounts that are generally intended to approximate our estimated local operating costs, with the balance of the payments under the contract payable in U.S. dollars (except in Malaysia, where we will likely be paid entirely in local currency). In certain jurisdictions, including Egypt and Nigeria, regulations exist which determine the amounts payable in local currency. Those amounts can exceed the local currency costs being incurred; leading to accumulations of excess local currency, which in certain instances can be subject to either temporary blocking or difficulties in converting to U.S. dollars. To the extent that our revenues denominated in local currency do not equal our local operating expenses, or during periods of idle time when no revenue is earned, we are exposed to currency exchange transaction losses, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We incurred foreign currency exchange losses totaling approximately $6.1 million in 2004. Our foreign currency exchange gains and losses were immaterial for 2003 and 2002. Although we have not historically entered into financial hedging arrangements to manage risks relating to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we may enter into such transactions in the future.

 

L AWS AND G OVERNMENTAL R EGULATIONS M AY A DD TO C OSTS OR L IMIT D RILLING A CTIVITY .

 

Our business is affected by changes in public policy and by federal, state, foreign and local laws and regulations relating to the energy industry. The drilling industry is dependent on demand for services from the oil and natural gas exploration and production industry and, accordingly, we are directly affected by the adoption of laws and regulations curtailing exploration and development drilling for oil and natural gas for economic, environmental and other policy reasons. We may be required to make significant capital expenditures to comply with governmental laws and regulations. It is also possible that these laws and regulations may in the future add significantly to our operating costs or may significantly limit drilling activity.

 

Governments in some non-U.S. countries have become increasingly active in regulating and controlling the ownership of concessions, companies holding concessions, the exploration for oil and natural gas and other aspects of the oil and natural gas industries in these countries. In some areas of the world, this governmental activity has adversely affected the amount of exploration and development work done by major oil companies and may continue to do so.

 

W E ARE S UBJECT TO C HANGES IN T AX L AWS

 

We are a Cayman Islands company and we operate through our various subsidiaries in numerous countries throughout the world including the United States. Tax laws and regulations are subject to interpretation. Consequently, we are subject to changes in tax laws, treaties, and regulations in and between countries in which we operate, including treaties between the U.S. and other nations. Our income tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. A material change in these tax laws, treaties or regulations, including those in and involving the U.S., could result higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings.

 

Proposed legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress that would limit the deductibility of certain interest expense on related-party indebtedness. No such provision was included in the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which was passed on October 22, 2004. However, such a proposal has been included in the President’s fiscal year 2006 budget proposals. Should that proposal become law, our U.S. tax expense would increase significantly.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our income tax returns are subject to review and examination in various countries. We are currently under review in numerous foreign countries and some of those countries have issued proposed adjustments to our tax returns. While we have agreed to certain adjustments in some of the countries, we believe that our tax returns are materially correct as filed and we will defend ourselves against any adjustments that we determine to be unwarranted. We cannot rule out the possibility that we may not prevail in all cases, nor can we provide any assurance as to the final outcome of any future assessments. However, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these outstanding or future assessments will have a material adverse affect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

W E M AY B E L IMITED IN O UR U SE OF N ET O PERATING L OSSES .

 

Our ability to realize the benefit of our deferred tax assets requires that we achieve certain future earnings levels prior to the expiration of our net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. We have established a valuation allowance against the future tax benefit of a portion of our NOL carryforwards and could be required to record an additional valuation allowance if market conditions change materially and future earnings are, or are projected to be, significantly different from our current estimates. Our NOL carryforwards are subject to review and potential disallowance upon audit by the tax authorities in the jurisdictions where the loss was incurred.

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately $452.0 million of NOL carryforwards in total for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These NOL carryforwards at December 31, 2004, include NOL carryforwards of Global Marine relating to periods prior to the Merger. Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code could limit the use of some of these Global Marine NOL carryforwards if the direct and indirect ownership of the stock of Global Marine changed by more than 50% in certain circumstances over a prescribed testing period. The Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the Merger caused a greater-than-50-percent ownership change with respect to Global Marine. If the Merger did not result in such an ownership change, changes in the ownership of our ordinary shares following the Merger may have resulted in such an ownership change. In the event of such an ownership change, the Section 382 rules would limit the utilization of the Global Marine NOL carryforwards in each taxable year ending after the ownership change to an amount equal to a federal long-term tax-exempt rate published monthly by the Internal Revenue Service, multiplied by the fair market value of all of Global Marine’s stock, each determined at the time of the ownership change. The limitations under Section 382 could result in Global Marine NOL carryforwards expiring unused or in an inability to fully offset taxable income for a particular year even when we have total NOL carryforwards in excess of such taxable income.

 

W E M AY B E R EQUIRED TO A CCRUE A DDITIONAL T AX L IABILITY ON C ERTAIN E ARNINGS .

 

We have not provided for U.S. deferred taxes on the unremitted earnings of our U.S. subsidiaries that are permanently reinvested. Should a distribution be made from the unremitted earnings of these U.S. subsidiaries, we could be required to record additional U.S. current and deferred taxes that, if material, would have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

G OVERNMENTAL R EGULATIONS AND E NVIRONMENTAL M ATTERS C OULD S IGNIFICANTLY A FFECT OUR O PERATIONS .

 

Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. As a result, the application of these laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations by increasing our cost of doing business, discouraging our customers from drilling for hydrocarbons or subjecting us to liability. For example, we, as an operator of mobile offshore drilling units in navigable U.S. waters and certain offshore areas, including the Outer Continental Shelf, are liable for damages and for the cost of removing oil spills for which we may be held responsible, subject to certain limitations. Our operations may involve the use or handling of materials that may be classified as environmentally hazardous substances. Laws and regulations protecting the environment have generally become more stringent and may in certain circumstances impose

 

23


Table of Contents

“strict liability,” rendering a person liable for environmental damage without regard to negligence or fault. Environmental laws and regulations may expose us to liability for the conduct of or conditions caused by others or for acts that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time they were performed. For a discussion of potential environmental liabilities affecting us, see “Item 3. Legal Proceedings—Environmental Matters.”

 

SFIC H OLDINGS H AS THE A BILITY TO S IGNIFICANTLY I NFLUENCE M ATTERS ON W HICH S HAREHOLDERS M AY V OTE .

 

SFIC Holdings (Cayman), Inc. (“SFIC Holdings”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation, which is in turn wholly owned by the State of Kuwait, held approximately 18.4% of our outstanding ordinary shares at December 31, 2004.

 

As long as Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates own at least 12.5% of our outstanding ordinary shares or at least 12.5% of our outstanding voting shares, SFIC Holdings has the right to designate for election three of our directors. If SFIC Holdings’ interest is reduced to less than 12.5% and equal to or greater than 7.5%, the number of directors that SFIC Holdings will have the right to designate for election is reduced from three to two. If SFIC Holdings’ interest is reduced to less than 7.5% and equal to or greater than 4%, the number of directors that SFIC Holdings may designate for election is reduced from two to one. If SFIC Holdings’ interest is reduced to less than 4%, it will not have the right to designate any directors for election to our board. For purposes of determining SFIC Holdings’ ownership interest, until SFIC Holdings sells any GlobalSantaFe Ordinary Shares, only ordinary shares outstanding at the completion of the Merger are included in the calculation of the ownership percentage. Accordingly, reductions in SFIC Holdings’ percentage ownership as a result of our issuance of shares will not reduce SFIC Holdings’ board representation.

 

As a result, Kuwait Petroleum Corporation, through SFIC Holdings, is able to significantly influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of our Board of Directors. This concentration of ownership could delay or deter a change of control of the company.

 

Although the owners of all the ordinary shares after the Merger are entitled to one vote per share, the consent of SFIC Holdings is required to change our jurisdiction of incorporation or the jurisdiction of incorporation of any existing subsidiary, or to incorporate a new subsidiary in a jurisdiction, in each case in a manner materially adversely affecting the rights or interests of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates as long as Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates own at least 10% of our outstanding ordinary shares or at least 10% of our outstanding voting shares. This restriction on us may limit our ability to take action we deem to be in the best interest of our other shareholders.

 

D IRECTOR D ESIGNEES OF SFIC H OLDINGS M AY H AVE I NTERESTS T HAT A RE I N C ONFLICT WITH THE I NTERESTS OF O THER S HAREHOLDERS

 

As discussed above, SFIC Holdings has the right to designate for election up to three members of our Board of Directors. Our articles of association state that Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliated companies have no duty to refrain from competing with us. The articles of association also state that Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliated companies are not under any duty to present corporate opportunities to us in the event of a conflict, and that corporate opportunities offered to persons who are our directors or officers and are also directors or officers of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation or its affiliates will be allocated based principally on the capacities in which the individual director or officer is offered the opportunity. As a result, any of our directors designated by SFIC Holdings may have potential or actual conflicts that could affect the process or outcome of board deliberations.

 

O UR S HAREHOLDERS H AVE L IMITED R IGHTS U NDER C AYMAN I SLANDS L AW

 

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum of association and our articles of association and by the Companies Law (2003 Revision) of the

 

24


Table of Contents

Cayman Islands. Principles of law relating to matters such as the validity of corporate procedures, the fiduciary duties of management, directors and controlling shareholders and the rights of shareholders differ from those that would apply if we were incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States. Further, the rights of shareholders under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent applicable in some U.S. jurisdictions. As a result, our shareholders may face more uncertainty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management or directors than they might have as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.

 

Employees

 

We had 5,325 employees worldwide at December 31, 2004, excluding 1,755 employees contracted through contract labor providers. We require highly skilled personnel to operate our drilling rigs and, accordingly, conduct extensive personnel training and safety programs. A total of 199 of our local employees in Nigeria and 332 of our local employees in Trinidad are represented by labor unions. We, through our membership in the U.K. Drilling Contractors Association, have also entered into a recognition agreement with a union which covers 743 of our 815 employees in the North Sea.

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

The name, age as of December 31, 2004, and office or offices currently held by each of our executive officers are as follows:

 

Name


   Age

  

Office or Offices


Jon A. Marshall

   53    President and Chief Executive Officer

Roger B. Hunt

   55    Senior Vice President, Marketing

James L. McCulloch

   52    Senior Vice President and General Counsel

W. Matt Ralls

   55    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Cheryl D. Richard

   48    Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Marion M. Woolie

   50    Senior Vice President, Operations

R. Blake Simmons

   46    President of Applied Drilling Technology Inc.

Michael R. Dawson

   51    Vice President and Controller

 

Officers serve for a one-year term or until their successors are elected and qualified to serve. Each executive officer’s principal occupation has been as one of our executive officers or our predecessors, Santa Fe International or Global Marine, for more than the past five years, with the exception of Mr. Simmons and Ms. Richard. Mr. Simmons has been President of Applied Drilling Technology Inc. since June 2003. Previously he served as Regional Vice President of GlobalSantaFe Drilling U.K. Limited. (“GSFDUKL”) from November 2001 to June 2003, prior to which he served as President and Managing Director of Global Marine UK Limited (now GSFDUKL) from June 2000 to November 2001. He was GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company’s Vice President, Sales and Contracts from 1998 to June 2000. Ms. Richard has been our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since June 2003. Prior to joining our organization, Ms. Richard was Vice President, Human Resources, with Chevron Phillips Chemical Company from 2000 to 2003, prior to which she served in a variety of positions with Phillips Petroleum Company (now ConocoPhillips), including operational, commercial and international positions.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In August 2004, certain of our subsidiaries were named as defendants in six lawsuits filed in Mississippi, five of which are pending in the Circuit Court of Jones County and one of which is pending in the Circuit Court of Jasper County, Mississippi, alleging that certain individuals aboard our offshore drilling rigs had been exposed to asbestos. These six lawsuits are part of a group of twenty-three lawsuits filed on behalf of approximately 800 plaintiffs against a large number of defendants, most of whom are not affiliated with us. Our subsidiaries have

 

25


Table of Contents

not been named as defendants in any of the other seventeen lawsuits. The lawsuits assert claims based on theories of unseaworthiness, negligence, strict liability and our subsidiaries’ status as Jones Act employers; and seek unspecified compensatory and punitive damages. In general, the defendants are alleged to have manufactured, distributed or utilized products containing asbestos. In the case of our named subsidiaries and that of several other offshore drilling companies named as defendants, the lawsuits allege those defendants allowed such products to be utilized aboard offshore drilling rigs. We have not been provided with sufficient information to determine the number of plaintiffs who claim to have been exposed to asbestos aboard our rigs, whether they were employees nor their period of employment, the period of their alleged exposure to asbestos, nor their medical condition. Accordingly, we are unable to estimate our potential exposure to these lawsuits. We historically have maintained insurance which we believe will be available to address any liability arising from these claims. We intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously, but there can be no assurance as to their ultimate outcome.

 

We and two of our subsidiaries are defendants in a lawsuit filed on July 28, 2003, by Transocean Inc. (“Transocean”) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. The lawsuit alleges that the dual drilling structure and method utilized by the GSF Development Driller I and the GSF Development Driller II semisubmersibles infringe on United States patents granted to Transocean. The lawsuit seeks damages, royalties and attorney’s fees, together with an injunction that would prevent the use of the dual drilling capabilities of the rigs. We believe that the lawsuit is without merit and intend to vigorously defend it. The trial of this lawsuit has been scheduled for December 2005. We do not expect that the matter will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

One of our subsidiaries filed suit in February 2004 against its insurance underwriters in the Superior Court of San Francisco County, California, seeking a declaration as to its rights to insurance coverage and the proper allocation among its insurers of liability for claims payments in order to assist in the future management and disposition of certain claims described below. The subsidiary is continuing to receive payment from its insurers for claim settlements and legal costs, and expects to continue to receive such payments during the pendency of this action.

 

The insurance coverage in question relates to lawsuits filed against the subsidiary arising out of its involvement in the design, construction and refurbishment of major industrial complexes. The operating assets of the subsidiary were sold and its operations discontinued in 1989, and the subsidiary has no remaining assets other than the insurance policies involved in the litigation and funds received from the cancellation of certain insurance policies. The subsidiary has been named as a defendant, along with numerous other companies, in lawsuits alleging personal injury as a result of exposure to asbestos. To date, the subsidiary has been named as a defendant in approximately 4,390 lawsuits, the first of which was filed in 1990. Of the 4,390 lawsuits, approximately 2,450 have been resolved, with approximately 1,940 currently pending. Over the course of the past fifteen years approximately $27.6 million has been expended to settle these claims with the subsidiary having expended $4.0 million of that amount due to insurance deductible obligations, all of which have now been satisfied. Insurers have funded the balance of the settlement costs and all legal costs associated therewith. The subsidiary has in excess of $1 billion in insurance limits. Although not all of that will be available due to the insolvency of certain insurers, we believe that the subsidiary will have sufficient insurance available to respond to its liabilities. We do not believe that these claims will have any material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

E NVIRONMENTAL M ATTERS

 

We have certain potential liabilities under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and similar state acts regulating cleanup of various hazardous waste disposal sites, including those described below. CERCLA is intended to expedite the remediation of hazardous substances without regard to fault. Potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) for each site include present and former owners and operators of, transporters to and generators of the substances at the site. Liability is strict and can be joint and several.

 

26


Table of Contents

We have been named as a PRP in connection with a site located in Santa Fe Springs, California, known as the Waste Disposal, Inc. site. We and other PRPs have agreed with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) to settle our potential liabilities for this site by agreeing to perform the remaining remediation required by the EPA. The form of the agreement is a consent decree, which has now been entered by the court. The parties to the settlement have entered into a participation agreement, which makes us liable for an estimated 7.7% of the remediation costs. Although the remediation costs cannot be determined with certainty until the remediation is complete, we expect that our share of the remaining remediation costs will not exceed approximately $400,000. There are additional potential liabilities related to the site, but these cannot be quantified, and we have no reason at this time to believe that they will be material.

 

We have also been named as a PRP in connection with a site in California known as the Casmalia Resources Site. We and other PRPs have entered into an agreement with the EPA and the DOJ to resolve potential liabilities. Under the settlement, we are not likely to owe any substantial additional amounts for this site beyond what we have already paid. There are additional potential liabilities related to this site, but these cannot be quantified at this time, and we have no reason at this time to believe that they will be material.

 

We have been named as one of many PRPs in connection with a site located in Carson, California, formerly maintained by Cal Compact Landfill. On February 15, 2002, we were served with a required 90-day notification that eight California cities, on behalf of themselves and other PRPs, intend to commence an action against us under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”). On April 1, 2002, a complaint was filed by the cities against us and others alleging that we have liabilities in connection with the site. However, the complaint has not been served. The site was closed in or around 1965, and we do not have sufficient information to enable us to assess our potential liability, if any, for this site.

 

Resolutions of other claims by the EPA, the involved state agency and/or PRPs are at various stages of investigation. These investigations involve determinations of:

 

    the actual responsibility attributed to us and the other PRPs at the site;

 

    appropriate investigatory and/or remedial actions; and

 

    allocation of the costs of such activities among the PRPs and other site users.

 

Our ultimate financial responsibility in connection with those sites may depend on many factors, including:

 

    the volume and nature of material, if any, contributed to the site for which we are responsible;

 

    the numbers of other PRPs and their financial viability; and

 

    the remediation methods and technology to be used.

 

It is difficult to quantify with certainty the potential cost of these environmental matters, particularly in respect of remediation obligations. Nevertheless, based upon the information currently available, we believe that our ultimate liability arising from all environmental matters, including the liability for all other related pending legal proceedings, asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims which are likely to be asserted, is adequately accrued and should not have a material effect on our financial position or ongoing results of operations. Estimated costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation obligations are not discounted to their present value.

 

O THER LEGAL MATTERS

 

We and our subsidiaries are defendants or otherwise involved in a number of lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, our ultimate liability with respect to these pending lawsuits is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

There were no matters submitted to a vote of our security holders during the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

27


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our Ordinary Shares, $.01 par value per share, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GSF.” The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of our Ordinary Shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Tape for the calendar periods indicated.

 

     Price per Share

     High

   Low

2004

             

First Quarter

   $ 30.58    $ 23.60

Second Quarter

     28.53      24.21

Third Quarter

     31.30      24.72

Fourth Quarter

     33.11      27.42

2003

             

First Quarter

   $ 25.02    $ 20.10

Second Quarter

     26.35      20.35

Third Quarter

     25.03      21.52

Fourth Quarter

     25.30      21.03

 

On February 28, 2005, the closing price of the Ordinary Shares, as reported by the NYSE, was $37.50 per share. As of February 28, 2005, there were approximately 2,893 shareholders of record of Ordinary Shares. This number does not include shareholders for whom shares are held in a nominee or street name.

 

D IVIDEND P OLICY

 

We paid dividends of $0.0325 per share in the first quarter of 2003, $0.0375 per share in the second and third quarters of 2003 and $0.05 per share in the fourth quarter of 2003 and the first three quarters of 2004. On December 8, 2004, our Board of Directors increased the dividend to $0.075 payable to shareholders of record as of December 31, 2004. This dividend was paid on January 18, 2005. The dividends paid in a given quarter relate to the immediately preceding quarter. Our payment of dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future business prospects and other factors.

 

28


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

In the following table, our operating results for 2004, 2003 and 2002 represent operations of the combined company. Operating results for 2001 include Global Marine’s operations for the full year and Santa Fe International’s operations from the November 2001 merger date (42 days). Selected financial data for 2000 represents the operations of Global Marine only. As a result, comparisons to data for 2001 and 2000 may not be meaningful. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

FIVE-YEAR REVIEW

(In millions, except per share and operational data)

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 

Financial Performance

                                        

Revenues:

                                        

Contract drilling

   $ 1,176.9     $ 1,263.9     $ 1,458.8     $ 960.4     $ 598.5  

Drilling management services

     515.2       523.4       400.6       409.3       440.1  

Oil and gas

     31.6       20.9       10.6       13.9       20.1  
    


 


 


 


 


Total revenues

   $ 1,723.7     $ 1,808.2     $ 1,870.0     $ 1,383.6     $ 1,058.7  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating income:

                                        

Contract drilling

   $ 119.1     $ 138.0     $ 334.7     $ 338.5     $ 184.5  

Drilling management services

     6.7       31.7       28.6       33.4       21.6  

Oil and gas

     19.4       12.0       4.8       8.4       12.2  

Gain on involuntary conversion of long-lived
asset (1)

     24.0       —         —         —         —    

Gain on sale of assets (2)

     27.8       —         —         35.6       —    

Impairment loss on long-lived asset (3)

     (1.2 )     —         —         —         —    

Restructuring costs (4)

     —         (3.4 )     —         (22.3 )     (5.2 )

Corporate expenses

     (62.0 )     (52.7 )     (61.8 )     (28.1 )     (24.6 )
    


 


 


 


 


Total operating income

     133.8       125.6       306.3       365.5       188.5  
    


 


 


 


 


Other income (expense)

                                        

Interest expense

     (55.5 )     (67.5 )     (57.1 )     (57.4 )     (63.6 )

Interest capitalized

     41.0       34.9       20.5       1.1       26.4  

Interest income

     12.3       11.2       15.1       13.9       4.0  

Loss on retirement of long-term debt (5)

     (32.4 )     —         —         —         —    

Other (6)

     (1.2 )     25.0       2.3       (0.6 )     —    
    


 


 


 


 


Total other income (expense)

     (35.8 )     3.6       (19.2 )     (43.0 )     (33.2 )
    


 


 


 


 


Income before income taxes

     98.0       129.2       287.1       322.5       155.3  

Provision for income taxes:

                                        

Current income tax provision

     52.6       26.7       45.9       22.2       12.4  

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

     14.0       (11.7 )     (20.3 )     101.5       29.0  
    


 


 


 


 


Total provision for income taxes (7)

     66.6       15.0       25.6       123.7       41.4  
    


 


 


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     31.4       114.2       261.5       198.8       113.9  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
effect (8)

     112.3       15.2       16.4       —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 143.7     $ 129.4     $ 277.9     $ 198.8     $ 113.9  
    


 


 


 


 


 

29


Table of Contents
     2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 

Earnings per ordinary share (Basic): (9)

                                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.13     $ 0.49     $ 1.12     $ 1.52     $ 0.98  

Income from discontinued operations

     0.48       0.06       0.07       —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 0.61     $ 0.55     $ 1.19     $ 1.52     $ 0.98  
    


 


 


 


 


Earnings per ordinary share (Diluted): (9)

                                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.13     $ 0.49     $ 1.11     $ 1.50     $ 0.95  

Income from discontinued operations

     0.48       0.06       0.07       —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 0.61     $ 0.55     $ 1.18     $ 1.50     $ 0.95  
    


 


 


 


 


Average ordinary shares (Basic) (9)

     234.8       233.2       233.7       130.5       116.6  

Average ordinary shares (Diluted) (9)

     237.2       234.9       236.5       137.5       119.3  

Cash dividends declared per ordinary share (10)

   $ 0.225     $ 0.175     $ 0.13     $ 0.0325     $ —    

Capital expenditures (11)

   $ 452.9     $ 466.0     $ 574.1     $ 158.4     $ 177.8  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

   $ 256.8     $ 257.5     $ 239.1     $ 146.3     $ 107.0  

Financial Position (end of year)

                                        

Working capital

   $ 451.6     $ 1,020.7     $ 712.0     $ 722.2     $ 221.5  

Properties and equipment, net

   $ 4,329.9     $ 4,180.2     $ 4,194.0     $ 3,897.6     $ 1,940.1  

Total assets

   $ 5,998.2     $ 6,149.7     $ 5,828.7     $ 5,528.9     $ 2,396.8  

Long-term debt, including capital lease obligations

   $ 586.0     $ 1,230.9     $ 941.9     $ 929.2     $ 918.6  

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,466.4     $ 4,327.6     $ 4,234.2     $ 4,033.2     $ 1,270.9  

Operational Data

                                        

Average rig utilization (12)

     86 %     85 %     89 %     93 %     84 %

Average revenues per day (13)

   $ 63,500     $ 65,900     $ 72,400     $ 75,400     $ 59,000  

Number of active rigs (end of year)

     59       59       58       58       33  

Turnkey wells drilled

     89       85       78       97       122  

Turnkey completions

     30       31       20       22       27  

Number of employees (end of year)

     5,300       7,100       7,200       8,400       2,700  

(1) In 2004, the jackup GSF Adriatic IV encountered well control problems, caught fire and sank while drilling in the Mediterranean Sea off the coast of Egypt. We received insurance proceeds totaling $40.0 million, net of our deductible, and recorded a gain of $24.0 million, net of taxes.
(2) The 2004 amount includes the sale of CMI’s interests in two oil and gas projects. In the first quarter 2004, CMI sold its interest in a drilling project in West Africa for approximately $6.1 million, recording a gain of $2.7 million. In the third quarter 2004, CMI sold a portion of its interest in the Broom Field development project in the North Sea for approximately $35.9 million, recording a gain of $25.1 million. The 2001 amount includes a $35.1 million gain on the sale of the Glomar Beaufort Sea I concrete island drilling system, which was sold in June 2001.
(3) In 2004, we sold the platform rig Rig 82 for a nominal sum in connection with our exit from the platform rig business and recognized an impairment loss of approximately $1.2 million.
(4) Restructuring costs for 2003 represent changes in estimated restructuring costs associated with Global Marine recorded in 2001 in connection with the Merger. Restructuring costs for 2000 relate to a restructuring program by Global Marine to streamline its organization and improve efficiency.
(5) In 2004 we completed the redemption of the entire outstanding $300 million principal amount of Global Marine Inc.’s 7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007, recognizing a loss on the early retirement of debt of approximately $32.4 million.
(6) The 2003 amount includes $22.3 million awarded to us as a result of the settlement of claims filed in 1993 with the United Nations Compensation Commission for losses suffered as a result of the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait in 1990. The claims were for the loss of four rigs and associated equipment, lost revenue and miscellaneous expenditures.

 

30


Table of Contents
(7) In 2004, we completed a subsidiary realignment to separate our international and domestic holding companies, which included transferring ownership of certain rigs between our domestic and international subsidiaries. The transaction resulted in a charge of $42.5 million, $5.1 million of which is included in current tax expense and $37.4 million is included in deferred tax expense. The 2001 amount includes a $47.2 million charge for increased valuation allowances, partially offset by adjustments to prior years’ tax contingencies.
(8) In 2004, we sold our land drilling fleet and related support equipment for a total sales price of $316.5 million, recognizing a gain of $113.1 million, net of taxes. Operating results for our land drilling operations had historically been included in contract drilling results. As a result of this sale, however, results of land drilling operations have been excluded from contract drilling results and are reflected in “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax effect” for all periods presented. Land rig operations for 2001 (42 days) are considered immaterial to our results of operations.
(9) Income per share data for 2000 has been restated to reflect the effect of the exchange ratio of 0.665 established in the merger agreement.
(10) In 2001, cash dividends declared per ordinary share included a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.0325 per ordinary share approved by our Board of Directors in December 2001. Global Marine historically did not pay dividends on its common stock.
(11) Capital expenditures include $63.9 million, $16.6 million, $19.2 million and $6.4 million of capital expenditures related to our rig building program that had been accrued but not paid as of December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
(12) The average rig utilization rate for a period represents the ratio of days in the period during which the rigs were under contract to the total days in the period during which the rigs were available to work.
(13) Average revenues per day is the ratio of rig-related contract drilling revenues divided by the aggregate contract days, adjusted to exclude days under contract at zero dayrate. The calculation of average revenues per day excludes non-rig related revenues, consisting mainly of reimbursed expenses, totaling $32.5 million, $46.9 million, $64.4 million, $26.5 million, and $14.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Average revenues per day including these reimbursed expenses would have been $65,100, $67,700, $74,500, $77,800, and $61,700 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The calculation of average revenues per day excludes all contract drilling revenues related to our platform rig operations.

 

31


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

We are an offshore oil and gas drilling contractor, currently owning or operating a fleet of 60 marine drilling rigs, including the ultra-deepwater semisubmersible, the GSF Development Driller II , which was delivered in February 2005. Our owned fleet includes 45 cantilevered jackup rigs, 10 semisubmersibles and three drillships. We currently have an additional ultra-deepwater semisubmersible nearing completion of construction, and we also operate two semisubmersible rigs for third parties under a joint venture agreement.

 

We provide offshore oil and gas contract drilling services to the oil and gas industry worldwide on a daily rate (“dayrate”) basis. We also provide oil and gas drilling management services on either a dayrate or completed-project, fixed-price (“turnkey”) basis, as well as drilling engineering and drilling project management services, and we participate in oil and gas exploration and production activities through our wholly owned subsidiary, Challenger Minerals, Inc. (“CMI”), principally in order to facilitate the acquisition of turnkey contracts for our drilling management services operations.

 

We derive substantially all of our revenues from our contract drilling and drilling management services operations, which depend on the level of drilling activity in offshore oil and natural gas exploration and development markets worldwide. These operations are subject to a number of risks, many of which are outside our control. For a discussion of these risks, see “Item 1. and 2. Business and Properties—Risk Factors.”

 

On May 21, 2004, we completed the sale of our land drilling fleet and related support equipment to Precision Drilling Corporation for a total sales price of $316.5 million in an all-cash transaction. Our land drilling fleet consisted of 31 rigs, 12 of which were located in Kuwait, eight in Venezuela, four in Saudi Arabia, four in Egypt and three in Oman. Operating results for our land drilling operations had historically been included in contract drilling results. As a result of this sale, however, results of land drilling operations have been excluded from contract drilling results and are reflected in “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax effect” in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. For further information regarding our land drilling operations, see “Operating Results—Sale of Land Drilling Fleet (Discontinued Operations).”

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements are impacted by the accounting policies used and the estimates and assumptions made by management during their preparation. These estimates and assumptions used in connection with some of these policies affect the carrying values of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the amounts of revenues and expenses recognized during the period. Actual results could differ from such estimates and assumptions. We consider our accounting estimates to be critical in areas where both: (1) the nature of the estimates and assumptions used are material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change, and (2) the impact of the estimates and assumptions is material to our operating results or financial condition. Following is a discussion of our critical accounting estimates in the areas of pension costs, properties and depreciation, impairment, income taxes and turnkey drilling costs.

 

P ENSION C OSTS

 

Our pension costs and liabilities are actuarially determined based on certain assumptions including expected long-term rates of return on plan assets, rate of increase in future compensation levels and the discount rate used to compute future benefit obligations. Actual results could differ materially from these actuarially determined amounts.

 

We use a December 31 measurement date for our pension plans. The following assumptions were used to determine our pension benefit obligations:

 

     December 31, 2004

    December 31, 2003

 
     U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

 

Discount rate

   5.75 %   5.25 %   6.25 %   5.50 %

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.50 %   4.25 %

 

32


Table of Contents

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine our net periodic pension cost:

 

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2004

    2003

    2002

 
    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

 

Discount rate

  6.25 %   5.50 %   6.75 %   6.75 %   7.25 %   6.75 %

Expected long-term rate of return

  9.00 %   9.00 %   9.00 %   8.00 %   9.00 %   8.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

  4.50 %   4.25 %   4.50 %   4.75 %   4.50 %   4.75 %

 

The discount rates used to calculate the net present value of future benefit obligations at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and pension costs for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, for both our U.S. and U.K. plans are based on the average of current rates earned on long-term bonds that receive a Moody’s rating of Aa or better.

 

We employ third-party consultants for our U.S. plans who use a portfolio return model to assess the initial reasonableness of the assumption on expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Using asset class return, variance, and correlation assumptions, the model produces both the expected return and the distribution of possible returns (at every fifth percentile) for the chosen portfolio. Return assumptions developed by our consultants are forward-looking gross returns and are not developed by an examination of historical returns. The building block approach used by the portfolio return model begins with the current U.S. Treasury yield curve, recognizing that expected returns on bonds are heavily influenced by the current level of yields. The model then adds corporate bond spreads and equity risk premiums based on current market conditions, to develop the return expectations for each asset class based on the investment mix for our pension plans. The volatility and correlation assumptions are also forward-looking. They take into account historical relationships, but are adjusted by our consultants to reflect expected capital market trends.

 

We also employ third-party consultants for our U.K. plans who assess the reasonableness of the assumption on expected long-term rate of return on plan assets based on surveys of various U.K. plans with similar asset allocations and investment targets. This assumption on expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is compared to various projections of long-term rates of returns compiled by both U.K. governmental agencies and banks.

 

Following is a summary of how changes in the assumed discount rate and expected return on assets, assuming all other factors remain unchanged, would affect the net periodic pension and postretirement benefit expense for 2004 and related pension and postretirement benefit obligations as of December 31, 2004:

 

          Discount Rate

   Return on Plan Assets

     2004

   +0.25%

   -0.25%

   +0.25%

   -0.25%

     (In millions)

Net Periodic Pension Cost:

                                  

U.S. plans

   $ 25.5    $ 23.9    $ 27.1    $ 25.0    $ 26.0

U.K. plans

   $ 16.0    $ 14.3    $ 17.8    $ 15.8    $ 16.2

Accumulated Benefit Obligation:

                                  

U.S. plans

   $ 308.5    $ 298.9    $ 318.3      N/A      N/A

U.K. plans

   $ 178.5    $ 168.0    $ 189.8      N/A      N/A

Projected Benefit Obligation:

                                  

U.S. plans

   $ 346.9    $ 335.9    $ 358.5      N/A      N/A

U.K. plans

   $ 192.0    $ 180.5    $ 204.7      N/A      N/A

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had an unrecognized actuarial loss totaling $162.3 million for our U.S. and U.K. plans. This loss will be recognized in net periodic pension cost over the estimated remaining service lives of the active participants in the plans. Approximately $14.3 million of this loss is expected to be recognized in 2005.

 

33


Table of Contents

The calculation of our other postretirement benefits costs and liabilities includes the weighted-average annual assumed rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered medical benefits. This assumption is based on data available to management at the time the assumption is made. Actual results could differ materially from estimated amounts.

 

For further discussion of the components of our net periodic pension cost and funded status of our pension plans, see Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

P ROPERTIES AND DEPRECIATION

 

Rigs and Drilling Equipment. Capitalized costs of rigs and drilling equipment include all costs incurred in the acquisition of capital assets including allocations of interest costs incurred during periods that assets are under construction. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs of property sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts; resulting gains or losses are included in income.

 

Depreciation and amortization . We depreciate our rigs and equipment over their remaining estimated useful lives. Our estimates of these remaining useful lives may be affected by such factors as changing market conditions, technological advances in the industry or changes in regulations governing the industry, among other things. We rely primarily on external sources of information as well as our own internal market data in assessing the impact of these factors on estimates of remaining useful lives. Estimates of remaining useful lives are also impacted by mechanical and structural factors. We review engineering data, operating history, maintenance history and third party inspections to assess useful lives from a structural and mechanical perspective. In determining estimated salvage values, we look primarily to external sources of information as well as our own internal data regarding the values of scrap metal and salvaged equipment. Changes in any of the assumptions made in estimating remaining useful lives and salvage values of our properties and equipment could result not only in increases or decreases in annual depreciation expense, but also could impact our criteria for analyzing properties and equipment for impairment.

 

We periodically evaluate the remaining useful lives and salvage values of our rigs, giving effect to operating and market conditions and upgrades performed on these rigs. As a result of recent analyses performed on our drilling fleet, effective January 1, 2004, we increased the remaining lives on certain rigs in our jackup fleet to 13 years from a range of 5.6 to 10.1 years, increased salvage values of these and other rigs in our jackup fleet from $0.5 million per rig to amounts ranging from $1.2 to $3.0 million per rig, and increased the salvage values of our semisubmersibles and certain of our drillships from $1.0 million per rig to amounts ranging from $2.5 to $4.0 million per rig. The effect of these changes in estimates was a reduction to depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2004, of approximately $18.3 million.

 

Impairment of Rigs and Drilling Equipment . We review our long-term assets for impairment when changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.” SFAS No. 144, among other things, requires that long-lived assets and certain intangibles to be held and used be reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value and establishes criteria to determine when a long-lived asset is classified as available for sale. Assets to be disposed of and assets not expected to provide any future service potential are recorded at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. We recorded an impairment charge of approximately $1.2 million in the first quarter of 2004 related to the sale of the platform rig Rig 82 for a nominal sum in connection with our exit from the platform rig business. We did not incur any impairment charges in 2003 or 2002.

 

Our determination of impairment of rigs and drilling equipment, if any, requires estimates of undiscounted future cash flows. Actual impairment charges, if any, are recorded using an estimate of discounted future cash flows. The determination of future cash flows related to our rigs and drilling equipment requires us to estimate

 

34


Table of Contents

dayrates and utilization in future periods, and such estimates can change based on market conditions, technological advances in the industry or changes in regulations governing the industry. Significant changes to the assumptions underlying our current estimates of cash flows could require a provision for impairment in a future period.

 

I NCOME TAXES

 

We are a Cayman Islands company. The Cayman Islands does not impose corporate income taxes. Consequently, our tax provision is based upon the tax laws and rates in effect in the countries in which our operations are conducted and income is earned. The income tax rates imposed and methods of computing taxable income in these jurisdictions vary substantially. Our effective tax rate for financial statement purposes will continue to fluctuate from year to year as our operations are conducted in different taxing jurisdictions. Current income tax expense represents either liabilities expected to be reflected on our income tax returns for the current year, nonresident withholding taxes, or changes in prior year tax estimates which may result from tax audit adjustments. Our deferred tax expense or benefit represents the change in the balance of deferred tax assets or liabilities as reported on the balance sheet. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In order to determine the amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as of valuation allowances, we must make estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, where rigs will be deployed and other matters. Changes in these estimates and assumptions, as well as changes in tax laws, could require us to adjust the deferred tax assets and liabilities or valuation allowances, including as discussed below.

 

Our ability to realize the benefit of our deferred tax assets requires that we achieve certain future earnings levels prior to the expiration of our NOL carryforwards. We have established a valuation allowance against the future tax benefit of a portion of our NOL carryforwards and could be required to record an additional valuation allowance if market conditions deteriorate and future earnings are below, or are projected to be below, our current estimates.

 

In December 2004, we completed a subsidiary realignment to separate our U.S. and foreign holding company structures. This realignment included the redemption of a minority interest in a foreign subsidiary held by one of our U.S. subsidiaries, along with the intercompany sale of certain rigs between U.S. and foreign subsidiaries based upon current projections of the long-term geographic areas of operations of these rigs. These transactions generated a U.S. taxable gain which resulted in a total tax expense of approximately $135.0 million. This expense was reduced in part by the recognition of $77.4 million of tax benefits resulting from the release of valuation allowances previously recorded against a portion of our U.S. NOL carryforwards, the recognition of a $6.8 million tax benefit from the release of deferred tax liabilities and the deferral of $8.3 million of tax expense related to the gain on the intercompany rig sales. This net deferred tax benefit will be recognized for financial reporting purposes over the remaining useful lives of the rigs. The total tax expense recognized for financial reporting purposes was $42.5 million, comprised of $37.4 million of deferred tax expense and $5.1 million of current tax expense.

 

We have not provided for U.S. deferred taxes on the unremitted earnings of our U.S. subsidiaries that are permanently reinvested. Should a distribution be made to us from the unremitted earnings of these U.S. subsidiaries, we could be required to record additional U.S. current and deferred taxes.

 

For a discussion of the impact of changes in estimates and assumptions affecting our deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with the components of our current and deferred income tax provisions, assets and liabilities, see “Operating Results—Income Taxes” following in this section and Note 10 of Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

T URNKEY D RILLING E STIMATES

 

Turnkey drilling projects often involve numerous subcontractors and third party vendors and, as a result, the actual final project cost is typically not known at the time a project is completed. We therefore rely on detailed

 

35


Table of Contents

cost estimates created by our project engineering staff to compute and record profits upon completion of turnkey drilling projects based on known revenues. These cost estimates are adjusted as final actual project costs are determined, which may result in adjustments to previously recorded amounts. Further, we recognize estimated losses on turnkey drilling projects immediately upon occurrence of events which indicate that it is probable that a loss will be incurred and, depending on the timing of the events leading to loss recognition in relation to completion of the project, these cost estimates could be relatively significant to the total project costs. For a discussion of the estimated costs recognized as part of our turnkey drilling operations at December 31, 2004, and the impact of revisions to estimated prior period costs on our drilling management services operations, see “Operating Results—Drilling Management Services.”

 

Current Market Conditions and Trends

 

The offshore drilling business has historically been cyclical, marked by periods of low demand, excess rig supply and low dayrates, followed by periods of high demand, short rig supply and increasing dayrates. These cycles are volatile and have traditionally been influenced by a number of factors, including oil and gas prices, the spending plans of our customers and the highly competitive nature of the offshore drilling industry. Even when rig markets appear to have stabilized at a certain level of utilization and dayrates, these markets can change swiftly, making it difficult to predict trends or conditions in the market. The relocation of rigs from weak markets to stable or strong markets may also have a significant impact on utilization and dayrates in the affected markets. A summary of current market conditions and trends in our areas of operations follows:

 

Worldwide

 

Market conditions continue to improve in substantially all of the world’s major offshore drilling markets. Our current market outlook for 2005 is one of increasing demand, resulting in higher utilization and dayrates for our cantilevered jackups, HDHE jackups and our mid-water depth semisubmersibles (designed for drilling in water depths of less than 7,500 feet). We also believe that demand will exceed supply in the ultra-deepwater floater market during 2005, leading to a greater backlog and improving dayrates. Our three drillships in this market are currently committed into the fourth quarter of 2005 and into 2006, and both of our ultra-deepwater semisubmersibles are committed to long-term contracts.

 

As market conditions improve further, we expect that a number of our competitors’ mid-water depth semisubmersibles and jackups that are currently “cold-stacked” (i.e. minimally crewed with little or no scheduled maintenance being performed) will reenter the market. During prior periods of high utilization and dayrates, industry participants increased the supply of rigs by ordering the construction of new units, creating an oversupply of drilling units and a decline in utilization and dayrates when the rigs entered the market, sometimes for extended periods of time. There are currently twenty jackup rigs under contract for construction with delivery dates ranging from 2005 to 2007. Most of these are cantilevered units capable of drilling in water depths in the 350 to 400 foot range, and are considered to be premium units. There are no semisubmersibles, other than ours, or drillships under construction, although a small number of units are being upgraded to a greater operating capability. We do not currently anticipate that this potential increase in the number of active units will have a significant adverse effect on dayrates in the near future, although the entry into service of units that are currently cold-stacked or under construction will increase supply and could curtail a further strengthening of dayrates in the affected markets or result in a softening of the affected markets as rigs are absorbed into the active fleet. Any further increase in construction of new drilling units would likely exacerbate the adverse effect on utilization and dayrates.

 

U.S. Gulf of Mexico

 

We currently operate eight cantilevered jackups and one mid-water semisubmersible in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. The continuing strength in natural gas prices, combined with the mobilization of rigs to other markets in pursuit of longer-term or higher dayrate contracts has resulted in significant increases in utilization and dayrates for jackup rigs in this market. We believe dayrates will continue to increase through 2005 as demand for jackups in this market comes into balance with the remaining supply. As utilization of active rigs has improved, several

 

36


Table of Contents

previously cold-stacked lower-specification rigs have reentered the market but to date, these additional units have had no significant adverse impact on dayrates.

 

Ultra-deepwater market

 

In the ultra-deepwater market, we have observed a significant increase in dayrates as the number of projects requiring rigs with the technical specifications common to rigs capable of drilling in 7,500 feet of water or greater continues to increase and operators have been securing rigs for long-term development projects. As a result, we believe the equipment in this asset class will be fully utilized through the end of 2005 and well into 2006. We currently operate three ultra-deepwater drillships and one ultra-deepwater semisubmersible in this market.

 

North Sea

 

Our North Sea fleet currently includes four mid-water depth semisubmersibles (one of which is cold-stacked), four cantilevered HDHE jackups, and two cantilevered jackups.

 

Dayrates for active semisubmersibles continue to improve as drilling activity increases while the number of active rigs in this market has remained relatively constant. Utilization of the industry’s active fleet is currently 100% and most of these rigs are committed through 2005. Although three of our competitors’ cold-stacked semisubmersibles have been contracted to reenter the market, there has not been an adverse effect on dayrates to date. Seven additional mid-water depth semisubmersibles, however, remain cold-stacked in this region, which will likely limit the level to which dayrates can increase. In light of recent strength in dayrates for semisubmersibles in the North Sea, we are currently evaluating the cost to reactivate the GSF Arctic II , our cold-stacked semisubmersible in this market.

 

The market for HDHE jackup rigs in the North Sea remains strong, with a gradual increase in demand expected in 2005. As a result, we are beginning to see increases in dayrates for rigs in this class as rigs complete their current contracts and we expect this to continue through 2005.

 

The standard specification jackup rig market in the North Sea is beginning to show signs of recovery from the low utilization and dayrates experienced in 2004. We expect the overall demand for rigs in this class to continue to improve through 2005, with resulting increases in dayrates.

 

West Africa

 

We currently operate nine cantilevered jackups and two mid-water depth semisubmersibles in the West Africa market. Due to the continued mobilization of jackup rigs out of this market to other markets, we expect demand for jackup rigs to possibly exceed supply in 2005 as activity in this market increases. Current industry jackup utilization in this market is approaching 100%, and there are no cold-stacked jackups in this region. As a result, we expect further increases in dayrates for available units in this area in 2005. Two of our cantilevered jackups in this market are currently committed to long-term contracts. The GSF Adriatic V jackup began a 2  1 / 2 -year contract in Angola in October, and the GSF Adriatic II jackup began a 2  1 / 2 -year contract in November 2004. While dayrates for mid-water semisubmersibles in this area have shown considerable signs of improvement, we could experience periods of idle time between drilling programs. Several of our competitors’ units left the area in 2004, resulting in a tighter market which should exert upward pressure on dayrates. We expect activity in this market to improve beginning in mid 2005.

 

Southeast Asia

 

We currently operate seven cantilevered jackups in the Southeast Asia market. Although there has been a net increase in rigs in the region in 2004, we expect increasing demand to exceed the available supply of rigs in this market during 2005, creating shortages of available rigs and possibly delaying some drilling programs. Due to increases in demand in other markets, we believe it is unlikely that there will be any significant movements of rigs into this area from other markets in 2005. As a result, we expect continuing upward pressure on dayrates until the delivery during the period of late 2005 to 2007 of newbuild rigs currently under construction in Singapore.

 

37


Table of Contents

Middle East & Mediterranean

 

We currently operate ten jackups in the Middle East and Mediterranean markets, consisting of three in the Egyptian Mediterranean, three in the Gulf of Suez, and four in the Arabian Gulf. We expect the Mediterranean jackup market to remain strong throughout 2005. We also continue to see strong demand for jackups in the Arabian Gulf, and we expect demand, especially for premium equipment, to increase in this area in 2005.

 

There are currently eleven jackups working in the Gulf of Suez with two operators holding more than 50% of the rig contracts. Although these operators continue to curtail spending in this mature area in favor of more attractive projects in the Mediterranean, we expect a balanced market in this area as other markets in the Middle East and Mediterranean absorb any excess supply that develops.

 

South America

 

We currently operate one jackup offshore Argentina, one mid-water semisubmersible offshore Venezuela and one HDHE jackup and two cantilevered jackups offshore Trinidad, including the GSF Constellation I , which commenced its long-term contract in August 2004. Although this market currently remains balanced, there are a limited number of drilling programs currently available. As a result, we expect that one or more of our units will leave this area during 2005. We expect little additional jackup demand to develop in the South American market through the first half of 2005.

 

Canada

 

We currently operate one HDHE jackup and one semisubmersible off the east coast of Canada. We expect this market to remain stable through 2005.

 

Operating Results

 

O VERVIEW

 

Data relating to our continuing operations by business segment follows:

 

     2004

   

Increase

(Decrease)


    2003

   

Increase

(Decrease)


    2002

 
     ($ in millions)  

Revenues:

                                    

Contract drilling (1)

   $ 1,191.8     (6 )%   $ 1,266.6     (14 )%   $ 1,471.3  

Drilling management

     531.5     1 %     528.4     27 %     416.8  

Oil and gas

     31.6     51 %     20.9     97 %     10.6  

Less: intersegment revenues

     (31.2 )   305 %     (7.7 )   (73 )%     (28.7 )
    


       


       


     $ 1,723.7     (5 )%   $ 1,808.2     (3 )%   $ 1,870.0  
    


       


       


Operating income:

                                    

Contract drilling (1)

   $ 119.1     (14 )%   $ 138.0     (59 )%   $ 334.7  

Drilling management

     6.7     (79 )%     31.7     11 %     28.6  

Oil and gas

     19.4     62 %     12.0     150 %     4.8  

Gain on involuntary conversion of long-lived asset

     24.0     N/A       —       N/A       —    

Gain on sale of assets

     27.8     N/A       —       N/A       —    

Impairment loss on long-lived asset

     (1.2 )   N/A       —       N/A       —    

Restructuring costs

     —       (100 )%     (3.4 )   N/A       —    

Corporate expenses

     (62.0 )   18 %     (52.7 )   (15 )%     (61.8 )
    


       


       


     $ 133.8     7 %   $ 125.6     (59 )%   $ 306.3  
    


       


       



(1) Contract drilling results for all periods presented exclude operating results related to land drilling operations, which are included in “discontinued operations” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

38


Table of Contents

Operating income increased by $8.2 million to $133.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $125.6 million in 2003, due primarily to a $24.0 million gain recorded from an insurance settlement related to the loss of the GSF Adriatic IV and gains totaling $27.8 million recorded in connection with the sale of CMI’s interest in a drilling project off the coast of Mauritania and the sale of a portion of CMI’s working interest in the Broom Field development project in the North Sea. These gains are discussed in more detail below. Excluding these gains, along with an impairment loss of $1.2 million recorded in connection with the sale of the platform rig Rig 82 , operating income for 2004 was $83.2 million, a decrease of $42.4 million from the prior year. This decrease was due primarily to lower turnkey drilling performance and lower dayrates and utilization for our drilling fleet, particularly our ultra-deepwater and West Africa fleets, offset in part by higher oil volumes produced. We have provided operating income excluding the unusual items noted above, along with the corresponding change in operating income, because we believe that the excluded items are unrelated to operational performance for 2004 and, accordingly, that providing operating income excluding these items will provide assistance in comparing the results between the periods.

 

Operating income for 2003 decreased by $180.7 million to $125.6 million from $306.3 million for 2002 due primarily to lower utilization and dayrates for our drilling fleet, offset in part by higher average natural gas prices and production, lower corporate expenses and increased turnkey drilling activity.

 

Sale of Land Drilling Fleet (Discontinued Operations)

 

On May 21, 2004, we completed the sale of our land drilling fleet and related support equipment to Precision Drilling Corporation for a total sales price of $316.5 million in an all-cash transaction. Our land drilling fleet consisted of 31 rigs, 12 of which were located in Kuwait, eight in Venezuela, four in Saudi Arabia, four in Egypt, and three in Oman. As a result of this sale, we recognized a gain of $113.1 million, including a net tax benefit of $1.1 million, in the second quarter of 2004.

 

Land drilling operations had historically been included in our contract drilling segment operating results. As a result of this sale, however, results of land drilling operations have been excluded from contract drilling results and are reflected in “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax effect” in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. The following table lists the contribution of our land rig fleet to our consolidated operating results for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2004

    2003

   2002

     (In millions)

Revenues

   $ 43.9     $ 106.5    $ 147.7

Expenses (income):

                     

Direct operating expenses

     27.9       74.2      106.9

Depreciation

     4.0       15.7      15.3

Exit costs

     6.8       —        —  

Gain on sale of assets

     (112.0 )     —        —  
    


 

  

       117.2       16.6      25.5

Provision for income taxes, including a net tax benefit of $1.1 in 2004 related to the gain on sale of assets

     4.9       1.4      9.1
    


 

  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax effect

   $ 112.3     $ 15.2    $ 16.4
    


 

  

 

In connection with the sale of our land drilling fleet, we implemented an exit plan that included the closing of four area offices in Kuwait, Oman, Saudi Arabia and Venezuela, and the separation of approximately 1,400 employees. These employees were primarily rig personnel and related shorebase and area office personnel. These activities were completed as of December 31, 2004.

 

39


Table of Contents

Estimated costs associated with this exit plan were recorded as a pretax charge in the second quarter of 2004. These accrued costs, changes in estimated costs and payments related to these exit activities for the period from May 21, 2004, to December 31, 2004, are summarized as follows:

 

     Employee
Severance
Costs


    Office
Closures


    Other

    Total

 
     (In millions)  

Accrued exit costs

   $ 4.3     $ 0.5     $ 1.4     $ 6.2  

Changes in estimated costs

     1.2       (0.3 )     (0.3 )     0.6  

Payments

     (5.5 )     (0.2 )     (1.1 )     (6.8 )
    


 


 


 


Liability at 12/31/04

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 

Gain on Involuntary Conversion of Long-Lived Asset

 

In August 2004, the jackup GSF Adriatic IV encountered well control problems, caught fire and sank while drilling in the Mediterranean Sea off the coast of Egypt. All of our personnel on board the rig were evacuated safely, although the rig was a total loss. We received insurance proceeds totaling $40.0 million, net of our deductible, and recorded a gain of $24.0 million, net of taxes, in the third quarter of 2004.

 

Gains on Sales of Assets

 

In December 2003, CMI participated in a drilling project in West Africa off the coast of Mauritania. Our share of the costs incurred in connection with this project totaled approximately $3.4 million, $2.9 million of which was classified as unproved oil and gas properties at December 31, 2003. In March 2004, we sold our interest in this project for approximately $6.1 million and recorded a gain of $2.7 million ($2.0 million, net of taxes) in connection with this sale in the first quarter of 2004.

 

In September 2004, CMI completed the sale of 50% of its interest in the Broom Field, a development project in the North Sea. We received net proceeds of $35.9 million and recorded a gain of $25.1 million ($13.3 million, net of taxes) in connection with this sale. CMI retains an eight percent working interest in this project.

 

Asset Retirements / Impairments

 

During the first quarter of 2004, we retired the drillship Glomar Robert F. Bauer from active service. As a result, we adjusted the carrying value of the rig to its estimated salvage value, which resulted in a $1.5 million charge to depreciation expense in the first quarter of 2004.

 

In April 2004, we sold the platform rig Rig 82 for a nominal sum in connection with our exit from the platform rig business and recognized an impairment loss of approximately $1.2 million in the first quarter of 2004.

 

40


Table of Contents

C ONTRACT D RILLING O PERATIONS

 

Data with respect to our contract drilling operations follows:

 

    2004

   

Increase/

(Decrease)


    2003

   

Increase/

(Decrease)


    2002

 
    ($ in millions)  

Contract drilling revenues by area: (1)

                                   

U.S. Gulf of Mexico

  $ 263.7     (10 )%   $ 291.6     (15 )%   $ 342.0  

North Sea

    205.3     (19 )%     253.3     (44 )%     453.4  

West Africa

    201.9     (21 )%     255.5     21 %     210.3  

Southeast Asia

    157.6     3 %     153.1     25 %     122.7  

Middle East

    87.8     9 %     80.5     40 %     57.4  

Mediterranean Sea

    61.2     8 %     56.7     (29 )%     79.9  

South America

    109.1     326 %     25.6     (64 )%     70.8  

Other

    105.2     (30 )%     150.3     11 %     134.8  
   


       


       


    $ 1,191.8     (6 )%   $ 1,266.6     (14 )%   $ 1,471.3  
   


       


       


Average marine rig utilization by area:

                                   

U.S. Gulf of Mexico

    95 %   0 %     95 %   6 %     90 %

North Sea

    74 %   1 %     73 %   (14 )%     85 %

West Africa

    81 %   3 %     79 %   (8 )%     86 %

Southeast Asia

    87 %   1 %     86 %   5 %     82 %

Middle East

    90 %   (10 )%     100 %   1 %     99 %

Mediterranean Sea

    94 %   9 %     86 %   (4 )%     90 %

South America

    82 %   14 %     72 %   (28 )%     100 %

Other

    87 %   10 %     79 %   (18 )%     96 %

Total average rig utilization:

    86 %   1 %     85 %   (4 )%     89 %

Average revenues per day : (2)

  $ 63,500     (4 )%   $ 65,900     (9 )%   $ 72,400  

(1) Includes revenue earned from affiliates.
(2) Average revenues per day is the ratio of rig-related contract drilling revenues divided by the aggregate contract days, adjusted to exclude days under contract at zero dayrate. The calculation of average revenues per day excludes non-rig related revenues, consisting mainly of reimbursed expenses, totaling $32.5 million, $46.9 million and $64.4 million, respectively, for the years ended 2004, 2003, and 2002. Average revenues per day including these reimbursed expenses would have been $65,100, $67,700 and $74,500 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The calculation of average revenues per day excludes all contract drilling revenues related to our platform rig operations, which have historically not been material to our contract drilling operations. We completed our planned exit from our platform rig operations in the first quarter of 2004.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Contract drilling revenues decreased by $74.8 million to $1,191.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $1,266.6 million for 2003. Lower dayrates and utilization for our drilling fleet accounted for $34.6 million and $21.2 million, respectively, of this decrease, and lower reimbursable and other revenues accounted for $14.4 million and $4.6 million, respectively, of the remainder. Reimbursable revenues represent reimbursements from customers for certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred and have little or no effect on operating income. Other revenues include rig mobilization fees and miscellaneous fees including fees for labor, material, rental, handling and incentive bonuses.

 

The decreases in dayrates and utilization were due primarily to lower dayrates and utilization for our ultra-deepwater rigs and for our West Africa drilling fleet, along with lower utilization and dayrates for the GSF Galaxy II off the eastern coast of Canada, which remained idle for substantially all of the first half of 2004 before

 

41


Table of Contents

resuming operations in June 2004, and to the exit from substantially all of our platform rig business during the fourth quarter of 2003. These decreases were offset in part by increases in dayrates for the U.S. Gulf of Mexico jackup fleet and by the full-period utilization of the GSF Grand Banks offshore Canada, which was idle for the first half of 2003.

 

Contract drilling operating expenses before intersegment eliminations for the year ended December 31, 2004, decreased by $50.9 million to $828.9 million for 2004, from $879.8 million in 2003. This decrease was due primarily to lower labor costs, primarily as a result of the lower utilization and the exit from our platform rig operations discussed above, lower reimbursable expenses and lower repair and maintenance expenses.

 

The mobilization of marine rigs between the geographic areas shown below also affected each area’s revenues and utilization noted in the table above. These mobilizations were as follows:

 

Rig


  

Rig Type


  

From


  

To


  

Completion Date


GSF Rig 135

   Semisubmersible    North Sea    West Africa    Jan-03

GSF Adriatic IV

   Cantilevered Jackup    U.S. Gulf of Mexico    Mediterranean    Mar-03

GSF Jack Ryan

   Drillship    Other (Australia)    West Africa    Aug-03

GSF Monitor

   HDHE Jackup    North Sea    South America    Oct-03

GSF Jack Ryan

   Drillship    West Africa    U.S. Gulf of Mexico    Jan-04

GSF Constellation I

   Cantilevered Jackup    Southeast Asia    South America    May-04

GSF High Island IX

   Cantilevered Jackup    West Africa    Middle East    Jun-04

GSF Constellation II

   Cantilevered Jackup    Shipyard    South America    Jun-04

GSF Jack Ryan

   Drillship    U.S. Gulf of Mexico    South America    Aug-04

GSF Arctic I

   Semisubmersible    U.S. Gulf of Mexico    South America    Aug-04

GSF Adriatic XI

   Cantilevered Jackup    North Sea    Southeast Asia    Oct-04

GSF Adriatic X

   Cantilevered Jackup    U.S. Gulf of Mexico    Mediterranean    Nov-04

GSF Adriatic II

   Cantilevered Jackup    U.S. Gulf of Mexico    West Africa    Nov-04

 

Contract drilling depreciation expense decreased by $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 2003. This decrease was due primarily to the effect of the change in estimates of remaining depreciable lives and salvage values of a portion of our fleet noted in the discussion of our critical accounting policies and estimates, offset in part by depreciation expense related to the GSF Constellation I and the GSF Constellation II , placed in service in August 2003 and September 2004, respectively, and to upgrades on several other rigs in our fleet.

 

Contract drilling operating income and operating margin (calculated as segment operating income divided by segment revenues) decreased to $119.1 million and 10.0%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $138.0 million and 10.9%, respectively, for 2003, due primarily to the lower rig utilization and dayrates discussed above.

 

Our contract drilling backlog at December 31, 2004, was $1.7 billion, consisting of $1.4 billion related to executed contracts and $0.3 billion related to customer commitments for which contracts had not yet been executed as of December 31, 2004. Approximately $1.0 billion of the backlog is expected to be realized in 2005. Our contract drilling backlog at December 31, 2003, was $996.6 million.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Contract drilling revenues decreased by $204.7 million to $1,266.6 million for 2003, compared to $1,471.3 million for 2002. Lower dayrates and utilization for our drilling fleet accounted for $105.9 million and $77.8 million, respectively, of this decrease, along with lower reimbursable revenues and other revenues, which decreased by $17.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

 

42


Table of Contents

The decreases attributable to the drilling fleet were due primarily to both lower dayrates and utilization for the North Sea and West Africa fleets, lower dayrates for the Middle East drilling fleet and the GSF Arctic I and the GSF C. R. Lui gs in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico and lower utilization of the GSF Grand Banks off the east coast of Canada, which was idle through the first half of 2003. These decreases in marine drilling revenues were offset in part by increases in both dayrates and utilization for our U.S. Gulf of Mexico jackup fleet and by an increase in utilization for GSF Rig 136 in Southeast Asia, which was undergoing upgrades during a substantial portion of 2002.

 

Contract drilling operating expenses before intersegment eliminations decreased by $23.4 million to $879.8 million in 2003 compared to $903.2 million in 2002, due primarily to decreases in repair and maintenance expenses, reimbursable expenses, Merger-related transition expenses incurred in 2002, and lower labor expense. The decrease in repair and maintenance expense was due to repair projects performed on several of our rigs in 2002, offset in part by repairs and maintenance work performed concurrent with upgrades on the GSF Grand Banks in 2003. The decrease in labor expense was due primarily to the lower utilization of the North Sea, West Africa and Middle East drilling fleets discussed above, offset in part by an increase in pension expense. We recorded approximately $14.8 million of Merger-related transition expenses in our contract drilling operations during 2002, which represent costs incurred as part of the integration of the operations of Global Marine and Santa Fe International.

 

Contract drilling depreciation expense increased by $16.1 million to $249.5 million from $233.4 million in 2002, due primarily to upgrades on several of our rigs during 2002 and the addition of the GSF Constellation I , which was placed into service in August 2003.

 

The effects of the lower dayrates and utilization and higher depreciation expense discussed above were reflected in our operating income and margin for contract drilling operations, which decreased to $138.0 million and 10.9%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $334.7 million and 22.7%, respectively, for 2002.

 

D RILLING M ANAGEMENT S ERVICES

 

Results of operations from our drilling management services segment may be limited by certain factors, in particular our ability to find and retain qualified personnel, to hire suitable rigs at acceptable rates, and to obtain and successfully perform turnkey drilling contracts based on competitive bids. Our ability to obtain turnkey drilling contracts is largely dependent on the number of such contracts available for bid, which in turn is influenced by market prices for oil and gas, among other factors. Furthermore, our ability to enter into turnkey drilling contracts may be constrained from time to time by the availability of GlobalSantaFe or third-party drilling rigs. Drilling management services results are also affected by the required deferral of turnkey drilling profit related to wells in which CMI is either the operator or holds a working interest. This turnkey profit is credited to our full-cost pool of oil and gas properties and is recognized over future periods through a lower depletion rate as reserves are produced. Accordingly, results of our drilling management service operations may vary widely from quarter to quarter and from year to year.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Drilling management services revenues increased by $3.1 million to $531.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $528.4 million for 2003. Approximately $97.0 million of this increase was attributable to higher average revenues per turnkey project and $10.7 million was attributable to an increase in the number of turnkey projects completed, offset in part by an $83.2 million decrease in reimbursable revenues and a $21.4 million decrease in daywork and other revenues. The decrease in reimbursable revenues is due primarily to a decrease in project management operations in 2004. As noted above in the discussion of our contract drilling results, however, reimbursable revenues represent reimbursements received from the client for certain out-of-pocket expenses and have little or no effect on operating income. We completed 119 turnkey projects in 2004 (89 wells drilled and 30 well completions), compared to 116 turnkey projects in 2003 (85 wells drilled and 31 well completions).

 

43


Table of Contents

Drilling management services operating income and margin, however, decreased to $6.7 million and 1.3%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $31.7 million and 6.0%, respectively, in 2003, due primarily to losses totaling approximately $21.1 million on 14 of our 119 projects completed during the year ended December 31, 2004. We also incurred a loss of $0.9 million in connection with our project management operations during the first quarter of 2004. Our turnkey operating results for 2003 include losses totaling $7.8 million on eight of the 116 turnkey projects completed.

 

Turnkey drilling projects often involve numerous subcontractors and third party vendors and, as a result, the actual final project cost is typically not known at the time a project is completed (see “Critical Accounting Estimates—Turnkey Drilling Estimates”). Results for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, were favorably affected by downward revisions to cost estimates of wells completed in prior years totaling $3.3 million and $4.8 million, respectively, which represented approximately 1.0% and 1.3%, respectively, of drilling management services expenses for 2003 and 2002. The effect of these revisions was more than offset, however, by the deferral of turnkey profit totaling $17.6 million in 2004 and $12.1 million in 2003 related to wells in which CMI was either the operator or held a working interest. This turnkey profit has been credited to our full cost pool of oil and gas properties and will be recognized through a lower depletion rate as reserves are produced. Estimated costs included in 2004 drilling management services operating results totaled approximately $35.3 million at December 31, 2004. To the extent that actual costs differ from estimated costs, results in future periods will be affected by revisions to this amount.

 

As of December 31, 2004, our drilling management services backlog was approximately $29 million, all of which is expected to be realized in 2005. Our drilling management services backlog was approximately $42 million at December 31, 2003.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Drilling management services revenues increased by $111.6 million to $528.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $416.8 million in 2002. This increase in revenues consisted primarily of $61.9 million attributable to a net increase in reimbursable revenues, $49.2 million attributable to an increase in the number of turnkey projects performed and $11.3 million attributable to increases in daywork and other revenues, offset in part by a $10.8 million decrease attributable to lower average revenues per turnkey project. We completed 116 turnkey projects in 2003, (85 wells drilled and 31 well completions) as compared to 98 turnkey projects in 2002 (78 wells drilled and 20 well completions).

 

Drilling management services operating income increased to $31.7 million for 2003 from $28.6 million in 2002, as a result of the increase in turnkey drilling activity noted above, while operating margin decreased to 6.0%, in 2003 from 6.9% in 2002, due primarily to lower margins achieved on turnkey wells drilled in 2003. The lower margins in 2003 resulted from the increase in reimbursable revenues noted above and from losses totaling $7.8 million on eight of the 116 turnkey projects completed in 2003, compared to losses totaling $3.1 million on five of the 98 turnkey projects completed in 2002. We also recognized $2.1 million of estimated losses in the fourth quarter of 2002 related to a well in progress at December 31, 2002, which we completed at a loss in the first quarter of 2003. This well is not included in the 2003 losses noted above. Operating income for the 2002 period also includes $1.5 million of revenue earned in the first quarter of 2002 related to a turnkey well drilled in the North Sea in December 2000, for which we were entitled to additional payments based on cumulative production from the well. Estimated costs included in 2003 drilling management services operating results totaled approximately $31.9 million at December 31, 2003.

 

Results for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, were also favorably affected by downward revisions to cost estimates of wells completed in prior periods totaling $4.8 million and $3.1 million, respectively, offset by the deferral of turnkey drilling profit totaling $12.1 million and $16.3 million, respectively, related to wells in which CMI was either the operator or held a working interest.

 

44


Table of Contents

O IL AND G AS O PERATIONS

 

CMI acquires interests in oil and gas properties principally in order to facilitate the acquisition of turnkey contracts for our drilling management services operations.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Oil and gas revenues increased by $10.7 million to $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $20.9 million for 2003. Increases in oil production and prices, along with increases in gas prices accounted for $11.1 million, $1.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively, of this increase, offset in part by a decrease of $3.5 million due to lower gas volumes produced.

 

Operating income from our oil and gas operations, excluding the gains on asset sales discussed previously, increased by $7.4 million to $19.4 million in 2004 compared to $12.0 million in 2003, due primarily to the increase in revenues discussed above, offset in part by increases in lease operating expense as a result of the increases in oil production.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2003, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Oil and gas revenues increased by $10.3 million to $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $10.6 million for 2002. Increases in gas prices and production, along with an increase in oil prices accounted for $6.0 million, $3.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of this increase.

 

Operating income from our oil and gas operations increased by $7.2 million to $12.0 million in 2003 compared to $4.8 million in 2002, due primarily to the increase in revenues discussed above, offset in part by increases in labor and lease operating expense.

 

G ENERAL AND A DMINISTRATIVE E XPENSES

 

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004, increased by $8.7 million to $56.5 million, or 3.3% of revenues, from $47.8 million, or 2.6% of revenues, for 2003. The increase in general and administrative expenses was due primarily to an increase in management bonus accruals from relatively low 2003 levels, as discussed below, along with an increase in consulting fees incurred as part of our implementation of the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

General and administrative expenses decreased to $47.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $58.4 million for 2002 due primarily to lower management bonus accruals and professional fees. The lower management bonus accruals were a result of our lower than budgeted operating results for 2003. The decrease in professional fees resulted primarily from non-recurring professional fees incurred during 2002 as part of the integration of the operations of Global Marine and Santa Fe subsequent to the Merger.

 

O THER INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

Interest expense was $55.5 million for 2004, $67.5 million for 2003 and $57.1 million for 2002. The decrease in interest expense for 2004 was due primarily to the retirement of Global Marine Inc.’s 7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007 on June 30, 2004, as discussed below. The increase in interest expense in 2003 compared to 2002 was due primarily to the issuance of the 5% Notes on February 11, 2003, offset in part by the effects of fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps on a portion of our long-term debt. For a discussion of these fixed-for-floating swaps, see “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Fair Value Risk.”

 

We capitalized $41.0 million, $34.9 million and $20.5 million of interest costs in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, primarily in connection with our rig expansion program discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing and Investing Activities.”

 

45


Table of Contents

Interest income increased to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, from $11.2 million in 2003, due primarily to an increase in our average cash and marketable securities balances for 2004 as a result of the receipt of proceeds from the sale of our land rig fleet, the loss of the GSF Adriatic IV and the sale of a portion of CMI’s interest in the Broom Field, offset in part by funds used to redeem Global Marine Inc.’s 7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007. Interest income decreased to $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, from $15.1 million in 2002, as a result of lower interest rates earned in 2003 on our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances, offset in part by an increase in cash and cash equivalents balances resulting from the issuance of the 5% Notes.

 

On June 30, 2004, we completed the redemption of the entire outstanding $300 million principal amount of Global Marine Inc.’s 7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007, for a total redemption price of $331.7 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $7.1 million. We recognized a loss on the early retirement of debt of approximately $21.0 million, net of tax of $11.4 million, in the second quarter of 2004. We funded the redemption price from our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances.

 

Other expense of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, includes a loss of $3.8 million on a commodity derivative entered into in the first quarter of 2004, offset in part by realized gains of $1.6 million on the sale of marketable securities related to one of our nonqualified pension plans. Other income totaled $25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, due primarily to $22.3 million awarded to us in 2003 as a result of the settlement of claims filed in 1993 with the United Nations Compensation Commission (“UNCC”) for losses suffered as a result of the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait in 1990. The claims were for the loss of four rigs and associated equipment, lost revenue and miscellaneous expenditures. Other income totaled $2.3 million in 2002, due primarily to net gains totaling $4.0 million recorded on embedded derivative financial instruments associated with two-year variable-dayrate contracts for two of our cantilevered jackups . These net gains in 2002 were offset in part by a $1.1 million loss on the sale of long-term marketable securities related to one of our retirement plans.

 

I NCOME TAXES

 

Our effective income tax rates for financial reporting purposes were approximately 68%, 12% and 9% for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The effective rate for 2004 includes the effect of a $42.5 million charge related to the subsidiary realignment discussed below. Excluding the $42.5 million charge, our income tax expense would have been $24.1 million, which when divided into our pretax income from continuing operations of $98.0 million, yields an effective tax rate of 25%. The effective rate for 2003 was reduced by the effect of the $22.3 million UNCC settlements discussed above, partially offset by a net total of $3.2 million of other discrete items. Excluding these settlements, our pretax income from continuing operations for 2003 would have been $106.9 million, which when divided into the tax provision from continuing operations of $15.0 million, yields an effective tax rate of 14%. The 2004 effective tax of 25% (excluding the $42.5 million charge) is higher than 2003 due primarily to a change in our mix of earnings between domestic earnings and foreign earnings in high and low tax jurisdictions. The tax provision for 2003 also includes a net deferred tax benefit of $11 million related to the release of a valuation allowance against our U.K. NOL carryforwards. We determined during 2003 that, based on earnings projections at that time, it was more likely than not that the remaining NOL carryforwards balance in this jurisdiction would be fully utilized. The effective tax rates for 2004 and 2003 excluding the effects of these unusual items are presented because we believe that these effective tax rates will provide assistance in comparing the results between the periods.

 

In December 2004, we completed a realignment of our subsidiaries to separate our international and domestic holding companies to improve operational and financial efficiencies within our organization. This realignment included the redemption of a minority interest in a foreign subsidiary held by one of our U.S. subsidiaries, along with the intercompany sale of certain rigs between U.S. and foreign subsidiaries based upon current projections of the long-term geographic areas of operations of these rigs. These transactions generated a U.S. taxable gain which resulted in a total tax expense of approximately $135.0 million. This expense was reduced in part by the recognition of $77.4 million of tax benefits resulting from the release of valuation

 

46


Table of Contents

allowances previously recorded against a portion of our U.S. NOL carryforwards, the recognition of a $6.8 million tax benefit from the release of deferred tax liabilities and the deferral of $8.3 million of tax expense related to the gain on the intercompany rig sales. This net deferred tax benefit will be recognized for financial reporting purposes over the remaining useful lives of the rigs. The total tax expense recognized for financial reporting purposes was $42.5 million, comprised of $37.4 million of deferred tax expense and $5.1 million of current tax expense.

 

We decreased the valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets in certain foreign jurisdictions by $7.4 million and $19.3 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. As discussed above, a portion of the 2003 decrease relates to the NOL carryforwards in the U.K. We determined during 2003 that, based on earnings projections at that time, it was more likely than not that the remaining NOL carryforwards balance in this jurisdiction would be fully utilized. This adjustment resulted in a 2003 net deferred tax benefit of $11 million.

 

We intend to permanently reinvest all of the unremitted earnings of our U.S. subsidiaries in their businesses. As a result, we have not provided for U.S. deferred taxes on $911.3 million of cumulative unremitted earnings at December 31, 2004. The reduction in unremitted earnings at December 31, 2004, compared to the $1.4 billion of unremitted earnings at December 31, 2003, is primarily the result of the subsidiary realignment mentioned above. Should a distribution be made to us from the unremitted earnings of our U.S. subsidiaries, we could be required to record additional U.S. current and deferred taxes. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability associated with these unremitted earnings.

 

T RANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

 

In connection with the initial public offering of Santa Fe International, Santa Fe International entered into an intercompany agreement with Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and SFIC Holdings, which agreement was amended in connection with the Merger. The intercompany agreement, as amended, provides that, as long as Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates, in the aggregate, own at least 10% of our outstanding ordinary shares, the consent of SFIC Holdings is required to change the jurisdiction of any of our existing subsidiaries or incorporate a new subsidiary in any jurisdiction in a manner materially adversely affecting the rights or interests of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates or to reincorporate us in another jurisdiction. The intercompany agreement, as amended, also provides SFIC Holdings the right to designate up to three representatives to our Board of Directors based on SFIC Holdings’ ownership percentage and provides SFIC Holdings rights to access information concerning us. At December 31, 2004, SFIC Holdings held approximately 18.4% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

As part of our land drilling operations, we provided contract drilling services in Kuwait to the Kuwait Oil Company, K.S.C. (“KOC”), a subsidiary of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation, and also provided contract drilling services to a partially owned affiliate of KOC in the Kuwait-Saudi Arabian Partitioned Neutral Zone. Such services were performed pursuant to drilling contracts containing terms and conditions and rates of compensation which materially approximated those that were customarily included in arm’s-length contracts of a similar nature. In connection therewith, KOC provided us rent-free use of certain land and maintenance facilities. On May 21, 2004, we completed the sale of our land drilling fleet and related support equipment and we no longer provide contract drilling services to KOC. We still, however, maintain an agency agreement with a subsidiary of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation that obligates us to pay certain agency fees. We believe the terms of this agreement are more favorable than those which could be obtained with an unrelated third party in an arm’s-length negotiation, but the value of such terms is currently immaterial to our results of operations.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, we earned revenues from KOC and its affiliate for performing contract drilling services in the ordinary course of business totaling $20.5 million and paid $211,000 of agency fees pursuant to the agency agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we earned revenues from KOC and its affiliate for performing contract drilling services in the ordinary course of business totaling $45.6 million and paid $444,000 of agency fees pursuant to the agency agreement. During the year ended

 

47


Table of Contents

December 31, 2002, we earned revenues from KOC and its affiliate for performing contract drilling services in the ordinary course of business totaling $62.7 million and paid $586,000 of agency fees pursuant to the agency agreement. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had accounts receivable from affiliates of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation of $2.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

S OURCES OF L IQUIDITY

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and cash generated from operations. As of December 31, 2004, we had $808.6 million of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, all of which were unrestricted. We had $846.8 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities at December 31, 2003, and an additional $70.0 million of marketable securities with remaining maturity dates in excess of one year at December 31, 2003, all of which were unrestricted. Cash generated from operating activities totaled $224.8 million, $399.9 million and $551.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

On May 21, 2004, we completed the sale of our land drilling fleet and related support equipment to Precision Drilling Corporation for a total sales price of $316.5 million in an all cash transaction.

 

In August 2004, the jackup GSF Adriatic IV encountered well control problems, caught fire and sank while drilling in the Mediterranean Sea off the coast of Egypt. We received insurance proceeds totaling $40.0 million in connection with this loss in the third quarter of 2004.

 

In September 2004, CMI completed the sale of 50% of its interest in the Broom Field, a development project in the North Sea. We received net proceeds of $35.9 million in connection with this sale. CMI retains an eight percent working interest in this project.

 

In September 2003, we filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under which we may offer to sell from time to time any combination of the following securities: (i) unsecured debt securities consisting of notes, debentures or other evidences of indebtedness, (ii) ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, (iii) preference shares, (iv) depositary shares, (v) warrants and (vi) securities purchase contracts and units, for an aggregate initial public offering price not to exceed $1.0 billion.

 

I NVESTING AND FINANCING A CTIVITIES

 

In February 2005, we took delivery of one of our two ultra-deepwater semisubmersibles ordered from PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore (“PPL”), the GSF Development Driller II . Construction costs for the GSF Development Driller II are expected to total approximately $311 million, excluding $46 million of capital spares, startup expenses, customer-required modifications and mobilization costs and $38 million of capitalized interest.

 

Capital expenditures in connection with the construction of the GSF Development Driller I , the other ultra-deepwater semisubmersible ordered from PPL are expected to total approximately $308 million, excluding $53 million of capital spares, startup expenses, customer-required modifications and mobilization costs, including additional startup costs that we expect to incur as a result of the derrick failure discussed below, and $54 million of capitalized interest. We currently expect that the delivery of the GSF Development Driller I will occur in March 2005.

 

In 2004, the GSF Development Driller I suffered a failure of a portion of its derrick while undergoing testing in May 2004. The investigation into the cause of the loss revealed a design defect in the derrick, which is identical to the derrick installed aboard the GSF Development Driller II . Both derricks required modifications, which are now complete. We expect that the direct costs for repair of the derrick and damaged equipment will be borne by the equipment supplier.

 

48


Table of Contents

In July 2004, PPL presented us with a claim for additional costs in respect of the construction of the GSF Development Driller I . The claim totaled approximately $32 million, with approximately $10 million of that amount attributable to change order claims. The balance of the claim alleged delay and disruption to the construction schedule caused by us, resulting in loss of productivity and additional costs to the shipyard. In September 2004, PPL presented a claim for additional costs in respect of the construction of the GSF Development Driller II. That claim totaled approximately $33 million, and was comprised of approximately $24 million for delay and disruption to the construction schedule allegedly caused by us and for the cost of additional labor employed to meet the revised delivery schedule, with the balance for change order claims advanced by the shipyard. We have paid $7.6 million, which is included in the capitalized cost of the rig, for additional labor costs concerning the GSF Development Driller II. The balance of the claims for both rigs has now been settled for a total additional payment of $19.9 million, of which $15.0 million relates to the claim for the GSF Development Driller I and $4.9 million relates to the GSF Development Driller II . The amounts for each rig are included in their capitalized costs discussed above.

 

We expect to fund all construction and startup costs of these rigs from our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances, and future cash flow from operations.

 

BP America Production Company (“BP”) has awarded a three-year contract to the GSF Development Driller II for its Atlantis project in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. The estimated 20-well project has a total contract value of approximately $200 million, and is expected to commence in July 2005. BHP Billiton Petroleum (Americas) Inc. has awarded a two-year contract to the GSF Development Driller I for its project in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. The multi-well exploration and development program is also expected to commence in July 2005 and has a total contract value of $157 million.

 

In March 2004, we took delivery of the GSF Constellation II, the second of our two high-performance jackups ordered from PPL. Construction costs for this jackup totaled approximately $131 million, excluding $20 million of capitalized interest, capital spares, startup expenses and mobilization costs.

 

In September 2004, CMI completed the sale of 50% of its working interest in a development project in the North Sea. As a result, CMI now holds an eight percent working interest in this project. CMI’s remaining portion of the development costs of this project is now expected to total approximately £0.2 million ($0.4 million).

 

In the first quarter of 2004, we purchased a new enterprise resource management software system from SAP America, Inc. (“SAP”) to provide greater efficiencies in materials management operations and integration of both financial and other operating data between our domestic and international operations. Costs related to the purchase and implementation of this system are expected to total $25.7 million, of which $12.2 million has been incurred as of December 31, 2004, and an additional $13.5 million is expected to be incurred in 2005.

 

On June 30, 2004, we completed the redemption of the entire outstanding $300 million principal amount of Global Marine Inc.’s 7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007, for a total redemption price of $331.7 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $7.1 million. We funded the redemption price from our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances.

 

Our debt to capitalization ratio, calculated as the ratio of total debt, including undefeased capitalized lease obligations, to the sum of total shareholders’ equity and total debt, was 17.5% at December 31, 2004, compared to 22.3% at December 31, 2003. Our total debt includes the current portion of our capitalized lease obligations, which totaled $9.8 million at both December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

O THER U SES OF C ASH AND C ASH E QUIVALENTS

 

In July 2004, we made a discretionary contribution to a pension plan covering certain of our non-U.S. payroll employees of approximately $9.6 million. In August 2004, we made a discretionary contribution of $50.0 million to our U.S. qualified pension plan.

 

49


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2004, we have incurred cumulative direct costs totaling approximately $4.6 million as part of our implementation of the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

F UTURE C ASH R EQUIREMENTS

 

At December 31, 2004, we had total long-term debt and capital lease obligations, including the current portion of our long-term debt and capital lease obligations, of $946.5 million and shareholders’ equity of $4,466.4 million. Long-term debt, including current maturities, consisted of $350.7 million (net of discount) Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures due 2020; $297.0 million (net of discount) 7% Notes due 2028; $257.4 (net of discount) 5% Notes due 2013; and capitalized lease obligations, including the current portion, totaling $41.4 million. We were in compliance with our debt covenants at December 31, 2004.

 

Annual interest on the 7% Notes is $21.0 million, payable semiannually each June and December. Annual interest on the 5% Notes is $12.5 million, payable semiannually each February and August. No principal payments are due under the 7% Notes or the 5% Notes until the maturity date.

 

We may redeem the 7% Notes and the 5% Notes in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of redemption, plus a premium, if any, relating to the then-prevailing Treasury Yield and the remaining life of the notes. The indentures relating to the 5% Notes, the Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures and the 7% Notes contain limitations on our ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money secured by certain liens and on our ability to engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions. The Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures and the 7% Notes continue to be obligations of Global Marine Inc., and GlobalSantaFe Corporation has not guaranteed any of these obligations. GlobalSantaFe Corporation is the sole obligor under the 5% Notes.

 

The Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures were issued at a price of $499.60 per debenture, which represents a yield to maturity of 3.5% per annum to reach an accreted value at maturity of $1,000 per debenture. We have the right to redeem the debentures in whole or in part on or after June 23, 2005, at a price equal to the issuance price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of redemption. Each debenture is convertible into 8.125103 GlobalSantaFe Ordinary Shares (4,875,062 total shares) at the option of the holder at any time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed. Holders have the right to require us to repurchase the debentures on June 23, 2005, June 23, 2010, and June 23, 2015, at a price per debenture of $594.25 on June 23, 2005, $706.82 per debenture on June 23, 2010, and $840.73 per debenture on June 23, 2015. These prices represent the accreted value through the date of repurchase. Since the holders of these debentures have the right to require us to repurchase these debentures as early as June 23, 2005, we have reclassified these debentures to current maturities as of December 31, 2004. The aggregate accreted value for the Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures will be approximately $356.6 million at June 23, 2005. While we may pay the repurchase price with either cash or stock or a combination thereof, we anticipate funding any repurchase from our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.

 

Total capital expenditures for 2005 are currently estimated to be approximately $244 million, including $20 million in connection with the remaining construction of the GSF Development Driller I , including startup costs, customer-required modifications, capital spares and mobilization costs, $46 million for the GSF Development Driller II , $62 million for major upgrades to the marine fleet, $76 million for other purchases and replacements of capital equipment, $20 million for capitalized interest, $7 million (net of intersegment eliminations) for oil and gas operations and $13 million for other capital expenditures.

 

In August 2002, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $150 million of our ordinary shares from time to time depending on market conditions, the share price and other factors. No repurchases were made in the year ended December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, $98.6 million of this authorized amount remained available for future purchases.

 

50


Table of Contents

We have various commitments primarily related to our debt and capital lease obligations, leases for office space and other property and equipment as well as commitments for construction of drilling rigs. We expect to fund these commitments from our existing cash and cash equivalents and future cash flow from operations.

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2004:

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligation


   Total

   Less than
1 Year


   1-3 Years

   3-5 Years

  

After

5 Years


     (In millions)

Principal payments on long-term debt (1)

   $ 906.6    $ 356.6    $ —      $ —      $ 550.0

Interest payments

     599.8      33.5      67.0      67.0      432.3

Capital lease obligations (2)

     62.8      9.8      19.6      3.6      29.8

Non-cancellable operating leases

     37.6      9.9      14.8      8.5      4.4

Construction and development commitments (3)

     79.5      79.5      —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 1,686.3    $ 489.3    $ 101.4    $ 79.1    $ 1,016.5
    

  

  

  

  


(1) Represents cash payments required. Long-term debt, including current maturities, totaled $905.1 million, net of unamortized discount, at December 31, 2004. Holders of the Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures have the right to require us to repurchase the debentures as early as June 23, 2005. The repurchase obligation at that time is included in the “Less than 1 Year” column.
(2) Represents cash payments required. A portion of these obligations is recorded on our balance sheet at net present value at December 31, 2004.
(3) Consists of commitments related to the remaining newbuild construction and the enterprise resource management system discussed above.

 

As part of our goal of enhancing long-term shareholder value, we have from time to time considered and actively pursued business combinations, the acquisition or construction of suitable additional drilling rigs and other assets or the possible sale of existing assets. If we decide to undertake a business combination or an acquisition or additional construction projects, the issuance of additional debt or additional shares could be required.

 

We believe that we will be able to meet all of our current obligations, including working capital requirements, capital expenditures, lease obligations, construction and development commitments and debt service, from our existing cash, cash equivalents and total marketable securities balances, along with future cash flow from operations.

 

R ECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a revision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS123R”). This statement revises FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and requires companies to recognize the cost of employee stock options and other awards of stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. This statement supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, which allowed companies to compute compensation cost for each employee stock option granted as the amount by which the quoted market price of the common stock on the date of grant exceeds the amount the employee must pay to acquire the stock. We currently account for our stock option and stock-based compensation plans using the intrinsic-value method under APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS123R is effective as of the beginning of the first interim or annual period that begins after June 15, 2005. As a result of the implementation of SFAS123R, we expect to incur stock-based compensation expense totaling approximately $13.2 million in 2005, including $3.7 million attributable to grants of restricted stock. For a discussion of the pro forma effect on our earnings for the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, had compensation cost for our stock-based compensation plans been recognized based on fair values as of the dates of grant, see “Stock-Based Compensation” in Note 2 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

I NTEREST RATE RISK

 

In 1998, we entered into fixed-price contracts for the construction of two dynamically positioned, ultra-deepwater drillships, the GSF C.R. Luigs and the GSF Jack Ryan, which began operating in April and December 2000, respectively. Pursuant to two 20-year capital lease agreements, we subsequently novated the construction contracts for the drillships to two financial institutions (the “Lessors”), which now own the drillships and lease them to us. We have deposited with three large foreign banks (the “Payment Banks”) amounts equal to the progress payments that the Lessors were required to make under the construction contracts, less a lease benefit of approximately $62 million (the “Defeasance Payment”). In exchange for the deposits, the Payment Banks have assumed liability for making rental payments required under the leases and the Lessors have legally released us as the primary obligor of such rental payments. Accordingly, we have recorded no capital lease obligations on our balance sheet with respect to the two drillships.

 

We have interest rate risk in connection with these fully defeased financing leases for the GSF Jack Ryan and GSF C. R. Luigs. The Defeasance Payment earns interest based on the British Pound Sterling three-month LIBOR, which approximated 8.00% at the time of the agreement. Should the Defeasance Payment earn less than the assumed 8.00% rate of interest, we will be required to make additional payments as necessary to augment the annual payments made by the Payment Banks pursuant to the agreements. If the December 31, 2004, LIBOR rate of 4.883% were to continue over the next eight years, we would be required to fund an additional estimated $48.5 million during that period. Any additional payments made by us pursuant to the financing leases would increase the carrying value of our leasehold interest in the rigs and therefore be reflected in higher depreciation expense over their then-remaining useful lives. We do not expect that, if required, any additional payments made under these leases would be material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows in any given year.

 

In addition to these defeased financing leases, we also have entered into fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $175 million as of December 31, 2004, effectively converting a portion of our 5% Notes into variable-rate debt (see “Fair Value Risk” below). We do not consider our exposure to interest rate fluctuations as a result of these swaps to be material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F AIR VALUE RISK

 

Investments. The objectives of our investment strategy are safety of principal, liquidity maintenance, yield maximization and full investment of all available funds. As a result, the portion of our short-term investment portfolio classified as cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2004, consisted primarily of high credit quality commercial paper, U.S. Treasury notes, Eurodollar debt securities and money market funds, all with original maturities of less than three months. We believe that the carrying value of these investments approximated market value at December 31, 2004, due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

As part of our cost-effectiveness efforts, we have outsourced the management of portions of our marketable securities portfolio to third party investment firms. These firms manage the investment of these securities with the goal of optimizing returns on these investments while investing within guidelines set forth by our management. Pursuant to the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” we changed the classification of our marketable securities portfolio from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale, effective June 30, 2004, and have recorded these marketable securities at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004. In addition, we held other investments in debt and equity securities also classified as available-for-sale held in connection with certain nonqualified pension plans, which were included in “Other assets” at December 31, 2004

 

52


Table of Contents

and 2003. Unrealized gains included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004, related to our total marketable securities portfolio totaled approximately $4.4 million.

 

Long-term debt. Our long-term debt is subject to fair value risk due to changes in market interest rates. In addition, the fair value of our zero coupon convertible debt is subject to changes in the market price of our ordinary shares.

 

The estimated fair value of our $300 million principal amount 7% Notes due 2028, based on quoted market prices, was $340.4 million at December 31, 2004, compared to the carrying amount of $297.0 million. The estimated fair value of our $600 million Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures due 2020, based on quoted market prices, was $351.0 million at December 31, 2004, compared to the carrying amount of $350.7 million. The estimated fair value of our $250 million principal amount 5% Notes due 2013, based on quoted market prices, was $252.0 million at December 31, 2004, compared to the carrying amount of $257.4 million. The carrying value of our 5% Notes due 2013 includes a mark-to-market adjustment of $7.9 million at December 31, 2004, related to fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps discussed below.

 

We have engaged third-party consultants to assess the impact of changes in interest rates and share prices on the fair values of our long-term debt based on a hypothetical ten-percent increase in market interest rates and a hypothetical ten-percent decrease in the price of our ordinary shares. Market interest rate and share price volatility are dependent on many factors that are impossible to forecast, and actual interest rate increases and share price decreases could be more severe than the hypothetical ten-percent change.

 

Based upon these sensitivity analyses, if prevailing market interest rates had been ten percent higher at December 31, 2004, and all other factors affecting our debt remained the same, the fair value of our 7% Notes due 2028, as determined on a present-value basis using prevailing market interest rates, would have decreased by $23.3 million or 6.8%, the fair value of the 5% Notes due 2013 would have decreased by $7.9 million or 3.1%, and the fair value of our zero coupon convertible debt would have decreased by less than one percent. With respect to our zero coupon convertible debt, if the market price of our ordinary shares had been ten percent lower at December 31, 2004, and all other factors remained the same, the decrease in the fair value of the zero coupon convertible debt would have been less than one percent.

 

We manage our fair value risk related to our long-term debt by using interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our fixed-rate debt into variable-rate debt. Under these interest rate swaps, we agree with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between the fixed-rate and floating-rate amounts, calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional amount.

 

In August 2003, we entered into fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $100 million, effective August 2003 through February 2013. In May 2004, we entered into fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $75 million, effective May 2004 through February 2013. These interest rate swaps are intended to manage a portion of the fair value risk related to our 5% Notes due 2013 (the “5% Notes”). Under the terms of these swaps, we have agreed to pay the counterparties an interest rate equal to the six-month LIBOR rate less 0.247% to 0.5175% on the notional amounts and we will receive the fixed 5.00% rate. As of December 31, 2004, we had fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $175 million related to our 5% Notes. The total estimated aggregate fair value of these swaps at December 31, 2004, was an asset of $7.9 million.

 

In connection with the sensitivity analyses performed relative to the fair values of our long-term debt discussed above, similar analyses were performed to assess the impact of market interest rate movements on the fair values of the fixed-for-floating swaps related to the 5% Notes. Based upon these analyses, if prevailing market interest rates had been ten percent higher at December 31, 2004, and all other factors affecting these swaps had remained the same, the aggregate fair value of the fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps, as determined on a present-value basis using prevailing market interest rates, would have decreased by $5.4 million or 68.4%.

 

53


Table of Contents

F OREIGN CURRENCY RISK

 

We are subject to foreign currency risk throughout our international operations (see “Risk Factors—We May Suffer Losses as a Result of Foreign Exchange Restrictions, Foreign Currency Fluctuations and Limitations on Our Ability to Repatriate Income or Capital to the U.S.”). We attempt to minimize this currency risk by seeking international drilling contracts payable in local currency in amounts equal to our estimated local currency-based operating costs and in U.S. dollars for the balance of the contract. We incurred foreign currency exchange losses totaling approximately $6.1 million in 2004. Our foreign currency exchange gains and losses were immaterial for 2003 and 2002. Due to the multiple foreign currencies impacting our various areas of operations, we cannot accurately quantify through a sensitivity analysis the impact of changes in these currencies. Although we have not historically entered into financial hedging transactions to manage risks relating to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we may enter into such transactions in the future.

 

C REDIT RISK

 

The market for our services and products is the offshore oil and gas industry, and our customers consist primarily of major integrated international oil companies and independent oil and gas producers. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and have not historically required material collateral. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses, and such losses have been within management’s expectations.

 

Our cash deposits were distributed among various banks in our areas of operations throughout the world as of December 31, 2004. In addition, we had commercial paper, money-market funds and Eurodollar time deposits with a variety of financial institutions with strong credit ratings. As a result, we believe that credit risk in such instruments is minimal.

 

54


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GlobalSantaFe Corporation

 

We have completed an integrated audit of GlobalSantaFe Corporation’s 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Internal control over financial reporting

 

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable

 

55


Table of Contents

assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Houston, Texas

March 2, 2005

 

56


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Revenues:

                        

Contract drilling

   $ 1,176.9     $ 1,263.9     $ 1,458.8  

Drilling management services

     515.2       523.4       400.6  

Oil and gas

     31.6       20.9       10.6  
    


 


 


Total revenues

     1,723.7       1,808.2       1,870.0  
    


 


 


Expenses and other operating items:

                        

Contract drilling

     811.5       876.4       890.7  

Drilling management services

     508.5       491.7       371.9  

Oil and gas

     7.2       5.8       3.6  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     256.8       257.5       239.1  

Gain on involuntary conversion of long-lived asset

     (24.0 )     —         —    

Gain on sale of assets

     (27.8 )     —         —    

Impairment loss on long-lived assets

     1.2       —         —    

Restructuring costs

     —         3.4       —    

General and administrative

     56.5       47.8       58.4  
    


 


 


Total operating expenses and other operating items

     1,589.9       1,682.6       1,563.7  
    


 


 


Operating income

     133.8       125.6       306.3  

Other income (expense):

                        

Interest expense

     (55.5 )     (67.5 )     (57.1 )

Interest capitalized

     41.0       34.9       20.5  

Interest income

     12.3       11.2       15.1  

Loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     (32.4 )     —         —    

Other

     (1.2 )     25.0       2.3  
    


 


 


Total other income (expense)

     (35.8 )     3.6       (19.2 )
    


 


 


Income before income taxes

     98.0       129.2       287.1  

Income tax provision (benefit):

                        

Current tax provision

     52.6       26.7       45.9  

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

     14.0       (11.7 )     (20.3 )
    


 


 


Total income tax provision

     66.6       15.0       25.6  
    


 


 


Income from continuing operations

     31.4       114.2       261.5  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax effect

     112.3       15.2       16.4  
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 143.7     $ 129.4     $ 277.9  
    


 


 


Earnings per ordinary share (Basic):

                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.13     $ 0.49     $ 1.12  

Income from discontinued operations

     0.48       0.06       0.07  
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 0.61     $ 0.55     $ 1.19  
    


 


 


Earnings per ordinary share (Diluted):

                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.13     $ 0.49     $ 1.11  

Income from discontinued operations

     0.48       0.06       0.07  
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 0.61     $ 0.55     $ 1.18  
    


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

57


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in millions)

 

ASSETS

 

     December 31,

     2004

   2003

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 606.7    $ 711.8

Marketable securities

     201.9      135.0

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $3.5 in 2004 and $7.9 in 2003

     360.8      313.5

Costs incurred on turnkey drilling projects in progress

     18.5      10.5

Assets held for sale

     —        205.8

Prepaid expenses

     31.7      30.2

Other current assets

     5.0      6.0
    

  

Total current assets

     1,224.6      1,412.8
    

  

Properties and equipment:

             

Rigs and drilling equipment, less accumulated depreciation of $1,381.9 in 2004 and $1,158.0 in 2003

     3,570.8      3,529.2

Construction in progress

     736.2      629.8

Oil and gas properties, full-cost method, less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization of $17.7 in 2004 and $12.7 in 2003

     22.9      21.2
    

  

Net properties and equipment

     4,329.9      4,180.2
    

  

Goodwill

     338.1      352.1

Future income tax benefits

     32.8      31.2

Other assets

     72.8      173.4
    

  

Total assets

   $ 5,998.2    $ 6,149.7
    

  

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

58


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in millions)

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

     December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

 

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ 210.8     $ 179.6  

Current maturities of long-term debt

     350.7       —    

Accrued compensation and related employee costs

     76.2       67.5  

Accrued income taxes

     27.1       8.0  

Accrued interest

     6.4       13.5  

Deferred revenue

     23.5       27.6  

Capital lease obligations

     9.8       9.8  

Other accrued liabilities

     68.5       86.1  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     773.0       392.1  
    


 


Long-term debt

     554.4       1,191.4  

Capital lease obligations

     31.6       39.5  

Deferred income taxes

     39.0       21.5  

Other long-term liabilities

     133.8       177.6  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

     —         —    

Shareholders’ equity:

                

Ordinary shares, $0.01 par value, 600 million shares authorized, 235,957,481 shares and 233,516,104 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

     2.4       2.3  

Additional paid-in capital

     3,004.3       2,959.1  

Retained earnings

     1,501.6       1,410.8  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (41.9 )     (44.6 )
    


 


Total shareholders’ equity

     4,466.4       4,327.6  
    


 


Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,998.2     $ 6,149.7  
    


 


 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

59


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 143.7     $ 129.4     $ 277.9  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     260.8       273.2       254.4  

Deferred income taxes

     9.5       (10.3 )     (18.8 )

Gain on involuntary conversion of long-lived asset

     (24.0 )     —         —    

Gain on sale of assets

     (139.8 )     —         —    

Impairment loss on long-lived asset

     1.2       —         —    

Loss on early retirement of long-term debt

     32.4       —         —    

Changes in working capital:

                        

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

     (27.1 )     28.3       26.3  

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expense and other current assets

     (5.7 )     10.1       (30.5 )

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable

     (16.9 )     (27.0 )     48.6  

Decrease in accrued liabilities

     (3.4 )     (14.2 )     (9.4 )

Increase (decrease) in deferred revenues

     0.4       (16.8 )     8.7  

(Decrease) increase in other long-term liabilities

     (16.0 )     5.1       (8.4 )

Other, net

     9.7       22.1       2.3  
    


 


 


Net cash flows from operating activities

     224.8       399.9       551.1  
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Capital expenditures

     (405.6 )     (468.6 )     (561.3 )

Proceeds from sale of land drilling fleet assets

     316.5       —         —    

Proceeds from involuntary conversion of long-lived asset

     40.0       —         —    

Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment

     58.7       5.9       93.4  

Purchases of held-to-maturity marketable securities

     (169.2 )     (364.5 )     (282.9 )

Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity marketable securities

     254.0       219.0       353.0  

Purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities

     (195.9 )     (19.2 )     (18.7 )

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale marketable securities

     115.9       8.5       12.2  
    


 


 


Net cash flow provided by (used in) investing activities

     14.4       (618.9 )     (404.3 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Dividend payments

     (46.9 )     (36.7 )     (30.4 )

Issuance of long-term debt, net of discount

     —         249.4       —    

Reductions of long-term debt

     (331.7 )     —         —    

Deferred financing costs

     —         (3.6 )     —    

Lease/leaseback transaction

     —         37.0       —    

Payments on capitalized lease obligations

     (9.7 )     (8.3 )     (1.8 )

Ordinary shares repurchased and retired

     —         —         (51.4 )

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

     43.5       9.7       27.3  

Other

     0.5       6.3       8.2  
    


 


 


Net cash flow (used in) provided by financing activities

     (344.3 )     253.8       (48.1 )
    


 


 


(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (105.1 )     34.8       98.7  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     711.8       677.0       578.3  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 606.7     $ 711.8     $ 677.0  
    


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

60


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

($ in millions)

 

    Ordinary Shares

 

Additional

Paid-in

Capital


   

Retained

Earnings


   

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)


    Total

 
    Shares

    Par Value

       

Balance at December 31, 2001

  233,490,149     $ 2.3   $ 2,949.1     $ 1,096.2     $ (14.4 )   $ 4,033.2  

Net income

  —         —       —         277.9       —         277.9  

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —         —       —         —         (26.7 )     (26.7 )

Change in unrealized loss on securities

  —         —       —         —         0.5       0.5  
                                       


Comprehensive income

                                        251.7  

Exercise of employee stock options

  1,684,807       —       24.6       —         —         24.6  

Shares issued under other benefit plans

  105,839       —       3.9       —         —         3.9  

Share repurchase program

  (2,374,600 )     —       (30.1 )     (21.3 )     —         (51.4 )

Dividends declared

  —         —       —         (30.4 )     —         (30.4 )

Shares canceled

  (17,194 )     —       —         —         —         —    

Income tax benefit from stock option exercises

  —         —       2.6       —         —         2.6  
   

 

 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2002

  232,889,001       2.3     2,950.1       1,322.4       (40.6 )     4,234.2  

Net income

  —         —       —         129.4       —         129.4  

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —         —       —         —         (7.7 )     (7.7 )

Change in unrealized loss on securities

  —         —       —         —         3.7       3.7  
                                       


Comprehensive income

                                        125.4  

Exercise of employee stock options

  374,160       —       4.6       —         —         4.6  

Shares issued under other benefit plans

  264,949       —       6.6       —         —         6.6  

Dividends declared

  —         —       —         (41.0 )     —         (41.0 )

Shares canceled

  (12,006 )     —       (0.3 )     —         —         (0.3 )

Income tax benefit from stock option exercises

  —         —       (1.9 )     —         —         (1.9 )
   

 

 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

  233,516,104       2.3     2,959.1       1,410.8       (44.6 )     4,327.6  

Net income

  —         —       —         143.7       —         143.7  

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —         —       —         —         1.7       1.7  

Unrealized gain on securities

  —         —       —         —         1.0       1.0  
                                       


Comprehensive income

                                        146.4  

Exercise of employee stock options

  2,234,423       0.1     38.0       —         —         38.1  

Shares issued under other benefit plans

  250,928       —       6.7       —         —         6.7  

Dividends declared

  —         —       —         (52.9 )     —         (52.9 )

Shares canceled

  (43,974 )     —       (1.2 )     —         —         (1.2 )

Income tax benefit from stock option exercises

  —         —       1.7       —         —         1.7  
   

 

 


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

  235,957,481     $ 2.4   $ 3,004.3     $ 1,501.6     $ (41.9 )   $ 4,466.4  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

61


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1—Basis of Presentation and Description of Business

 

GlobalSantaFe Corporation is an offshore oil and gas drilling contractor, currently owning or operating a fleet of 60 marine drilling rigs, including the ultra-deepwater semisubmersible GSF Development Driller II , which was delivered in February 2005. As of December 31, 2004, our owned fleet included 45 cantilevered jackup rigs, including the GSF Constellation II , which was delivered in March 2004, nine semisubmersibles and three drillships. We currently have one ultra-deepwater semisubmersible under construction, and we also operate two semisubmersible rigs for third parties under a joint venture agreement. We provide oil and gas contract drilling services to the oil and gas industry worldwide on a daily rate (“dayrate”) basis. We also provide oil and gas drilling management services on either a dayrate or completed-project, fixed-price (“turnkey”) basis, as well as drilling engineering and drilling project management services, and we participate in oil and gas exploration and production activities.

 

B ASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements and related footnotes are presented in U.S. dollars and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 

D IVIDENDS

 

Holders of GlobalSantaFe Ordinary Shares are entitled to participate in the payment of dividends in proportion to their holdings. Under Cayman Islands law, we may pay dividends or make other distributions to our shareholders, in such amounts as the Board of Directors deems appropriate from our profits or out of our share premium account (equivalent to additional paid-in capital) provided we thereafter have the ability to pay our debts as they come due. Cash dividends, if any, will be declared and paid in U.S. dollars. We declared cash dividends of $17.7 million that were unpaid as of December 31, 2004.

 

S ALE OF L AND D RILLING F LEET (D ISCONTINUED O PERATIONS )

 

On May 21, 2004, we completed the sale of our land drilling fleet and related support equipment to Precision Drilling Corporation for a total sales price of $316.5 million in an all-cash transaction. As a result of this sale, we recognized a gain of $113.1 million, including a net tax benefit of $1.1 million.

 

62


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Land drilling operations had historically been included in our contract drilling segment operating results. The following table lists the contribution of our land rig fleet to our consolidated operating results for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2004

    2003

   2002

     (In millions)

Revenues

   $ 43.9     $ 106.5    $ 147.7

Expenses (income):

                     

Direct operating expenses

     27.9       74.2      106.9

Depreciation

     4.0       15.7      15.3

Exit costs

     6.8       —        —  

Gain on sale of assets

     (112.0 )     —        —  
    


 

  

       117.2       16.6      25.5

Provision for income taxes, including a net tax benefit of $1.1 in 2004 related to the gain on sale of assets

     4.9       1.4      9.1
    


 

  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax effect

   $ 112.3     $ 15.2    $ 16.4
    


 

  

 

In connection with the sale of our land drilling fleet, we implemented an exit plan that included the closing of four area offices in Kuwait, Oman, Saudi Arabia and Venezuela, and the separation of approximately 1,400 employees. These employees were primarily rig personnel and related shorebase and area office personnel. These activities were completed as of December 31, 2004. Accrued costs, changes in estimated costs and payments related to these exit activities for the period from May 21, 2004, to December 31, 2004, are summarized as follows:

 

     Employee
Severance
Costs


    Office
Closures


    Other

    Total

 
     (In millions)  

Accrued exit costs

   $ 4.3     $ 0.5     $ 1.4     $ 6.2  

Changes in estimated costs

     1.2       (0.3 )     (0.3 )     0.6  

Payments

     (5.5 )     (0.2 )     (1.1 )     (6.8 )
    


 


 


 


Liability at 12/31/04

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

P RINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

 

We consolidate all of our majority-owned subsidiaries and joint ventures over which we exercise control through either the joint venture agreement or related operating and financing agreements. We account for our interest in other joint ventures using the equity method. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

C ASH EQUIVALENTS AND MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

Cash equivalents include highly liquid debt instruments with remaining maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. We changed the classification of our held-to-maturity marketable securities portfolio to

 

63


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

available-for-sale, effective June 30, 2004, and have recorded these marketable securities at fair value in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004. Realized and unrealized gains and losses related to these marketable securities are calculated using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004. In addition, we hold securities in connection with certain nonqualified pension plans, which are also classified as available-for-sale (see Note 3). Realized gains and losses related to our marketable securities portfolio were immaterial for 2004. With respect to available-for-sale securities held in connection with certain nonqualified pension plans, we recorded realized gains totaling $1.6 million in 2004 and recorded a realized loss of $1.1 million in 2002. We did not record any material realized gains or losses related to these securities in 2003.

 

P ROPERTIES AND DEPRECIATION

 

Rigs and Drilling Equipment. Capitalized costs of rigs and drilling equipment include all costs incurred in the acquisition of capital assets including allocations of interest costs incurred during periods that assets are under construction or refurbishment. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs of property sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts; resulting gains or losses are included in income.

 

We periodically evaluate the remaining useful lives and salvage values of our rigs, giving effect to operating and market conditions and upgrades performed on these rigs. As a result of recent analyses performed on our drilling fleet, effective January 1, 2004, we increased the remaining lives on certain rigs in our jackup fleet to 13 years from a range of 5.6 to 10.1 years, increased salvage values of these and other rigs in our jackup fleet from $0.5 million per rig to amounts ranging from $1.2 to $3.0 million per rig, and increased the salvage values of our semisubmersibles and certain of our drillships from $1.0 million per rig to amounts ranging from $2.5 to $4.0 million per rig. The effect of these changes in useful lives was a reduction to depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2004, of approximately $18.3 million.

 

During the first quarter of 2004, we retired the drillship Glomar Robert F. Bauer from active service. As a result, we adjusted the carrying value of the rig to its estimated salvage value, which resulted in a $1.5 million charge to depreciation expense in the first quarter of 2004.

 

Rigs and drilling equipment included $1.1 billion of assets recorded under capital leases at both December 31, 2004, and 2003. Accumulated amortization of assets under capital leases totaled $236.0 million and $185.8 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

We review our long-term assets for impairment when changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment and Disposal of Long-lived Assets.” SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets and certain intangibles to be held and used be reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value. Assets to be disposed of and assets not expected to provide any future service potential are recorded at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. In April 2004, we sold the platform rig Rig 82 for a nominal sum in connection with our exit from the platform rig business and recognized an impairment loss of approximately $1.2 million in the first quarter of 2004. We did not record any impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2003 or 2002.

 

Gain on Involuntary Conversion of Long-Lived Asset. In August 2004, the jackup GSF Adriatic IV encountered well control problems, caught fire and sank during 2004. We received insurance proceeds totaling $40.0 million, net of our deductible, and recorded a gain of $24.0 million, net of taxes, in the third quarter of 2004.

 

64


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Oil and Gas Properties. We use the full-cost method of accounting for oil and gas exploration and development costs. Under this method of accounting, we capitalize all costs incurred in the acquisition, exploration and development of oil and gas properties and amortize such costs, together with estimated future development and dismantlement costs, using the units-of-production method.

 

Costs of offshore unproved properties and development projects are not amortized until they are fully evaluated. Unproved oil and gas properties totaled approximately $0.3 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. All unproved properties are reviewed periodically to ascertain if impairment has occurred. If the results of an assessment indicate that the properties are impaired, the amount of the impairment is added to the capitalized costs to be amortized. Costs of proved oil and gas properties that exceed the present value of estimated future net revenues are charged to expense.

 

Sales of proved and unproved properties are accounted for as adjustments of capitalized costs with no gain or loss recognized, unless such adjustments would significantly alter the relationship between capitalized costs and proved reserves of oil and gas attributable to a cost center, in which case the gain or loss is recognized in income. Abandonments of properties are accounted for as adjustments of capitalized costs with no loss recognized.

 

In December 2003, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries, Challenger Minerals Inc. (“CMI”) participated in a drilling project in West Africa off the coast of Mauritania. Our share of the costs incurred in connection with this project totaled approximately $3.4 million, $2.9 million of which was classified as unproved oil and gas properties at December 31, 2003. In March 2004, we sold our interest in this project for approximately $6.1 million and recorded a gain of $2.7 million ($2.0 million, net of taxes) in the first quarter of 2004.

 

In September 2004, CMI completed the sale of 50% of its interest in the Broom Field, a development project in the North Sea. We received net proceeds of $35.9 million and recorded a gain of $25.1 million ($13.3 million, net of taxes) in connection with this sale. CMI retains an eight percent working interest in this project.

 

I NTERSEGMENT TURNKEY DRILLING PROFITS

 

We defer all turnkey drilling profit related to wells in which CMI was the operator and defer turnkey profit up to the share of CMI’s costs in properties in which CMI holds a working interest. This turnkey profit is credited to our full cost pool of oil and gas properties and is recognized through a lower depletion rate as reserves are produced.

 

G OODWILL

 

We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets annually for impairment (and in interim periods if certain events occur indicating that the carrying value of goodwill and/or indefinite-lived intangible assets may be impaired) in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

 

We have defined reporting units within our contract drilling segment based upon economic and market characteristics of these units. All of the goodwill recorded in connection with the merger (the “Merger”) of Santa Fe International Corporation (“Santa Fe International”) and Global Marine Inc. (“Global Marine”) has been allocated to the jackup drilling fleet reporting unit. The estimated fair value of this reporting unit for purposes of our annual goodwill impairment testing is based upon the present value of its estimated future net cash flows, utilizing a discount rate based upon our cost of capital. We have completed our goodwill impairment testing for 2004 and were not required to record a goodwill impairment loss.

 

65


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Goodwill on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004, totaled approximately $338.1 million, all of which was recorded in connection with the Merger. Goodwill decreased by $14.0 million from $352.1 million at December 31, 2003, due primarily to the adjustment during 2004 of certain pre-Merger contingent foreign tax liabilities.

 

R EVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Our contract drilling business provides crewed rigs to customers on a dayrate basis. Dayrate contracts can be for a specified period of time or the time required to drill a specified well or number of wells. Revenues and expenses from dayrate drilling operations, which are classified under contract drilling services, are recognized on a per-day basis as the work progresses. Lump-sum fees received as compensation for the cost of relocating drilling rigs from one major operating area to another, whether received up-front or upon termination of the drilling contract, are recognized as earned, which is generally over the primary term of the related drilling contract.

 

We also design and execute specific offshore drilling or well-completion programs for customers at fixed prices under short-term “turnkey” contracts. Revenues and expenses from turnkey contracts, which are classified under drilling management services, are earned and recognized upon completion of each contract.

 

We recognize revenue from oil and gas production at the time title transfers.

 

We recognize reimbursements received from customers for out-of-pocket expenses incurred as revenues.

 

D ERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

From time to time, we may make use of derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to fluctuations in cash flows, interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates. We account for our derivative financial instruments pursuant to SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended by SFAS No. 138, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133,” as amended by SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Derivative instruments held by us at December 31, 2004, consisted of certain fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps related to a portion of our long-term debt (see Note 7).

 

F OREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

 

The United States dollar is the functional currency for all of our operations. Realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in income.

 

We may be exposed to the risk of foreign currency exchange losses in connection with our foreign operations. Such losses are the result of holding net monetary assets (cash and receivables in excess of payables) or liabilities (payables in excess of cash and receivables) denominated in foreign currencies during periods of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. We incurred foreign currency exchange losses totaling approximately $6.1 million in 2004. Our foreign currency exchange gains and losses were immaterial for 2003 and 2002. We attempt to lessen the impact of exchange rate changes by requiring customer payments to be primarily in U.S. dollars, by keeping foreign cash balances at minimal levels and by not speculating in foreign currencies.

 

I NCOME TAXES

 

We are a Cayman Islands company. The Cayman Islands does not impose corporate income taxes. Consequently, our tax provision is based upon the tax laws and rates in effect in the countries in which our

 

66


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

operations are conducted and income is earned. The income tax rates imposed and method of computing taxable income in these jurisdictions vary substantially. Our effective tax rate for financial statement purposes will continue to fluctuate from year to year as our operations are conducted in different taxing jurisdictions. Current income tax expense represents either nonresident withholding taxes, liabilities expected to be reflected on our income tax returns for the current year or changes in prior year tax estimates which may be incurred as a result of tax audit adjustments. Our deferred tax expense or benefit represents the change in the balance of deferred tax assets or liabilities as reported on the balance sheet. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In order to determine the amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as valuation allowances, we must make estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, where rigs will be deployed and other matters. Changes in these estimates and assumptions, as well as changes in tax laws, could require us to adjust the deferred tax assets and liabilities or valuation allowances, including as discussed below.

 

Our ability to realize the benefit of our deferred tax assets requires that we achieve certain future earnings levels prior to the expiration of our net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards. We have established a valuation allowance against the future tax benefit of a portion of our NOL carryforwards and could be required to record an additional valuation allowance if market conditions deteriorate and future earnings are below, or are projected to be below, our current estimates. Conversely, should market conditions improve and future earnings increase above our current estimates, we may be required to release some or all of any valuations that were previously established.

 

We have not provided for U.S. deferred taxes on the unremitted earnings of our U.S. subsidiaries that are permanently reinvested. Should a distribution be made from the unremitted earnings of these U.S. subsidiaries, we could be required to record additional U.S. current and deferred taxes.

 

S TOCK - BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

We account for our stock option and stock-based compensation plans using the intrinsic-value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, we compute compensation cost for each employee stock option granted as the amount by which the quoted market price of our common stock on the date of grant exceeds the amount the employee must pay to acquire the stock. The amount of compensation cost, if any, is charged to income over the vesting period. No compensation cost has been recognized for options granted under our Employee Share Purchase Plan or for any of our outstanding stock options, all of which stock options have exercise prices equal to the market price of the stock on the date of grant. We do, however, recognize compensation cost for all grants of performance-based stock awards (see Note 8).

 

We currently use tranche-specific expected lives for valuation purposes for our stock option awards with graded vesting provisions in accordance with the decision reached by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) at its October 2003 meeting. This method treats an option grant as if it were a series of awards with separate expected lives rather than a single award. The result of this method is that a greater portion of compensation expense related to an option award will be recognized in the earlier years of the option vesting periods than the later years because the early years are also part of the vesting period for later awards in the series.

 

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a revision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS123R”). This statement revises FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and requires companies to recognize the cost of employee stock options and other awards of stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. This statement supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS123R is effective as of the beginning of the first interim or annual period that begins after June 15, 2005.

 

67


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Had compensation cost for our stock-based compensation plans been determined based on fair values as of the dates of grant, our net income and earnings per share would have been reported as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
         2004    

        2003    

        2002    

 
     (In millions, except per share amounts)  

Income from continuing operations, as reported

   $ 31.4     $ 114.2     $ 261.5  

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported income from continuing operations, net of related tax effects

     0.7       0.6       1.1  

Deduct: Total stock-based employees compensation expense determined under fair-value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

     (31.3 )     (39.8 )     (32.4 )
    


 


 


Pro forma income from continuing operations

   $ 0.8     $ 75.0     $ 230.2  
    


 


 


Basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations:

                        

As reported

   $ 0.13     $ 0.49     $ 1.12  

Pro forma

   $ 0.00     $ 0.33     $ 0.98  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations:

                        

As reported

   $ 0.13     $ 0.49     $ 1.11  

Pro forma

   $ 0.00     $ 0.33     $ 0.97  

 

The pro forma figures in the preceding table may not be representative of pro forma amounts in future years.

 

The weighted average per share fair value of stock options as of the grant date was $11.19 in 2004, $10.81 in 2003 and $15.68 in 2002. The value of options granted under the Employee Share Purchase Plan was $7.90 per share, $8.78 per share and $9.61 per share for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The per share fair value of our performance-based stock awards as of the grant date was $23.92 in 2002. We did not grant any performance-based stock awards in 2004 or 2003.

 

Estimates of fair values of stock options, options granted under the Employee Share Purchase Plan and performance-based stock awards on the grant dates for purposes of calculating the pro forma data in the table above were computed using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following assumptions:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

Expected price volatility range

   42 - 50%    50%    60%

Risk-free interest rate range

   2.4% to 4.0%    1.7% to 3.1%    2.0% to 4.5%

Expected annual dividends

   $0.20 - $0.30    $0.15 - $0.20    $0.13

Expected life of stock options

   4 - 6 years    4 - 6 years    4 - 6 years

Expected life of Employee Share Purchase Plan options

   1 year    1 year    1 year

Expected life of performance-based stock awards

   N/A    N/A    3 years

 

U SE OF ESTIMATES

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the carrying values of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the amounts of revenues and expenses recognized during the period. Actual results could differ from such estimates.

 

68


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 3—Investments

 

As discussed in Note 2, we changed the classification of our held-to-maturity marketable securities portfolio to available-for-sale, effective June 30, 2004, and have recorded these marketable securities at fair value in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004. In addition, we held other investments in debt and equity securities also classified as available-for-sale held in connection with certain nonqualified pension plans, which were included in “Other assets” at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Cost, net unrealized gains and losses and fair values of our investments in debt and equity securities are disclosed in the table that follows (2003 amounts represent investments in debt and equity securities held in connection with certain nonqualified pension plans only):

 

     2004

   2003

     Cost

   Unrealized
Gain (Loss)


    Fair
Value


   Cost

   Unrealized
Gain (Loss)


   Fair
Value


     (in millions)

Fixed Income Mutual Funds

   $ 10.9    $ 0.4     $ 11.3    $ 14.1    $ 0.6    $ 14.7

Equity Mutual Funds

     8.6      4.2       12.8      16.8      1.6      18.4

Balanced Mutual Funds

     —        —         —        6.7      1.1      7.8

Treasury Notes

     202.1      (0.2 )     201.9      —        —        —  

Other

     —        —         —        0.1      0.1      0.2
    

  


 

  

  

  

     $ 221.6    $ 4.4     $ 226.0      $37.7    $ 3.4    $ 41.1
    

  


 

  

  

  

 

We also held approximately $70.0 million of U.S. Treasury notes with maturities between 13 and 18 months that were included in “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003. These debt securities were designated as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost. The fair value of these investments approximated their carrying value at December 31, 2003.

 

Note 4—Long-term Debt

 

Long-term debt as of December 31 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,

     2004

   2003

5% Notes due 2013, net of unamortized discount of $0.5 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. (1)

   $ 257.4    $ 254.4

7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007, net of unamortized discount of $0.2 million at December 31, 2003. (2)

     —        301.4

7% Notes due 2028, net of unamortized discount of $3.0 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     297.0      296.9

Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures due 2020, net of unamortized discount of
$249.3 million and $261.3 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     350.7      338.7
    

  

Total long-term debt, including current maturities

     905.1      1,191.4

Less current maturities

     350.7      —  
    

  

Long-term debt

   $ 554.4    $ 1,191.4
    

  


(1) Balances at December 31, 2004 and 2003 include mark-to-market adjustments totaling $7.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively, as part of fair-value hedge accounting related to fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps (see Note 7).
(2) The balance at December 31, 2003, includes a mark-to-market adjustment of $1.6 million as part of fair-value accounting related to a fixed-for-floating interest rate swap.

 

69


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Zero Coupon Convertible debentures were issued at a price of $499.60 per debenture, which represents a yield to maturity of 3.5% per annum to reach an accreted value at maturity of $1,000 per debenture. We have the right to redeem the debentures in whole or in part on or after June 23, 2005, at a price equal to the issuance price plus accrued original issue discount through the date of redemption. Each debenture is convertible into 8.125103 GlobalSantaFe ordinary shares (4,875,062 total shares) at the option of the holder at any time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed. Holders have the right to require us to repurchase the debentures on June 23, 2005, June 23, 2010, and June 23, 2015, at a price per debenture of $594.25 on June 23, 2005, $706.82 per debenture on June 23, 2010, and $840.73 per debenture on June 23, 2015. These prices represent the accreted value through the date of repurchase. Since the holders of these debentures have the right to require us to repurchase these debentures as early as June 23, 2005, we have classified these debentures as current maturities as of December 31, 2004. The aggregate accreted value for the Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures will be approximately $356.6 million at June 23, 2005. While we may pay the repurchase price with either cash or stock or a combination thereof, we anticipate funding any repurchase from our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.

 

On June 30, 2004, we completed the redemption of the entire outstanding $300 million principal amount of Global Marine Inc.’s 7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007, for a total redemption price of $331.7 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest of $7.1 million. We recognized a loss on the early retirement of debt of approximately $21.0 million, net of tax of $11.4 million, in the second quarter of 2004. We funded the redemption price from our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances.

 

No principal payments are required with respect to either the 5% Notes or the 7% Notes prior to their final maturity date. We may redeem the 5% Notes and the 7% Notes in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of redemption, plus a premium, if any, relating to the then-prevailing Treasury Yield and the remaining life of the notes.

 

The Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures and the 7% Notes were issued by and continue to be obligations solely of Global Marine and we have not guaranteed any of these obligations, although the Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures are convertible into our shares. We are the sole obligor under the 5% Notes, which are unsecured senior obligations and rank equally with all of our other senior unsecured indebtedness. The 5% Notes, however, have a junior position to the claims of holders of the indebtedness, including the Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures and the 7% Notes and capital lease obligations of Global Marine and its subsidiaries on Global Marine’s assets and earnings.

 

The indenture relating to the 5% Notes contains limitations on our ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money secured by certain liens and on our ability to engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions. The indenture, however, does not restrict our ability to incur additional senior indebtedness. The indentures relating to the Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures and the 7% Notes contain limitations on Global Marine’s ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money secured by certain liens and to engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions.

 

70


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 5—Commitments and Contingencies

 

At December 31, 2004, we had office space and equipment under operating leases with remaining terms ranging from approximately one to nine years. Certain of the leases may be renewed at our option, and some are subject to rent revisions based on the Consumer Price Index or increases in building operating costs. In addition, at December 31, 2004, the GSF Britannia cantilevered jackup and the GSF Explorer drillship were held under capital leases through 2007 and 2026, respectively. Total rent expense was $106.7 million for 2004, $78.2 million for 2003 and $71.6 million for 2002. Included in rent expense was the rental of offshore drilling rigs used in our turnkey operations totaling $90.8 million for 2004, $60.6 million for 2003 and $55.0 million for 2002.

 

Future minimum rental payments with respect to our lease obligations as of December 31, 2004, were as follows:

 

    

Capital

Leases


   

Operating

Leases


      
     (In millions)

Year ended December 31:

              

2005

   $ 9.8     $ 9.9

2006

     9.8       8.2

2007

     9.8       6.5

2008

     1.8       5.6

2009

     1.8       2.9

Later years

     29.8       4.4
    


 

Total future minimum rental payments

     62.8     $ 37.5
            

Less amount representing imputed interest

     (21.4 )      
    


     

Present value of future minimum rental payments under capital leases

     41.4        

Less current portion included in accrued liabilities

     (9.8 )      
    


     

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 31.6        
    


     

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had operating leases in place for Santa Fe International’s offices in Dallas, Texas and Aberdeen, Scotland, and Global Marine’s office in Lafayette, Louisiana, which were closed as part of a restructuring program implemented in connection with the Merger. These costs are included in the table above. Costs associated with the closure of Santa Fe International’s offices in Dallas and Aberdeen were recognized as a liability assumed in the Merger and included in the cost of acquisition in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” Estimated costs related to the closure of Global Marine’s Lafayette office along with the consolidation of our offices in Aberdeen and Houston were accrued as part of restructuring costs in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2001. We revised our original estimate of closure costs associated with Global Marine’s former leased office space and recorded an additional $2.9 million of restructure expense in 2003. We terminated this lease in December 2004.

 

In January 2003, we entered into a lease-leaseback arrangement with a European bank related to the GSF Britannia cantilevered jackup . Pursuant to this arrangement, we leased the GSF Britannia to the bank for a five-year term for a lump-sum payment of approximately $37 million, net of origination fees of approximately $1.5 million. The bank then leased the rig back to us for a five-year term with an effective annual interest rate based on the 3-month British Pound Sterling LIBOR plus a margin of 0.625%, under which we make annual lease payments of approximately $8.0 million, payable in advance. We have classified this arrangement as a capital lease.

 

71


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In March 2002, we entered into a sublease agreement with BP America Inc. for our current executive offices located at 15375 Memorial Drive, Houston, Texas. This sublease expires in September 2009. Lease payments pursuant to this sublease total $2.3 million per year. In July 2002, we also entered into an 11-year lease for our Aberdeen, Scotland, office. Payments pursuant to this lease are £612,250 (approximately $1.2 million) per year. Payments under this lease may be adjusted every five years, subject to a maximum of £650,000 per year.

 

C APITAL COMMITMENTS

 

In February 2005, we took delivery of one of our two ultra-deepwater semisubmersibles ordered from PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore (“PPL”), the GSF Development Driller II . Construction costs for the GSF Development Driller II totaled approximately $311 million, excluding an estimated $46 million of capital spares, startup expenses, customer-required modifications and mobilization costs and $38 million of capitalized interest. We have incurred approximately $311 million of capitalized costs related to the GSF Development Driller II , excluding capitalized interest, as of December 31, 2004.

 

Capital expenditures in connection with the construction of the GSF Development Driller I , the other ultra-deepwater semisubmersible ordered from PPL are expected to total approximately $308 million, excluding $53 million of capital spares, startup expenses, customer-required modifications and mobilization costs, including additional startup costs that we expect to incur as a result of the derrick failure discussed below, and $54 million of capitalized interest. We have incurred approximately $342 million of capitalized costs related to the GSF Development Driller I , excluding capitalized interest, as of December 31, 2004. We currently expect that the delivery of the GSF Development Driller I will occur in March 2005.

 

In May 2004, the GSF Development Driller I suffered a failure of a portion of its derrick while undergoing testing in May 2004. The investigation into the cause of the loss revealed a design defect in the derrick, which is identical to the derrick installed aboard the GSF Development Driller II . Both derricks required modifications which are now complete. We expect that the direct costs for repair of the derrick and damaged equipment will be borne by the equipment supplier.

 

In July 2004, PPL presented us with a claim for additional costs in respect of the construction of the GSF Development Driller I . The claim totaled approximately $32 million, with approximately $10 million of that amount attributable to change order claims. The balance of the claim alleged delay and disruption to the construction schedule caused by us, resulting in loss of productivity and additional costs to the shipyard. In September 2004, PPL presented a claim for additional costs in respect of the construction of the GSF Development Driller II. That claim totaled approximately $33 million, and was comprised of approximately $24 million for delay and disruption to the construction schedule allegedly caused by us and for the cost of additional labor employed to meet the revised delivery schedule, with the balance for change order claims advanced by the shipyard. We have paid $7.6 million for additional labor costs concerning the GSF Development Driller II , which is included in the capitalized cost of the rig . The balance of the claims for both rigs has now been settled for a total additional payment of $19.9 million, of which $15.0 million relates to the claim for the GSF Development Driller I and $4.9 million relates to the GSF Development Driller II . The amounts for each rig are included in their capitalized costs discussed above.

 

In September 2004, CMI completed the sale of 50% of its working interest in a development project in the North Sea. As a result, CMI now holds an eight percent working interest in this project. CMI’s remaining portion of the development costs of this project is now expected to total approximately £0.2 million ($0.4 million).

 

L EGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In August 2004, certain of our subsidiaries were named as defendants in six lawsuits filed in Mississippi, five of which are pending in the Circuit Court of Jones County and one of which is pending in the Circuit Court

 

72


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

of Jasper County, Mississippi, alleging that certain individuals aboard our offshore drilling rigs had been exposed to asbestos. These six lawsuits are part of a group of twenty-three lawsuits filed on behalf of approximately 800 plaintiffs against a large number of defendants, most of whom are not affiliated with us. Our subsidiaries have not been named as defendants in any of the other seventeen lawsuits. The lawsuits assert claims based on theories of unseaworthiness, negligence, strict liability and our subsidiaries’ status as Jones Act employers; and seek unspecified compensatory and punitive damages. In general, the defendants are alleged to have manufactured, distributed or utilized products containing asbestos. In the case of our named subsidiaries and that of several other offshore drilling companies named as defendants, the lawsuits allege those defendants allowed such products to be utilized aboard offshore drilling rigs. We have not been provided with sufficient information to determine the number of plaintiffs who claim to have been exposed to asbestos aboard our rigs, whether they were employees nor their period of employment, the period of their alleged exposure to asbestos, nor their medical condition. Accordingly, we are unable to estimate our potential exposure to these lawsuits. We historically have maintained insurance which we believe will be available to address any liability arising from these claims. We intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously, but there can be no assurance as to their ultimate outcome.

 

We and two of our subsidiaries are defendants in a lawsuit filed on July 28, 2003, by Transocean Inc. (“Transocean”) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. The lawsuit alleges that the dual drilling structure and method utilized by the GSF Development Driller I and the GSF Development Driller II semisubmersibles infringe on United States patents granted to Transocean. The lawsuit seeks damages, royalties and attorney’s fees, together with an injunction that would prevent the use of the dual drilling capabilities of the rigs. We believe that the lawsuit is without merit and intend to vigorously defend it. The trial of this lawsuit has been scheduled for December 2005. We do not expect that the matter will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

One of our subsidiaries filed suit in February 2004 against its insurance underwriters in the Superior Court of San Francisco County, California, seeking a declaration as to its rights to insurance coverage and the proper allocation among its insurers of liability for claims payments in order to assist in the future management and disposition of certain claims described below. The subsidiary is continuing to receive payment from its insurers for claim settlements and legal costs, and expects to continue to receive such payments during the pendency of this action.

 

The insurance coverage in question relates to lawsuits filed against the subsidiary arising out of its involvement in the design, construction and refurbishment of major industrial complexes. The operating assets of the subsidiary were sold and its operations discontinued in 1989, and the subsidiary has no remaining assets other than the insurance policies involved in the litigation and funds received from the cancellation of certain insurance policies. The subsidiary has been named as a defendant, along with numerous other companies, in lawsuits alleging personal injury as a result of exposure to asbestos. To date, the subsidiary has been named as a defendant in approximately 4,390 lawsuits, the first of which was filed in 1990. Of the 4,390 lawsuits, approximately 2,450 have been resolved, with approximately 1,940 currently pending. Over the course of the past fifteen years approximately $27.6 million has been expended to settle these claims with the subsidiary having expended $4.0 million of that amount due to insurance deductible obligations, all of which have now been satisfied. Insurers have funded the balance of the settlement costs and all legal costs associated therewith. The subsidiary has in excess of $1 billion in insurance limits. Although not all of that will be available due to the insolvency of certain insurers, we believe that the subsidiary will have sufficient insurance available to respond to its liabilities. We do not believe that these claims will have any material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

E NVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

 

We have certain potential liabilities under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and similar state acts regulating cleanup of various hazardous waste disposal sites,

 

73


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

including those described below. CERCLA is intended to expedite the remediation of hazardous substances without regard to fault. Potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) for each site include present and former owners and operators of, transporters to and generators of the substances at the site. Liability is strict and can be joint and several.

 

We have been named as a PRP in connection with a site located in Santa Fe Springs, California, known as the Waste Disposal, Inc. site. We and other PRPs have agreed with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) to settle our potential liabilities for this site by agreeing to perform the remaining remediation required by the EPA. The form of the agreement is a consent decree, which has now been entered by the court. The parties to the settlement have entered into a participation agreement, which makes us liable for an estimated 7.7% of the remediation costs. Although the remediation costs cannot be determined with certainty until the remediation is complete, we expect that our share of the remaining remediation costs will not exceed approximately $400,000. There are additional potential liabilities related to the site, but these cannot be quantified, and we have no reason at this time to believe that they will be material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

We have also been named as a PRP in connection with a site in California known as the Casmalia Resources Site. We and other PRPs have entered into an agreement with the EPA and the DOJ to resolve potential liabilities. Under the settlement, we are not likely to owe any substantial additional amounts for this site beyond what we have already paid. There are additional potential liabilities related to this site, but these cannot be quantified at this time, and we have no reason at this time to believe that they will be material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows .

 

We have been named as one of many PRPs in connection with a site located in Carson, California, formerly maintained by Cal Compact Landfill. On February 15, 2002, we were served with a required 90-day notification that eight California cities, on behalf of themselves and other PRPs, intend to commence an action against us under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”). On April 1, 2002, a complaint was filed by the cities against us and others alleging that we have liabilities in connection with the site. However, the complaint has not been served. The site was closed in or around 1965, and we do not have sufficient information to enable us to assess our potential liability, if any, for this site.

 

Resolutions of other claims by the EPA, the involved state agency and/or PRPs are at various stages of investigation. These investigations involve determinations of:

 

    the actual responsibility attributed to us and the other PRPs at the site;

 

    appropriate investigatory and/or remedial actions; and

 

    allocation of the costs of such activities among the PRPs and other site users.

 

Our ultimate financial responsibility in connection with those sites may depend on many factors, including:

 

    the volume and nature of material, if any, contributed to the site for which we are responsible;

 

    the numbers of other PRPs and their financial viability; and

 

    the remediation methods and technology to be used.

 

It is difficult to quantify with certainty the potential cost of these environmental matters, particularly in respect of remediation obligations. Nevertheless, based upon the information currently available, we believe that our ultimate liability arising from all environmental matters, including the liability for all other related pending legal proceedings, asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims which are likely to be asserted, is

 

74


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

adequately accrued and should not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Estimated costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation obligations are not discounted to their present value.

 

C ONTINGENCIES AND OTHER LEGAL MATTERS

 

In 1998, we entered into fixed-price contracts for the construction of two dynamically positioned, ultra-deepwater drillships, the GSF C.R. Luigs and the GSF Jack Ryan, which began operating in April and December 2000, respectively. Pursuant to two 20-year capital lease agreements, we subsequently novated the construction contracts for the drillships to two financial institutions (the “Lessors”), which now own the drillships and lease them to us. We have deposited with three large foreign banks (the “Payment Banks”) amounts equal to the progress payments that the Lessors were required to make under the construction contracts, less a lease benefit of approximately $62 million (the “Defeasance Payment”). In exchange for the deposits, the Payment Banks have assumed liability for making rental payments required under the leases and the Lessors have legally released us as the primary obligor of such rental payments. Accordingly, we have recorded no capital lease obligations on our balance sheet with respect to the two drillships.

 

We have interest rate risk in connection with these fully defeased financing leases for the GSF Jack Ryan and GSF C. R. Luigs. The Defeasance Payment earns interest based on the British Pound Sterling three-month LIBOR, which approximated 8.00% at the time of the agreement. Should the Defeasance Payment earn less than the assumed 8.00% rate of interest, we will be required to make additional payments as necessary to augment the annual payments made by the Payment Banks pursuant to the agreements. If the December 31, 2004, LIBOR rate of 4.883% were to continue over the next eight years, we would be required to fund an additional estimated $48.5 million during that period. Any additional payments made by us pursuant to the financing leases would increase the carrying value of our leasehold interest in the rigs and therefore be reflected in higher depreciation expense over their then-remaining useful lives. We do not expect that, if required, any additional payments made under these leases would be material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows in any given year.

 

We and our subsidiaries are defendants or otherwise involved in a number of lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, our ultimate liability with respect to these pending lawsuits is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows .

 

Note 6—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

The components of our accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows:

 

     Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Securities


    Minimum Pension
Liability Adjustment,
Net of Tax


    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Loss


 
     (In millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2002

   $ (0.3 )   $ (40.3 )   $ (40.6 )

Net change for the year

     3.7       (7.7 )     (4.0 )
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

     3.4       (48.0 )     (44.6 )

Net change for the year

     1.0       1.7       2.7  
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

   $ 4.4     $ (46.3 )   $ (41.9 )
    


 


 


 

The minimum pension liability adjustments in the table above are shown net of deferred tax expense of $7.3 million in 2004 and a deferred tax benefit of $2.1 million in 2003. The tax effect of the unrealized holding gains and losses was immaterial for all periods presented.

 

75


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 7—Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Values of Financial Instruments

 

D ERIVATIVE I NSTRUMENTS

 

We manage our fair value risk related to our long-term debt by using interest rate swaps to convert a portion of our fixed-rate debt into variable-rate debt. Under these interest rate swaps, we agree with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between the fixed-rate and floating-rate amounts, calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional amount.

 

In May 2004, we entered into fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $75 million, effective May 2004 through February 2013. These interest rate swaps are intended to manage a portion of the fair value risk related to our 5% Notes due 2013. Under the terms of these swaps, we have agreed to pay the counterparties an interest rate equal to the six-month LIBOR rate less 0.27% to 0.5175% on the notional amounts and we will receive the fixed 5.00% rate. We have designated these swaps as fair-value hedges of the 5% Notes. We had previously entered into similar interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $100 million related to our 5% Notes in 2003. As of December 31, 2004, we had fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $175 million related to our 5% Notes. These fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps are designed to be perfectly effective hedges against changes in fair value of our 5% Notes resulting from changes in market interest rates. The total estimated aggregate fair value of these swaps at December 31, 2004, was an asset of $7.9 million.

 

In May 2004, we terminated the $50 million notional amount fixed-for-floating interest rate swap related to our 7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007 in anticipation of the redemption of these notes in June 2004. We received approximately $0.2 million in connection with this transaction, which represented the fair value of this swap at the time of termination.

 

F AIR V ALUES OF F INANCIAL I NSTRUMENTS

 

The estimated fair value of our $300 million principal amount 7% Notes due 2028, based on quoted market prices, was $340.4 million at December 31, 2004, compared to the carrying amount of $297.0 million (net of discount). The estimated fair value of our $600 million Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures due 2020, based on quoted market prices, was $351.0 million at December 31, 2004, compared to the carrying amount of $350.7 million (net of discount). The estimated fair value of our $250 million principal amount 5% Notes due 2013, based on quoted market prices, was $252.0 million at December 31, 2004, compared to the carrying amount of $257.4 million (net of discount). The carrying value of our 5% Notes due 2013 includes a mark-to-market adjustment of $7.9 million at December 31, 2004, related to the fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps discussed above.

 

The fair values of our cash equivalents, trade receivables, and trade payables approximated their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

C ONCENTRATIONS OF C REDIT R ISK

 

The market for our services and products is the offshore oil and gas industry, and our customers consist primarily of major integrated international oil companies and independent oil and gas producers. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and have not historically required material collateral. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses, and such losses have been within management’s expectations.

 

Our cash deposits were distributed among various banks in our areas of operations throughout the world as of December 31, 2004. In addition, we had commercial paper, money-market funds and Eurodollar time deposits with a variety of financial institutions with strong credit ratings. As a result, we believe that credit risk in such instruments is minimal.

 

76


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 8—Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

We have various stock-based compensation plans under which we may grant shares of our ordinary shares or options to purchase a fixed number of shares. Stock options and performance-based stock awards granted under our various stock-based compensation plans vest over two to four years. Stock options expire ten years after the grant date.

 

At December 31, 2004, there were a total of 8,108,387 shares available for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans, including 870,048 shares reserved for issuance under our Employee Share Purchase Plan discussed below.

 

S TOCK O PTIONS

 

A summary of the status of stock options granted is presented below:

 

     Number of
Shares Under
Option


    Weighted Average
Exercise Price


Shares under option at December 31, 2001

   14,410,464     $ 26.34

Granted

   4,401,550     $ 29.69

Exercised

   (1,684,807 )   $ 14.66

Canceled

   (387,539 )   $ 32.34
    

     

Shares under option at December 31, 2002

   16,739,668     $ 28.25

Granted

   3,669,200     $ 24.49

Exercised

   (374,160 )   $ 12.26

Canceled

   (889,834 )   $ 28.47
    

     

Shares under option at December 31, 2003

   19,144,874     $ 27.76

Granted

   3,306,000     $ 25.49

Exercised

   (2,234,423 )   $ 17.05

Canceled

   (1,122,390 )   $ 31.04
    

     

Shares under option at December 31, 2004

   19,094,061     $ 28.38
    

     

Options exercisable at December 31,

            

2002

   11,490,568     $ 28.32

2003

   12,709,808     $ 28.49

2004

   12,534,408     $ 29.74

 

All stock options granted in 2002 through 2004 had exercise prices equal to or greater than the market price of our ordinary shares on the date of grant. The weighted average per share fair value of options as of the grant date was $11.19 in 2004, $10.81 in 2003 and $15.68 in 2002.

 

77


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information with respect to stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004:

 

       Options Outstanding

     Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices


     Number
Outstanding at
December 31, 2004


     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life


     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


     Number
Exercisable at
December 31, 2004


     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


$  5.45 to $20.94

     2,947,667      4.76      $ 16.72      2,765,511      $ 16.45

$21.30 to $24.73

     3,322,338      8.80      $ 24.19      303,040      $ 22.33

$24.77 to $26.77

     2,843,541      8.01      $ 25.12      962,276      $ 25.15

$27.07 to $29.50

     1,497,647      5.21      $ 28.89      1,380,647      $ 29.04

$29.85 to $38.06

     6,132,732      6.25      $ 31.48      4,772,798      $ 31.73

$38.53 to $51.41

     2,350,136      5.39      $ 44.43      2,350,136      $ 44.43
      
                    
        
       19,094,061      6.54      $ 28.38      12,534,408      $ 29.74
      
                    
        

 

E MPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

 

The GlobalSantaFe Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “Share Purchase Plan”) is designed to furnish our eligible employees an incentive to advance our best interests by providing a formal program whereby they may voluntarily purchase our ordinary shares at a favorable price and upon favorable terms. Generally speaking, substantially all eligible employees who are scheduled to work an average of at least 20 hours per week may participate in the Share Purchase Plan.

 

Once a year, participants in the Share Purchase Plan are granted options to purchase ordinary shares with a fair market value equal to the lesser of 10% of the participant’s eligible compensation (as defined in the Share Purchase Plan) and the amount specified in Section 423(b) of the Code (currently $25,000). The exercise price of the options is 85% of the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the date of the grant, or the date of exercise, whichever is less. Options granted under the Share Purchase Plan are exercisable on the date one year after the date of grant. Generally, participants pay option exercise prices through payroll deductions made ratably throughout the year. We granted options to purchase a total of 206,538 ordinary shares, 250,900 ordinary shares and 263,713 ordinary shares under the Share Purchase Plan in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The fair value of options granted under the Share Purchase Plan as of the grant date was $7.90 per share for 2004, $8.78 per share for 2003 and $9.61 per share for 2002.

 

78


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

P ERFORMANCE -B ASED S TOCK A WARDS

 

From time to time, we offer ordinary shares to certain key employees at nominal or no cost to the employee. Under our current plan, which covers the grants made in 2002 in the table below, the exact number of shares that each employee received was dependent on our performance over a one-year period as measured against performance goals with respect to operating performance and cash flow, among other measures. The performance period ended on December 31 of the year of the grant, and the shares received by participants on that date then remain restricted for an additional three-year vesting period, subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of certain events. We did not grant any performance-based stock awards in 2004 or 2003. A summary of the status of performance-based stock awards is presented in the table that follows:

 

     2004

   2003

    2002

Number of contingent shares at beginning of year

   139,852    148,752       —  

Granted

   —      —         148,752

Issued

   —      (1,236 )     —  

Canceled

   —      (7,664 )     —  
    
  

 

Number of contingent shares at end of year

   139,852    139,852       148,752
    
  

 

Shares vested at December 31

   —      —         —  

Fair value at grant date

   N/A    N/A     $ 23.92

 

The amount of compensation cost included in income for our performance-based stock awards was $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $1.3 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Note 9—Retirement Plans

 

P ENSIONS

 

We have defined benefit pension plans in the United States and the United Kingdom covering all of our U.S. employees and a portion of our non-U.S. employees. Our qualified plans are designed and operated to be in compliance with the applicable requirements of the respective U.S. and U.K. tax codes for qualified plans and, as such, are not subject to income taxes. For the most part, benefits are based on the employee’s length of service and eligible earnings. Substantially all benefits are paid from funds previously provided to trustees. We are the sole contributor to the plans, with the exception of our contributory plans in the U.K., and our funding objective with respect to our qualified plans is to fund participants’ benefits under the plans as they accrue, taking into consideration future salary increases.

 

79


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We use a December 31 measurement date for our pension and postretirement benefit plans. The following table shows the changes in the projected benefit obligation and assets for all pension plans for the year ended December 31 and a reconciliation of the plans’ funded status at year-end.

 

     December 31, 2004

    December 31, 2003

 
     U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plan

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plan

 
     (In millions)  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

                                

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 312.0     $ 135.8     $ 264.6     $ 74.2  

Service cost

     10.9       12.9       10.5       9.9  

Interest cost

     19.7       8.2       18.4       5.1  

Employee contributions

     —         2.7       —         3.1  

Plan amendments

     —         —         4.4       —    

Special termination benefits

     —         —         0.4       —    

Actuarial loss

     24.6       19.9       30.3       35.3  

Exchange rate fluctuations

     —         14.0       —         9.1  

Benefits paid

     (20.3 )     (1.5 )     (16.6 )     (0.9 )
    


 


 


 


Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 346.9     $ 192.0     $ 312.0     $ 135.8  
    


 


 


 


Change in plan assets:

                                

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 188.9     $ 82.6     $ 142.5     $ 52.0  

Actual return on plan assets

     26.2       9.7       36.1       11.6  

Employer contributions

     70.7       8.3       26.9       9.3  

Employee contributions

     —         2.7       —         3.1  

Exchange rate fluctuations

     —         8.7       —         7.5  

Benefits paid

     (20.3 )     (1.5 )     (16.6 )     (0.9 )
    


 


 


 


Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 265.5     $ 110.5     $ 188.9     $ 82.6  
    


 


 


 


Reconciliation of funded status:

                                

Funded status at end of year

   $ (81.4 )   $ (81.5 )   $ (123.1 )   $ (53.2 )

Unrecognized net loss

     98.2       64.1       90.1       44.7  

Unrecognized prior service cost

     13.3       —         17.9       —    
    


 


 


 


Net amount recognized

   $ 30.1     $ (17.4 )   $ (15.1 )   $ (8.5 )
    


 


 


 


Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

                                

Prepaid pension cost (accrued benefit liability)

   $ 12.1     $ (68.0 )   $ (74.0 )   $ (36.0 )

Intangible asset

     5.6       —         14.3       —    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     12.4       50.6       44.6       27.5  
    


 


 


 


Net amount recognized

   $ 30.1     $ (17.4 )   $ (15.1 )   $ (8.5 )
    


 


 


 


 

The following table provides information related to those plans in which the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) exceeded the fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. In the table below, the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) is the actuarially computed present value of earned benefits based on service to date and includes the estimated effect of future salary increases.

 

     December 31, 2004

   December 31, 2003

     U.S. Plans

   U.K. Plan

   U.S. Plans

   U.K. Plan

     (In millions)

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 346.9    $ 192.0    $ 312.0    $ 135.8

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 265.5    $ 110.5    $ 188.9    $ 82.6

 

80


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table provides information related to those plans in which the accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) exceeded the fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. The accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) is the actuarially computed present value of earned benefits based on service to date, but differs from the PBO in that it is based on current salary levels.

 

     December 31, 2004

   December 31, 2003

     U.S. Plans

   U.K. Plans

   U.S. Plans

   U.K. Plans

     (In millions)

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 59.8    $ 178.5    $ 261.8    $ 118.6

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 16.4    $ 110.5    $ 188.9    $ 82.6

 

Our qualified pension plan covering our U.S. employees is excluded from the 2004 amounts in the table above because the fair value of this plan’s assets of $249.1 million at December 31, 2004, exceeded the accumulated benefit obligation of $248.7 million at December 31, 2004.

 

The components of net periodic pension benefit cost for our pension plans were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 
     U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

 
     (In millions)  

Service cost—benefits earned during the period

   $ 10.9     $ 12.9     $ 10.5     $ 9.9     $ 9.1     $ 4.6  

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     19.7       8.2       18.4       5.1       16.1       4.2  

Expected return on plan assets

     (18.3 )     (8.3 )     (13.1 )     (4.2 )     (14.5 )     (4.6 )

Recognized actuarial loss

     8.6       3.2       11.1       1.0       4.2       —    

Recognized actuarial loss—termination benefits

     —         —         0.4       —         —         —    

Settlement gain

     —         —         (0.7 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of prior service cost

     4.6       —         4.1       —         1.1       —    
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net periodic pension cost

   $ 25.5     $ 16.0     $ 30.7     $ 11.8     $ 16.0     $ 4.2  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

P LAN A SSUMPTIONS

 

The following assumptions were used to determine our pension benefit obligations:

 

     December 31, 2004

    December 31, 2003

 
     U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

 

Discount rate

   5.75 %   5.25 %   6.25 %   5.50 %

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00 %   4.00 %   4.50 %   4.25 %

 

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine our net periodic pension cost:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 
     U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

 

Discount rate

   6.25 %   5.50 %   6.75 %   6.75 %   7.25 %   6.75 %

Expected long-term rate of return

   9.00 %   9.00 %   9.00 %   8.00 %   9.00 %   8.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

   4.50 %   4.25 %   4.50 %   4.75 %   4.50 %   4.75 %

 

81


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The discount rates used to calculate the net present value of future benefit obligations for both our U.S. and U.K. plans are based on the average of current rates earned on long-term bonds that receive a Moody’s rating of Aa or better.

 

We employ third-party consultants for our U.S. plans who use a portfolio return model to assess the initial reasonableness of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption. Using asset class return, variance and correlation assumptions, the model produces both the expected return and the distribution of possible returns (at every fifth percentile) for the chosen portfolio. Return assumptions developed by these consultants are forward-looking gross returns and are not developed by an examination of historical returns. The building block approach used by the portfolio return model begins with the current Treasury yield curve, recognizing that expected returns on bonds are heavily influenced by the current level of yields. The model then adds corporate bond spreads and equity risk premiums, based on current conditions, to develop the return expectations for each asset class based on the plans’ investment mix. The volatility and correlation assumptions are also forward-looking; they take into account historical relationships, but are adjusted to reflect expected capital market trends.

 

We also employ third-party consultants for our U.K. plans who assess the reasonableness of the assumption on expected long-term rate of return on plan assets based on surveys of various U.K. plans with similar asset allocations and investment targets. This assumption on expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is compared to various projections of long-term rates of returns compiled by both U.K. governmental agencies and banks.

 

P LAN ASSETS

 

Our weighted-average asset allocations for our various pension plans at December 31, 2004 and 2003, by asset category are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2004

    December 31, 2003

 
     U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

    U.S. Plans

    U.K. Plans

 

Equity securities

   70 %   87 %   74 %   87 %

Fixed-income securities

   30 %   9 %   26 %   9 %

Real estate

   —       4 %   —       4 %
    

 

 

 

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
    

 

 

 

 

Our objective with regard to our allocation of pension assets is to limit the variability of our pension funding requirements, while maintaining funding at levels that will ensure the payment of obligations as they come due. Our strategy in achieving this objective is to allocate our pension assets in a mix that will achieve an optimal rate of return based on the anticipated timing of our pension benefit obligations, while minimizing the effects of short-term volatility in plan asset market values on our funding requirements.

 

We employ third-party consultants who determine our asset allocations by performing an asset/liability analysis for our various pension plans based on the demographics of plan participants, including compensation levels and estimated remaining service lives, to determine the timing and amounts of our benefit obligations under the various plans. These consultants then, based on the results of the asset/liability analysis, determine the optimal asset allocations for the pension trust assets within the guidelines set by us. Target asset allocations for pension plan assets for 2004 were 70% equity securities and 30% fixed-income securities for our U.S. plans and 90% equity securities and 10% fixed-income securities for our U.K. plans.

 

82


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

F UNDING

 

Although we expect that there will be no minimum required pension contribution to our qualified plans for 2005, we have funded the plans in the past on a regular basis, including 2004 contributions to our U.S. qualified plans totaling $59.6 million. Accordingly, we may continue to make discretionary contributions, which will be determined after the 2005 actuarial valuations are complete.

 

B ENEFIT P AYMENTS

 

Expected benefit payments under our pension plans for the next five years are summarized in the following table:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

     2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   2009

   2010-2014

     (In millions)

U.S Plans

   $ 11.6    $ 14.3    $ 14.0    $ 15.2    $ 19.9    $ 101.9

U.K. Plans

   $ 1.0    $ 1.1    $ 1.3    $ 1.6    $ 2.1    $ 22.1

 

These expected benefit payments are estimated based on the assumptions used to calculate our projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2004, and include benefits attributable to estimated future service.

 

N ONQUALIFIED PLANS

 

We have established grantor trusts to provide funding for benefits payable under certain of our nonqualified plans, which are included in the preceding tables. Assets in these trusts, which are irrevocable and can only be used to pay such benefits, with certain exceptions, are excluded from plan assets in the preceding tables in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions.” The fair market value of such assets was $24.1 million at December 31, 2004, and $41.1 million at December 31, 2003 (see Note 3).

 

O THER P OSTRETIREMENT B ENEFITS

 

We currently provide health care benefits to all retirees who are U.S. citizens and to certain non-U.S. citizen employees who were participants in a U.S. based health care plan at the time of their retirement and elect to enroll for continued coverage. Generally, employees who have reached the age of 55 and have completed a minimum of five years of service are eligible for postretirement health care benefits. For the most part, health care benefits require a contribution from the retiree. Prior to July 1, 2002, we also provided term life insurance to certain retirees, both U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens. Liabilities for postretirement health care and life insurance benefits were $16.0 million and $15.4 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

The weighted-average annual assumed rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered postretirement medical benefits was 9%, 10% and 11% for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The 9% rate for 2004 is expected to decrease ratably to 5% in 2009 and remain at that level thereafter. The health care cost trend rate assumption can have a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004, increasing or decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point each year would change the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $0.4 million and $(0.4) million, respectively, and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit by approximately $20,000 and $(21,000), respectively.

 

We do not consider our postretirement benefits costs and liabilities to be material to our results of operations or financial position.

 

83


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

D EFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

 

We have a defined contribution (“401(k)”) savings plan in which substantially all of our U.S. employees are eligible to participate. Company contributions to the 401(k) savings plan are based on the amount of employee contributions. We match 100% of each participant’s first six percent of compensation contributed to the plan. Charges to expense with respect to this plan totaled $6.6 million for 2004 and $7.4 million for both 2003 and 2002.

 

Note 10—Income Taxes

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes was comprised of the following:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 
     (In millions)  

United States

   $ (50.9 )   $ (64.5 )   $ (76.4 )

Foreign

     148.9       193.7       363.5  
    


 


 


Income before income taxes

   $ 98.0     $ 129.2     $ 287.1  
    


 


 


 

Income taxes have been provided based upon the tax laws and rates in the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned. We are a Cayman Islands company and the Cayman Islands does not impose corporate income taxes. Our U.S. subsidiaries are subject to a U.S. tax rate of 35%.

 

At December 31, the provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 
     (In millions)  

Current   - Foreign

   $ 46.1     $ 26.6     $ 45.8  

               - U.S. federal

     6.5       0.1       0.1  
    


 


 


       52.6       26.7       45.9  
    


 


 


Deferred - Foreign

     (0.4 )     (12.9 )     4.7  

               - U.S. federal

     14.4       1.2       (25.0 )
    


 


 


       14.0       (11.7 )     (20.3 )
    


 


 


Provision for income taxes

   $ 66.6     $ 15.0     $ 25.6  
    


 


 


 

A reconciliation of the differences between our income tax provision computed at the appropriate statutory rate and our reported provision for income taxes follows:

 

     2004

    2003 (1)

    2002 (1)

 
     ($ in millions)  

Income tax provision at statutory rate (Cayman Islands)

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Taxes on U.S. and foreign earnings at greater than the Cayman Islands rate

     115.9       40.9       3.8  

Permanent differences

     (7.0 )     (1.5 )     3.2  

Subsidiary realignment

     42.5       —         —    

Change in valuation allowance

     (84.8 )     (24.4 )     20.8  

Other, net

     —         —         (2.2 )
    


 


 


Provision for income taxes

   $ 66.6     $ 15.0     $ 25.6  
    


 


 


Effective tax rate

     68 %     12 %     9 %
    


 


 



(1) Prior periods have been restated to exclude the results of discontinued operations.

 

84


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We intend to permanently reinvest all of the unremitted earnings of our U.S. subsidiaries in their businesses. As a result, we have not provided for U.S. deferred taxes on $911.3 million of cumulative unremitted earnings at December 31, 2004. The reduction in unremitted earnings at December 31, 2004, compared to the $1.4 billion of unremitted earnings at December 31, 2003, is primarily the result of the subsidiary realignment discussed below. Should a distribution be made to us from the unremitted earnings of our U.S. subsidiaries, we could be required to record additional U.S. current and deferred taxes. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability associated with these unremitted earnings.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in recognition of the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. The significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 were as follows:

 

     2004

    2003

 
     (In millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

                

Net operating loss carryforwards—U.S.

   $ 158.2     $ 237.7  

Net operating loss carryforwards—various foreign

     53.6       59.3  

Tax credit carryforwards

     19.8       15.1  

Interest carryforward

     —         6.1  

Accrued expenses not currently deductible

     44.2       51.9  

Other

     13.2       13.6  
    


 


       289.0       383.7  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (62.1 )     (149.6 )
    


 


Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     226.9       234.1  
    


 


Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Depreciation and depletion for tax in excess of book expense

     226.8       218.1  

Tax benefit transfers

     6.3       6.3  
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

     233.1       224.4  
    


 


Net future income tax asset/(liability) (1)

   $ (6.2 )   $ 9.7  
    


 



(1) The difference between the change in the net deferred tax asset/(liability) of $15.9 million between December 31, 2003 and 2004, differs by $1.9 million from the deferred tax expense of $14.0 million reported for 2004 due primarily to tax expense totaling $6.4 million charged to equity accounts as a result of, among other things, the tax effects of minimum pension liability adjustments, offset by a tax benefit of $4.5 million included in discontinued operations.

 

We decreased the valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets by $87.5 million in 2004, $77.4 million of which relates to the utilization of Global Marine’s U.S. net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, due in part to the corporate realignment discussed below. We have historically established valuation allowances against our NOL carryforwards when, based on earnings projections, we determine that it is more likely than not that the remaining NOL carryforwards balance in a particular jurisdiction will not be fully utilized. We did not adjust the valuation allowance against the U.S. NOL carryforwards of Global Marine in 2003 or 2002.

 

85


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In December 2004, we completed a subsidiary realignment to separate our international and domestic holding companies. This realignment included the redemption of a minority interest in a foreign subsidiary held by one of our U.S. subsidiaries, along with the intercompany sale of certain rigs between U.S. and foreign subsidiaries. These transactions generated a U.S. taxable gain which resulted in a total tax expense of approximately $135.0 million. This expense was reduced in part by the recognition of $77.4 million of tax benefits resulting from the release of valuation allowances previously recorded against a portion of our U.S. NOL carryforwards, the recognition of a $6.8 million tax benefit from the release of deferred tax liabilities and the deferral of $8.3 million of tax expense related to the gain on the intercompany rig sales. This net deferred tax benefit will be recognized for financial reporting purposes over the remaining useful lives of the rigs. The total tax expense recognized for financial reporting purposes was $42.5 million, comprised of $37.4 million of deferred tax expense and $5.1 million of current tax expense.

 

We decreased the valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets in certain foreign jurisdictions by $7.4 million and $19.3 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. A portion of the 2003 decrease relates to the NOL carryforwards in the U.K. We determined during 2003 that, based on earnings projections at that time, it was more likely than not that the remaining NOL carryforwards balance in this jurisdiction would be fully utilized. This adjustment resulted in a 2003 net deferred tax benefit of $11 million.

 

At December 31, 2004, we had $452.0 million of U.S. NOL carryforwards. In addition, we have $19.6 million of non-expiring U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards. The NOL carryforwards and the U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards can be used to reduce our U.S. federal income taxes payable in future years. The NOL carryforwards subject to expiration expire as follows (in millions):

 

Year ended

December 31:


     Total

     United States

     Foreign

2005

       79.2        76.1        3.1

2006

       20.6        19.6        1.0

2007

       36.9        34.1        2.8

2008

       21.7        18.8        2.9

2011

       2.3        —          2.3

2012

       19.4        —          19.4

2013

       1.6        —          1.6

2014

       1.4        —          1.4

2018

       22.9        22.9        —  

2020

       53.4        53.4        —  

2021

       43.3        43.3        —  

2022

       113.0        113.0        —  

2023

       70.8        70.8        —  
      

    

    

Total

     $ 486.5      $ 452.0      $ 34.5
      

    

    

 

In addition, we also had $32.3 million and $97.7 million of non-expiring NOL carryforwards in the United Kingdom and Trinidad and Tobago, respectively.

 

Our ability to realize the benefit of our deferred tax asset requires that we achieve certain future earnings levels prior to the expiration of our NOL carryforwards. We have established a valuation allowance against the future tax benefit of a portion of our NOL carryforwards and could be required to increase or decrease that valuation allowance if market conditions change materially and future earnings are, or are projected to be, significantly different from our current estimates. Our NOL carryforwards are subject to review and potential disallowance upon audit by the tax authorities in the jurisdictions where the loss was incurred.

 

86


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 11—Earnings Per Ordinary Share

 

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations for net income follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2004

   2003

   2002

     (In millions, except share and per share amounts)

Numerator:

                    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 31.4    $ 114.2    $ 261.5

Income from discontinued operations

     112.3      15.2      16.4
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 143.7    $ 129.4    $ 277.9
    

  

  

Denominator:

                    

Ordinary shares—Basic

     234,754,492      233,183,966      233,747,710

Add effect of employee stock options

     2,416,794      1,739,218      2,707,061
    

  

  

Ordinary shares—Diluted

     237,171,286      234,923,184      236,454,771
    

  

  

Earnings per ordinary share:

                    

Basic:

                    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.13    $ 0.49    $ 1.12

Income from discontinued operations

     0.48      0.06      0.07
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 0.61    $ 0.55    $ 1.19
    

  

  

Diluted:

                    

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.13    $ 0.49    $ 1.11

Income from discontinued operations

     0.48      0.06      0.07
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 0.61    $ 0.55    $ 1.18
    

  

  

 

The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes outstanding stock options with exercise prices greater than the average market price of our ordinary shares for the year, because the inclusion of such options would have the effect of increasing diluted earnings per ordinary share (i.e., their effect would be “antidilutive”). Antidilutive options that were excluded from diluted earnings per ordinary share and could potentially dilute basic earnings per ordinary share in the future represented 9,090,138 shares in 2004, 15,635,120 shares in 2003 and 9,401,866 shares in 2002.

 

Diluted earnings per share for all periods presented also excludes 4,875,062 potentially dilutive shares issuable upon conversion of our Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures because the inclusion of these shares would be antidilutive given the level of income from continuing operations for these periods.

 

As discussed in Note 4, holders of the Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures have the right to require us to repurchase the debentures on June 23, 2005, June 23, 2010, and June 23, 2015. We may pay the repurchase price with either cash or stock or a combination thereof. We anticipate funding any repurchase from our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.

 

Note 12—Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

In December 2004, our Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend in the amount of $0.075 per ordinary share. The dividend in the amount of $17.7 million was paid on January 18, 2005, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 31, 2004.

 

87


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash payments for capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2004, include $16.6 million of capital expenditures that were accrued but unpaid at December 31, 2003. Cash payments for capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2003, include $19.2 million of capital expenditures that were accrued but unpaid at December 31, 2002. Cash payments for capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2002, include $6.4 million of capital expenditures that were accrued but unpaid at December 31, 2001. Capital expenditures that were accrued but not paid as of December 31, 2004, totaled $63.9 million. This amount is included in Accounts payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2004.

 

Cash payments for interest, net of amounts capitalized, totaled $10.2 million, $13.9 million and $21.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, totaled $37.6 million, $50.4 million and $51.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Note 13—Segment and Geographic Information

 

We have three lines of business, each organized along the basis of services and products and each with a separate management team. Our three lines of business are reported as separate operating segments and consist of contract drilling, drilling management services and oil and gas. Our contract drilling business provides fully crewed, mobile offshore drilling rigs to oil and gas operators on a daily rate basis and is also referred to as dayrate drilling. Our drilling management services business provides offshore oil and gas drilling management services on either a dayrate or completed-project, fixed-price (“turnkey”) basis, as well as drilling engineering and drilling project management services. Our oil and gas business participates in exploration and production activities, principally in order to facilitate the acquisition of turnkey contracts for our drilling management services operations.

 

We evaluate and measure segment performance on the basis of operating income. Segment operating income is inclusive of intersegment revenues. Such revenues, which have been eliminated from the consolidated totals, are recorded at transfer prices which are intended to approximate the prices charged to external customers. Segment operating income consists of revenues less the related operating costs and expenses and excludes interest expense, interest income, restructuring costs and corporate expenses. Segment assets consist of all current and long-lived assets, exclusive of affiliate receivables and investments.

 

88


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Information by operating segment, together with reconciliations to the consolidated totals, is presented in the following table:

 

     Contract
Drilling


  

Drilling

Management
Services


   Oil and
Gas


   Corporate

   

Eliminations

and Other


    Consolidated

     (In millions)

R EVENUES F ROM E XTERNAL C USTOMERS

                                           

2004

   $ 1,176.9    $ 515.2    $ 31.6                    $ 1,723.7

2003

     1,263.9      523.4      20.9                      1,808.2

2002

     1,458.8      400.6      10.6                      1,870.0

I NTERSEGMENT R EVENUES

                                           

2004

     14.9      16.3      —              $ (31.2 )     —  

2003

     2.7      5.0      —                (7.7 )     —  

2002

     12.5      16.2      —                (28.7 )     —  

T OTAL R EVENUES

                                           

2004

     1,191.8      531.5      31.6              (31.2 )     1,723.7

2003

     1,266.6      528.4      20.9              (7.7 )     1,808.2

2002

     1,471.3      416.8      10.6              (28.7 )     1,870.0

O PERATING I NCOME

                                           

2004

     119.1      6.7      19.4    $ (62.0 )     50.6   (1)     133.8

2003

     138.0      31.7      12.0      (52.7 )     (3.4 ) (2)     125.6

2002

     334.7      28.6      4.8      (61.8 )     —         306.3

D EPRECIATION , D EPLETION A ND A MORTIZATION

                                           

2004

     246.3      —        5.0      5.5       —         256.8

2003

     249.5      —        3.1      4.9       —         257.5

2002

     233.4      0.1      2.2      3.4       —         239.1

C APITAL E XPENDITURES

                                           

2004 (3)

     416.2      —        20.4      16.3       —         452.9

2003

     446.3      —        13.3      6.4       —         466.0

2002

     562.1      0.1      6.9      5.0       —         574.1

S EGMENT A SSETS

                                           

2004

     5,554.4      82.4      119.5      320.2       (78.3 ) (4)     5,998.2

2003

     5,284.5      81.3      85.6      770.8       (72.5 )     6,149.7

2002

     5,139.3      69.4      60.7      620.4       (61.1 )     5,828.7

G OODWILL

                                           

2004

     338.1      —        —        —         —         338.1

2003

     352.1      —        —        —         —         352.1

2002

     386.4      0.5      —        —         —         386.9

(1) The 2004 amount includes a gain of $24.0 million as a result of the loss of the GSF Adriatic IV and gains totaling $27.8 million related to the sales of CMI’s interests in certain oil and gas properties, offset in part by an impairment loss of $1.2 million in connection with the sale of a platform rig (Note 2).
(2) Amount for 2003 consists of changes to estimated restructuring costs incurred in connection with the Merger.

 

89


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(3) Capital expenditures include approximately $63.9 million, $16.6 million and $19.2 million of capital expenditures related to our rig building program that had been accrued but not paid as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively (Note 12).
(4) Amounts for 2004, 2003 and 2002 reflect the deferral of intersegment turnkey drilling profit credited to our full cost pool of oil and gas properties (see Note 2).

 

One customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in 2004: Total S.A. (“Total”) provided $186.0 million of contract drilling revenues. Two customers each accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in 2003: Total provided $234.2 million of contract drilling revenues, and ExxonMobil provided $231.6 million of contract drilling revenues. One customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues for 2002: ExxonMobil provided $267.7 million of contract drilling revenues and $0.1 million of drilling management services revenues.

 

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands; however, all of our operations are located in countries other than the Cayman Islands. Revenues and assets by geographic area in the tables that follow were attributed to countries based on the physical location of the assets. The mobilization of rigs among geographic areas has affected area revenues and long-lived assets over the periods presented. Revenues from external customers by geographic areas were as follows:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

     (In millions)

United Kingdom

   $ 330.5    $ 447.0    $ 535.3

Nigeria

     80.3      119.2      105.2

Egypt

     97.8      82.8      59.2

Other foreign countries (1)

     603.4      555.2      561.4
    

  

  

Total foreign revenues

     1,112.0      1,204.2      1,261.1

United States

     611.7      604.0      608.9
    

  

  

Total revenues

   $ 1,723.7    $ 1,808.2    $ 1,870.0
    

  

  


(1) Individually less than 5% of consolidated revenues for 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

Long-lived assets by geographic areas, based on their physical location at December 31, were as follows:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

     (In millions)

Properties and equipment:

                    

United Kingdom

   $ 518.9    $ 658.4    $ 918.3

Other foreign countries (1)

     2,250.8      1,933.2      1,777.8
    

  

  

Total foreign long-lived assets

     2,769.7      2,591.6      2,696.1

United States

     836.2      958.8      1,025.9
    

  

  

Total productive assets

     3,605.9      3,550.4      3,722.0

Construction in progress—Singapore

     724.0      629.8      472.0
    

  

  

Total properties and equipment

     4,329.9      4,180.2      4,194.0

Goodwill

     338.1      352.1      386.9
    

  

  

Total long-lived assets

   $ 4,668.0    $ 4,532.3    $ 4,580.9
    

  

  


(1) Individually less than 10% of consolidated long-lived assets at December 31.

 

90


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 14—Transactions with Affiliates

 

In connection with its initial public offering, Santa Fe International entered into an intercompany agreement with Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and SFIC Holdings, which agreement was amended in connection with the Merger. The intercompany agreement, as amended, provides that, as long as Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates, in the aggregate, own at least 10% of our outstanding ordinary shares, the consent of SFIC Holdings is required for us to reincorporate in another jurisdiction, to change the jurisdiction of any of our existing subsidiaries, or to incorporate a new subsidiary in any jurisdiction, in each case in a manner materially adversely affecting the rights or interests of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates. The intercompany agreement, as amended, also provides SFIC Holdings the right to designate up to three representatives to our Board of Directors based on SFIC Holdings’ ownership percentage in our outstanding ordinary shares and provides SFIC Holdings rights to access certain information concerning us. SFIC Holdings currently holds approximately 18.4% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

As part of our land drilling operations, we provided contract drilling services in Kuwait to the Kuwait Oil Company, K.S.C. (“KOC”), a subsidiary of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation, and also provided contract drilling services to a partially owned affiliate of KOC in the Kuwait-Saudi Arabian Partitioned Neutral Zone. Such services were performed pursuant to drilling contracts containing terms and conditions and rates of compensation which materially approximated those that were customarily included in arm’s-length contracts of a similar nature. In connection therewith, KOC provided us rent-free use of certain land and maintenance facilities. On May 21, 2004, we completed the sale of our land drilling fleet and related support equipment and we no longer provide contract drilling services to KOC. We still, however, maintain an agency agreement with a subsidiary of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation that obligates us to pay certain agency fees. We believe the terms of this agreement are more favorable than those which could be obtained with an unrelated third party in an arm’s-length negotiation, but the value of such terms is currently immaterial to our results of operations.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, we earned revenues from KOC and its affiliate for performing contract drilling services in the ordinary course of business totaling $20.5 million and paid $211,000 of agency fees pursuant to the agency agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we earned revenues from KOC and its affiliate for performing contract drilling services in the ordinary course of business totaling $45.6 million and paid $444,000 of agency fees pursuant to the agency agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we earned revenues from KOC and its affiliate for performing contract drilling services in the ordinary course of business totaling $62.7 million and paid $586,000 of agency fees pursuant to the agency agreement. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had accounts receivable from affiliates of Kuwait Petroleum Corporation of $2.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively.

 

Note 15—Summarized Financial Data—Global Marine Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Global Marine Inc. (“Global Marine”), one of our wholly owned subsidiaries, is a domestic and international offshore drilling contractor, with a fleet of 14 mobile offshore drilling rigs worldwide. Global Marine, through its subsidiaries, provides offshore drilling services on a dayrate basis in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico and internationally, provides drilling management services on a turnkey basis, and also engages in oil and gas exploration, development and production activities, principally in order to facilitate the acquisition of turnkey contracts for its drilling management services operations.

 

In December 2004, we completed a subsidiary realignment to separate our international and domestic holding companies. As a result of this realignment, Global Marine no longer holds an interest in the foreign subsidiary included in “Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries” in the table below at December 31, 2003. The interest in this subsidiary is now held entirely by GlobalSantaFe Corporation.

 

91


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Summarized financial information for Global Marine and its consolidated subsidiaries follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2004

   2003

    2002

     (In millions)

Sales and other operating revenues

   $ 705.9    $ 1,361.8     $ 1,223.7

Operating income

     133.0      50.4       136.2

Net income (loss)

     9.7      (13.5 )     74.2

 

     December 31,

     2004

   2003

     (In millions)

Current assets

   $ 214.5    $ 516.7

Net properties and equipment

     961.7      912.8

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

     —        1,105.9

Other assets

     1,390.2      267.3

Current liabilities

     470.0      113.7

Total long-term debt (1)

     313.1      953.4

Other long-term liabilities

     44.4      58.9

Net equity

     1,738.8      1,676.7

(1) Includes capitalized lease obligation.

 

92


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTAL OIL AND GAS DISCLOSURE (Unaudited)

 

Our estimated net proved reserves and proved developed reserves of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids are shown in the table below:

 

    2004

    2003

    2002

 
    Gas

    Oil

    Gas

    Oil

    Gas

    Oil

 
    Millions of
Cubic feet


   

Thousands of

Barrels


    Millions of
Cubic feet


   

Thousands of

Barrels


    Millions of
Cubic feet


   

Thousands of

Barrels


 

United States:

                                   

Proved Reserves:

                                   

Balance, January 1

  5,906     287     6,675     316     5,854     309  

Increase (decrease) during the year attributable to:

                                   

Revisions of previous estimates

  181     56     169     9     271     63  

Extensions, discoveries and other additions

  1,377     18     2,331     60     3,148     42  

Production

  (2,752 )   (85 )   (3,269 )   (98 )   (2,598 )   (98 )

Sales of minerals in place

  402     1     —       —       —       —    
   

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

  5,114     277     5,906     287     6,675     316  
   

 

 

 

 

 

Proved Developed Reserves:

                                   

January 1

  5,906     287     6,675     316     5,854     309  
   

 

 

 

 

 

December 31

  5,081     277     5,906     287     6,675     316  
   

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom:

                                   

Proved Reserves:

                                   

Balance, January 1

  —       4,188     —       4,188     —       —    

Increase (decrease) during the year attributable to:

                                   

Revisions of previous estimates

  —       146     —       —       —       —    

Extensions, discoveries and other additions

  —       586     —       —       —       4,188  

Production

  —       (263 )   —       —       —       —    

Sales of minerals in place

  —       (2,094 )   —       —       —       —    
   

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

  —       2,563     —       4,188     —       4,188  
   

 

 

 

 

 

Proved Developed Reserves:

                                   

January 1

  —       —       —       —       —       —    
   

 

 

 

 

 

December 31

  —       2,563     —       —       —       —    
   

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

                                   

Proved Reserves:

                                   

Balance, January 1

  5,906     4,475     6,675     4,504     5,854     309  

Increase (decrease) during the year attributable to:

                                   

Revisions of previous estimates

  181     202     169     9     271     63  

Extensions, discoveries and other additions

  1,377     604     2,331     60     3,148     4,230  

Production

  (2,752 )   (348 )   (3,269 )   (98 )   (2,598 )   (98 )

Sales of minerals in place

  402     (2,093 )   —       —       —       —    
   

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31

  5,114     2,840     5,906     4,475     6,675     4,504  
   

 

 

 

 

 

Proved Developed Reserves:

                                   

January 1

  5,906     287     6,675     316     5,854     309  
   

 

 

 

 

 

December 31

  5,081     2,840     5,906     287     6,675     316  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Users of this information should be aware that the process of estimating quantities of “proved” and “proved developed” natural gas and crude oil reserves is very complex, requiring significant subjective decisions in the evaluation of all available geological, engineering and economic data for each reservoir. The data for a given reservoir may also change substantially over time as a result of numerous factors including, but not limited to, additional development activity, evolving production history and continual reassessment of the viability of production under varying economic conditions. Consequently, material revisions to existing reserve estimates occur from time to time. Although every reasonable effort is made to ensure that reserve estimates reported represent the most accurate assessments possible, the significance of the subjective decisions required and variances in available data for various reservoirs make these estimates generally less precise than other estimates presented in connection with financial statement disclosures.

 

Proved reserves are estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Our proved reserves are located in the United States and in the United Kingdom (North Sea). Proved developed reserves are those proved reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods.

 

The estimates of our proved oil and gas reserves in the United States were prepared by Netherland, Sewell and Associates, Inc. (“Netherland & Sewell”) and estimates of our proved oil and gas reserves in the United Kingdom were prepared by the firm of DeGolyer and MacNaughton, based on data supplied by us. The reports issued by these firms, including descriptions of the bases used in preparing the reserve estimates, are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

There were no capitalized costs of unproved oil and gas properties excluded from the full cost amortization pool as of December 31, 2004. Capitalized costs of unproved oil and gas properties excluded from the full cost amortization pool as of December 31, 2003, totaled $2.9 million. Costs incurred related to oil and gas activities consisted of the following:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

 
     (In millions)  

United States:

                      

Exploration costs

   $ 1.3    $ 3.9    $ (0.4 )

Development costs

     2.5      0.3      3.8  

Acquisition of properties

     0.7      0.1      0.1  
    

  

  


Total United States

   $ 4.5    $ 4.3    $ 3.5  
    

  

  


United Kingdom:

                      

Exploration costs

   $ 0.2    $ —      $ —    

Development costs

     15.7      9.0      3.3  

Acquisition of properties

     —        —        0.1  
    

  

  


Total United Kingdom

   $ 15.9    $ 9.0    $ 3.4  
    

  

  


Total:

                      

Exploration costs

   $ 1.5    $ 3.9    $ (0.4 )

Development costs

     18.2      9.3      7.1  

Acquisition of properties

     0.7      0.1      0.2  
    

  

  


Total

   $ 20.4    $ 13.3    $ 6.9  
    

  

  


 

The calculation of estimated future net cash flows in the following table assumed the continuation of existing economic conditions. Future net cash inflows were computed by applying year-end prices (except for future price changes as allowed by contract) of oil and gas to the expected future production of proved reserves, less future expenditures (based on year-end costs) expected to be incurred in developing and producing such reserves.

 

94


Table of Contents

The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves as of December 31 follows:

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

     (In millions)

United States:

                    

Future cash inflows

   $ 43.5    $ 44.7    $ 42.5

Future production and development costs

     17.2      16.0      15.2
    

  

  

Future net cash flows

     26.3      28.7      27.3

Ten percent annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

     3.8      4.3      2.8
    

  

  

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash relating to proved oil and gas reserves

   $ 22.5    $ 24.4    $ 24.5
    

  

  

United Kingdom:

                    

Future cash inflows

   $ 102.7    $ 127.2    $ 129.3

Future production and development costs

     48.6      77.8      78.3
    

  

  

Future net cash flows

     54.1      49.4      51.0

Ten percent annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

     14.7      16.1      20.1
    

  

  

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash relating to proved oil and gas reserves

   $ 39.4    $ 33.3    $ 30.9
    

  

  

Total:

                    

Future cash inflows

   $ 146.2    $ 171.9    $ 171.8

Future production and development costs

     65.8      93.8      93.5
    

  

  

Future net cash flows

     80.4      78.1      78.3

Ten percent annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows

     18.5      20.4      22.9
    

  

  

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash relating to proved oil and gas reserves

   $ 61.9    $ 57.7    $ 55.4
    

  

  

 

95


Table of Contents

Principal sources of changes in the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows follow:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 
     (In millions)  

United States:

                        

Balance, January 1

   $ 24.4     $ 24.5     $ 11.4  

Revisions to quantity estimates and production rates

     2.0       0.8       2.0  

Prices, net of lifting costs

     2.0       6.1       10.7  

Estimated future development costs

     (1.2 )     (1.4 )     (1.4 )

Accretion of ten percent discount

     2.4       2.4       1.1  

Additions, extensions and discoveries plus improved recovery

     4.4       9.2       9.5  

Net sales of production

     (16.3 )     (18.2 )     (8.4 )

Sales and purchases of reserves in place

     2.7       —         —    

Development costs incurred

     0.2       0.3       0.5  

Other

     1.9       0.7       (0.9 )
    


 


 


Balance, December 31

   $ 22.5     $ 24.4     $ 24.5  
    


 


 


United Kingdom:

                        

Balance, January 1

   $ 33.3     $ 30.9     $ —    

Revisions to quantity estimates and production rates

     3.1       —         —    

Prices, net of lifting costs

     1.3       (4.5 )     —    

Estimated future development costs

     (0.1 )     (11.7 )     —    

Accretion of ten percent discount

     3.3       3.1       —    

Additions, extensions and discoveries plus improved recovery

     12.4       —         30.9  

Net sales of production

     (11.3 )     —         —    

Sales and purchases of reserves in place

     (16.7 )     —         —    

Development costs incurred

     15.5       14.7       —    

Other

     (1.4 )     0.8       —    
    


 


 


Balance, December 31

   $ 39.4     $ 33.3     $ 30.9  
    


 


 


Total:

                        

Balance, January 1

   $ 57.7     $ 55.4     $ 11.4  

Revisions to quantity estimates and production rates

     5.1       0.8       2.0  

Prices, net of lifting costs

     3.3       1.6       10.7  

Estimated future development costs

     (1.3 )     (13.1 )     (1.4 )

Accretion of ten percent discount

     5.7       5.5       1.1  

Additions, extensions and discoveries plus improved recovery

     16.8       9.2       40.4  

Net sales of production

     (27.6 )     (18.2 )     (8.4 )

Sales and purchases of reserves in place

     (14.0 )     —         —    

Development costs incurred

     15.7       15.0       0.5  

Other

     0.5       1.5       (0.9 )
    


 


 


Balance, December 31

   $ 61.9     $ 57.7     $ 55.4  
    


 


 


 

96


Table of Contents

Results of operations from producing activities follow:

 

     2004

   2003

    2002

 
     (In millions)  

United States:

                       

Revenues

   $ 19.4    $ 20.9     $ 10.6  

Expenses:

                       

Production costs

     3.1      2.7       2.2  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     3.8      3.1       2.2  

Technical support and other

     1.6      2.3       1.1  
    

  


 


       8.5      8.1       5.5  
    

  


 


Gains on sales of properties

     —        —         —    
    

  


 


Income before income taxes

     10.9      12.8       5.1  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     3.8      4.2       1.7  
    

  


 


Results of operations from producing activities

   $ 7.1    $ 8.6     $ 3.4  
    

  


 


United Kingdom:

                       

Revenues

   $ 12.2    $ —       $ —    

Expenses:

                       

Production costs

     0.9      —         —    

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     1.2      —         —    

Technical support and other

     1.6      0.8       0.3  
    

  


 


       3.7      0.8       0.3  
    

  


 


Gains on sales of properties

     25.1      —         —    
    

  


 


Income before income taxes

     33.6      (0.8 )     (0.3 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

     16.5      —         —    
    

  


 


Results of operations from producing activities

   $ 17.1    $ (0.8 )   $ (0.3 )
    

  


 


Total:

                       

Revenues

   $ 31.6    $ 20.9     $ 10.6  

Expenses:

                       

Production costs

     4.0      2.7       2.2  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

     5.0      3.1       2.2  

Technical support and other

     3.2      3.1       1.4  
    

  


 


       12.2      8.9       5.8  
    

  


 


Gains on sales of properties

     25.1      —         —    
    

  


 


Income before income taxes

     44.5      12.0       4.8  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     20.3      4.2       1.7  
    

  


 


Results of operations from producing activities

   $ 24.2    $ 7.8     $ 3.1  
    

  


 


 

Results of operations from producing activities in the table above exclude a gain of $2.7 million ($2.0 million, net of taxes) related to the sale of CMI’s interest in a drilling project in West Africa off the coast of Mauritania. This interest was classified as unproved oil and gas properties on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2003.

 

97


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

 

The consolidated selected quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

     2004

   2003

     Fourth
Quarter


    Third
Quarter


    Second
Quarter


    First
Quarter


   Fourth
Quarter


   Third
Quarter


   Second
Quarter


   First
Quarter


     (In millions, except per share data)

Revenues

   $ 498.3     $ 463.3     $ 382.1     $ 380.0    $ 480.8    $ 430.9    $ 472.1    $ 424.4

Operating income (loss)

     52.6       75.4       (2.2 )     8.0      30.0      20.1      46.1      29.4

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (7.5 )     60.8       (26.0 )     4.1      20.1      12.4      39.0      42.7

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax effect

     (0.1 )     (2.2 )     110.0       4.6      4.4      2.7      4.9      3.2
    


 


 


 

  

  

  

  

Net income (loss)

     (7.6 )     58.6       84.0       8.7      24.5      15.1      43.9      45.9
    


 


 


 

  

  

  

  

Net income includes the following special items:

                                                          

Gain on involuntary conversion of long-lived asset (1)

     —         24.0       —         —        —        —        —        —  

Gain on sale of land rig fleet (2)

     —         —         113.1       —        —        —        —        —  

Gain on sale of assets (3)

     —         13.7       —         2.0      —        —        —        —  

Loss on retirement of long-term debt (4)

     —         —         (21.0 )     —        —        —        —        —  

Tax effect of internal restructuring (5)

     (42.5 )     —         —         —        —        —        —        —  

Gain on settlement of litigation claim (6)

     —         —         —         —        —        —        —        22.1

Earnings (loss) per ordinary share (Basic):

                                                          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (0.03 )     0.26       (0.11 )     0.02      0.08      0.06      0.17      0.18

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —         (0.01 )     0.47       0.02      0.02      0.01      0.02      0.02
    


 


 


 

  

  

  

  

Net income

     (0.03 )     0.25       0.36       0.04      0.10      0.07      0.19      0.20
    


 


 


 

  

  

  

  

Earnings (loss) per ordinary share (Diluted):

                                                          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (0.03 )     0.26       (0.11 )     0.02      0.08      0.05      0.17      0.18

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —         (0.01 )     0.47       0.02      0.02      0.01      0.02      0.02
    


 


 


 

  

  

  

  

Net income

     (0.03 )     0.25       0.36       0.04      0.10      0.06      0.19      0.20
    


 


 


 

  

  

  

  

Cash dividend declared per ordinary share

     0.075       0.05       0.05       0.05      0.05      0.05      0.0375      0.0375

Price ranges of ordinary shares:

                                                          

High

     33.11       31.30       28.53       30.58      25.30      25.03      26.35      25.02

Low

     27.42       24.72       24.21       23.60      21.03      21.52      20.35      20.10

 

98


Table of Contents

(1) In August 2004, the cantilevered jackup GSF Adriatic IV encountered well control problems, caught fire and sank while drilling in the Mediterranean Sea off the coast of Egypt. We received insurance proceeds totaling $40.0 million, net of our deductible, and recorded a gain of $24.0 million, net of taxes.
(2) In May 2004, we sold our land drilling fleet and related support equipment for a total sales price of $316.5 million and recorded a gain of $113.1 million, net of a tax benefit of $1.1 million.
(3) 2004 amounts include the sale of CMI’s interests in two oil and gas projects. In the first quarter 2004, CMI sold its interest in a drilling project in West Africa project for approximately $6.1 million, recording a gain of $2.0 million, net of taxes. In the third quarter 2004, CMI sold a portion of its interest in the Broom Field development project in the North Sea for approximately $35.9 million, recording a gain of $13.7 million, net of taxes.
(4) In 2004 we completed the redemption of the entire outstanding $300 million principal amount of Global Marine Inc.’s 7  1 / 8 % Notes due 2007, recognizing a loss on the early retirement of debt of approximately $32.4 million.
(5) In 2004 we completed a subsidiary realignment to separate our international and domestic holding companies. This realignment included the redemption of a minority interest in a foreign subsidiary held by one of our U.S. subsidiaries, along with the intercompany sale of certain rigs between U.S. and foreign subsidiaries. This realignment resulted in a charge of $42.5 million (see Note 10).
(6) Includes $22.1 million awarded to us in 2003 as a result of the settlement of claims filed in 1993 with the United Nations Compensation Commission for losses suffered as a result of the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait in 1990. The claims were for the loss of four rigs and associated equipment, lost revenue and miscellaneous expenditures.

 

99


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GlobalSantaFe Corporation:

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements, of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated March 2, 2005, appearing in the 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K of GlobalSantaFe Corporation and subsidiaries (which report, consolidated financial statements and assessment are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Houston, Texas

March 2, 2005

 

100


Table of Contents

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In millions)

 

          Additions

          

Description


   Balance at
Beginning
of Year


   Charge
(Credit)
to Costs
and
Expenses


   Charged
to Other
Accounts


   Deductions

    Balance
at End of
Year


Year ended December 31, 2004:

                                   

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

   $ 7.9    $ —      $   —      $ (4.4 )   $ 3.5

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     149.6      9.1      2.1      (98.7 )     62.1

Year ended December 31, 2003:

                                   

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

   $ 3.4    $ 4.9    $   —      $ (0.4 )   $ 7.9

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     167.7      11.0      5.1      (34.2 )     149.6

Year ended December 31, 2002:

                                   

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

   $ 3.2    $ 0.2    $   —      $ —       $ 3.4

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     146.6      49.6      —        (28.5 )     167.7

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2004, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in our periodic Securities and Exchange Commission filings. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting for the fourth quarter of 2004 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Subsequent to December 31, 2004, management replaced its general ledger and consolidation software with SAP financial software. This conversion to SAP involves significant changes to internal processes and control procedures over financial reporting.

 

M ANAGEMENT S R EPORT ON I NTERNAL C ONTROL O VER F INANCIAL R EPORTING

 

Management of GlobalSantaFe Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. GlobalSantaFe Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that:

 

    pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of GlobalSantaFe Corporation;

 

   

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of

 

101


Table of Contents
 

America and that receipts and expenditures of GlobalSantaFe Corporation are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and directors of GlobalSantaFe Corporation; and

 

    provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring (including internal auditing practices) and actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of GlobalSantaFe Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of GlobalSantaFe Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operating effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

 

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2004, GlobalSantaFe Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

 

Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere in this report, which expresses unqualified opinions on our management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Not applicable

 

102


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Information relating to our directors is incorporated herein by reference to the Sections entitled “Election of Directors,” “Board Committees” and “Other Matters—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of our definitive proxy statement which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2004.

 

Information related to the designation of our audit committee financial expert is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Board Committees” of our definitive proxy statement which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2004.

 

Information with respect to our executive officers required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K is set forth in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller and the Treasurer. We have posted a copy of the code on our Internet website at: http://www.globalsantafe.com on the Investor Relations page under the caption “Corporate Governance.” Copies of the code may be obtained free of charge from our website or by requesting a copy in writing from our Secretary at 15375 Memorial Drive, Houston, Texas 77079. We intend to disclose any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of the code of ethics that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller or the Treasurer by posting such information on our website.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the Sections entitled “Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation” and “Employment Agreements and Termination Agreements” of our definitive proxy statement which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2004.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Information related to security ownership required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the Section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners,” “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” of our definitive proxy statement which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2004.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the Section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” of our definitive proxy statement which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2004.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the Section entitled “Audit Committee Report” of our definitive proxy statement which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2004.

 

103


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

     Page

(a)    Financial Statements, Schedules and Exhibits

    

(1)    Financial Statements

    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   54

Consolidated Statements of Income

   56

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   57

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   59

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

   60

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   61

(2)    Financial Statement Schedule

    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   99

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   100

 

Schedules other than Schedule II are omitted for the reason that they are not applicable.

 

(3)    Exhibits

 

The following are included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-14634). Exhibits filed herewith are so indicated by a “+”. Exhibits incorporated by reference are so indicated by parenthetical information.

 

 

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 31, 2001, among the Company, Silver Sub, Inc., Gold Merger Sub, Inc. and Global Marine Inc. (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 4, 2001).
2.2    Purchase Agreement between GlobalSantaFe Corporation, GlobalSantaFe Drilling Venezuela, C.A., GlobalSantaFe Drilling Operations Inc., and Saudi Drilling Company Limited as Seller Parties and Precision Drilling Corporation, P. D. Technical Services Inc., Precision Drilling De Venezuela C.A., Precision Drilling Services Saudi Arabia Ltd., Muscat Overseas Oil & Gas Drilling Co. LLC, and Precision Drilling (Cyprus) Limited as Buyer Parties dated as of April 1, 2004 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on 8-K filed April 2, 2004).
3.1    Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of the Company, adopted by Special Resolution of the members effective November 20, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
3.2    Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company, adopted by Special Resolution of the members effective June 9, 2004 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).
4.1    Section 15.2 of the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company requiring advance written notice of any nomination or proposal to be submitted by a shareholder at any general meeting of shareholders (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
+4.2    Indenture dated as of September 1, 1997, between Global Marine Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to Debt Securities of Global Marine Inc. (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-39033) filed with the Commission on October 30, 1997); First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 23, 2000 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 2000); Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 20, 2001.

 

104


Table of Contents
4.3    Form of 7  1 / 8 % Exchange Note Due 2007 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Amendment No. 1 to Global Marine Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-39033) filed with the Commission on February 3, 1998).
4.4    Terms of 7  1 / 8 % Notes Due 2007 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Global Marine Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-39033) filed with the Commission on October 30, 1997).
4.5    Form of 7% Note Due 2028 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Global Marine Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) dated May 20, 1998).
4.6    Terms of 7% Note Due 2028 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) dated May 20, 1998).
4.7    Form of Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures Due June 23, 2020 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 2000).
4.8    Indenture dated as of February 1, 2003, between GlobalSantaFe Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to Debt Securities of GlobalSantaFe Corporation (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
4.9    Form of 5% Note due 2013 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
4.10    Terms of 5% Note due 2013 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
10.1    Intercompany Agreement by and among Kuwait Petroleum Corporation, SFIC Holdings (Cayman), Inc. and the Company, dated June 9, 1997 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997); Amendment to Intercompany Agreement dated December 26, 2000 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the calendar year ended December 31, 2000); Consent and Amendment to Intercompany Agreement dated August 31, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Annex E to the joint proxy statement/ prospectus constituting part of Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-70268) filed October 12, 2001).
10.2    Agency Agreement between Kuwait Santa Fe Braun for Engineering and Petroleum Enterprises (K.S.B.) Company K.S.C. and the Company, dated April 1, 1992 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-6912) filed May 14, 1997).
10.3    Drilling Contract between Azerbaijan International Operating Company and the Company, executed on March 14, 2000, dated effective July 7, 1999 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed May 5, 2000).
10.4    Overall Agreement between the Company and PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore, dated April 11, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
10.5    Contract for the Construction and Sale of a Semi-submersible Drilling Unit (Hull No. P.2003) between the Company and PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore, dated April 11, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).

 

105


Table of Contents
10.6    Contract for the Construction and Sale of a Semi-submersible Drilling Unit (Hull No. P-2004) between the Company and PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore, dated April 11, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
10.7    Bareboat Charter Agreement, dated July 2, 1996, between the United States of America and Global Marine Capital Investments Inc. (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) dated August 1, 1996).
10.8    Head Lease Agreement dated 8th December 1998 by and between Nelstar Leasing Company Limited, as lessor, and Global Marine Leasing Corporation, as lessee, relating to a Glomar Hull 456 class deepwater drillship to be constructed by Harland and Wolff Shipbuilding and Heavy Industries Ltd. with hull number 1739 (t.b.n. “Glomar C.R. Luigs”) (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.9    Guarantee and Indemnity dated 8th December 1998 by and between Global Marine Inc., as guarantor, and Nelstar Leasing Company Limited, as lessor (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.10    Head Lease Agreement dated 8th December 1998 by and between BMBF (No. 12) Limited, as lessor, and Global Marine International Drilling Corporation, as lessee, relating to one double hulled, dynamically positioned ultra-deepwater Glomar class 456 drillship to be constructed by Harland and Wolff Shipbuilding and Heavy Industries Ltd. with hull number 1740 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.11    Deed of Guarantee and Indemnity dated 8th December 1998 by and between Global Marine Inc., as Guarantor, and BMBF (No. 12) Limited, as Lessor (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.12    Head-lease Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company (North Sea) Limited, as lessor, and Sogelease B.V., as lessee, in respect of the jack-up drilling unit known as “Britannia.”
10.13    Sub-lease Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between Sogelease B.V., as sub-lessor, and GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company (North Sea) Limited, as sub-lessee, in respect of the jack-up drilling unit known as “Britannia.”
10.14    Guarantee and Indemnity dated January 30, 2003 between GlobalSantaFe Corporation, as guarantor, and Sogelease B.V. relating to the jack-up drilling unit known as “Britannia.”
*10.15    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of August 16, 2001, among Global Marine Inc., Global Marine Corporate Services Inc. (subsequently assumed by the Company) and Robert E. Rose; First Amendment thereto dated August 31, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended September 30, 2001); and Second Amendment thereto dated July 29, 2003, (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).

 

106


Table of Contents
*10.16    Employee Severance Protection Plan adopted May 2, 1997 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997); Form of Executive Severance Protection Agreement thereunder, effective October 18, 1999, between the Company and fourteen executive officers, respectively (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1999).
*10.17    Amendments to Executive Severance Protection Agreements, dated October 25, 2001, between the Company and three executive officers, respectively (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002).
*10.18    Form of Severance Agreement dated August 16, 2001, between Global Marine Inc. and six executive officers, respectively (subsequently assumed by the Company) (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
*10.19    Supplemental Agreement to Severance Agreement dated January 20, 2003 by and between Global Marine Inc., GlobalSantaFe Corporation and W. Matt Ralls (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
*10.20    Form of Severance Agreement dated July 29, 2003, between the Company and three executive officers, respectively (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
*10.21    1997 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-7070) filed June 13, 1997); Amendment to 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998); Amendment to 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan dated December 1, 1999 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1999).
*10.22    GlobalSantaFe Corporation 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2001).
*10.23    Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1988); First Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1990); Second Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1991); Third Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1993.); Fourth Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1994.); Fifth Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 1996.); Sixth Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1996).

 

107


Table of Contents
*10.24    GlobalSantaFe Corporation 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended March 31, 1998); First Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 2000).
*10.25    GlobalSantaFe Corporation 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
*10.26    Memorandum dated November 20, 2001, Regarding Grant of Restricted Stock, including Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
*10.27    Form of Memorandum dated March 4, 2002, Regarding Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Units to certain executive officers of the Company, respectively, including Terms and Conditions of Performance-Based Restricted Units (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
*10.28    Forms of Memoranda Regarding Grant of Performance Units to certain executive officers of the Company, including terms and conditions for 2003 — 2005 and 2004 — 2006 performance cycles (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
*10.29    Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options used for stock option grants under the 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the GlobalSantaFe Corporation 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
*10.30    Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options for stock option grants under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan from inception until February 28, 2005 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
*10.31    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant used for new stock option grants to non-employee directors under the GlobalSantaFe Corporation 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
*10.32    GlobalSantaFe Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002).
+*10.33    Santa Fe International Corporation Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2001. Amendment to GlobalSantaFe Corporation Key Employment Deferred Compensation Plan effective November 20, 2001.
+*10.34    Trust Agreement between GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc. and Fidelity Management Trust Company for the GlobalSantaFe Key Employee Deferred Compensation Trust dated as of July 12, 2002.
+*10.35    GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan effective as of July 1, 2002.

 

108


Table of Contents
+*10.36    Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Trust as established effective January 1, 1990 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1989); First Amendment and Appointment of Successor Trustee dated as of June 1, 1999, by and between Global Marine Corporate Services Inc. and SEI Trust Company (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 1999). Second Amendment to the Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Trust to be renamed GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan Trust effective January 1, 2004, a copy of which is filed herewith.
*10.37    Form of GlobalSantaFe Indemnity Agreement (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
*10.38    Resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors dated December 16, 2003, regarding Non-Employee Director Compensation Schedule (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
*10.39    1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-7070) filed June 13, 1997); Amendment to 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998); Amendment to 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998); Amendment to 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan dated March 23, 1999 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1999); Amendment to Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan dated December 1, 1999 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1999).
*10.40    Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1991); First Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 1995); Second Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.37 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1996).
*10.41    GlobalSantaFe Corporation 2001 Non-Employee Director Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-73878) filed November 21, 2001).
+*10.42    Group Life and Accident and Health Insurance Policy between Aetna Life Insurance Company and GlobalSantaFe effective January 1, 2004.
+*10.43    GlobalSantaFe Severance Program for Shorebased Staff Personnel (Effective January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005.
+*10.44    GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program for Senior Executive Officers.
+*10.45    GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program for Key Employees.
*10.46    Form of Notice of Grant for Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Units (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).

 

109


Table of Contents
*10.47    Resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors dated September 10, 2004, regarding the Non-Employee Director Compensation Schedule (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 30, 2004).
*10.48    Description of the 2004 GlobalSantaFe Management Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005).
*10.49    Description of the 2005 GlobalSantaFe Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005).
*10.50    Description of the Base Salaries and Annual Incentive Plan Target Percentages for Certain Executive Officers (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005).
*10.51    Form of the Notice of Grant of Performance-Awarded Restricted Stock Units (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2005).
*10.52    Form of the Notice of Grant of Performance Units (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2005).
*10.53    Form of the Notice of Grant of Stock Options (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2005).
*10.54    Description of the Base Salary and Annual Incentive Plan Target Percentage for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2005).
+ 12.1    Statement setting forth detail of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
+ 21.1    List of Subsidiaries.
+23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
+31.1    Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to Rule 13a — 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
+31.2    Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to Rule 13a — 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
+32.1    Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
+32.2    Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.1    Press Release dated August 6, 2002, announcing a share repurchase program (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 7, 2002).

 


+ Filed herewith.
* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

The Company hereby undertakes, pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b), paragraph (4) (iii), to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission on request agreements defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries not filed herewith in accordance with said Item.

 

110


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION

   

(REGISTRANT)

Date: March 1, 2005

 

By:

 

/s/    W. M ATT R ALLS        


       

(W. Matt Ralls)

Senior Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    J ON A. M ARSHALL        


(Jon A. Marshall)

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  March 1, 2005

/s/    W. M ATT R ALLS        


(W. Matt Ralls)

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  March 1, 2005

/s/    M ICHAEL R. D AWSON        


(Michael R. Dawson)

  

Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 1, 2005

/s/    R OBERT E. R OSE        


(Robert E. Rose)

  

Chairman of the Board

  March 1, 2005

/s/    F ERDINAND A. B ERGER        


(Ferdinand A. Berger)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    T HOMAS W. C ASON        


(Thomas W. Cason)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    R ICHARD L. G EORGE        


(Richard L. George)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    K HALED R. A L -H AROON        


(Khaled R. Al-Haroon)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    C. R USSELL L UIGS        


(C. Russell Luigs)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    E DWARD R. M ULLER        


(Edward R. Muller)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    P AUL J. P OWERS        


(Paul J. Powers)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005


Table of Contents

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    M AHA A. R. R AZZUQI        


(Maha A. R. Razzuqi)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    S TEPHEN J. S OLARZ        


(Stephen J. Solarz)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    C ARROLL W. S UGGS        


(Carroll W. Suggs)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    N ADER H. S ULTAN        


(Nader H. Sultan)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005

/s/    J OHN L. W HITMIRE        


(John L. Whitmire)

  

Director

  March 1, 2005


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

The following are included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-14634). Exhibits filed herewith are so indicated by a “+”. Exhibits incorporated by reference are so indicated by parenthetical information.

 

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 31, 2001, among the Company, Silver Sub, Inc., Gold Merger Sub, Inc. and Global Marine Inc. (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 4, 2001).
2.2    Purchase Agreement between GlobalSantaFe Corporation, GlobalSantaFe Drilling Venezuela, C.A., GlobalSantaFe Drilling Operations Inc., and Saudi Drilling Company Limited as Seller Parties and Precision Drilling Corporation, P. D. Technical Services Inc., Precision Drilling De Venezuela C.A., Precision Drilling Services Saudi Arabia Ltd., Muscat Overseas Oil & Gas Drilling Co. LLC, and Precision Drilling (Cyprus) Limited as Buyer Parties dated as of April 1, 2004 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on 8-K filed April 2, 2004).
3.1    Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of the Company, adopted by Special Resolution of the members effective November 20, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
3.2    Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company, adopted by Special Resolution of the members effective June 9, 2004 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).
4.1    Section 15.2 of the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company requiring advance written notice of any nomination or proposal to be submitted by a shareholder at any general meeting of shareholders (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
+4.2    Indenture dated as of September 1, 1997, between Global Marine Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to Debt Securities of Global Marine Inc. (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-39033) filed with the Commission on October 30, 1997); First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 23, 2000 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 2000); Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 20, 2001.
4.3    Form of 7  1 / 8 % Exchange Note Due 2007 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Amendment No. 1 to Global Marine Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-39033) filed with the Commission on February 3, 1998).
4.4    Terms of 7  1 / 8 % Notes Due 2007 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Global Marine Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-39033) filed with the Commission on October 30, 1997).
4.5    Form of 7% Note Due 2028 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Global Marine Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) dated May 20, 1998).
4.6    Terms of 7% Note Due 2028 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) dated May 20, 1998).
4.7    Form of Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures Due June 23, 2020 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 2000).
4.8    Indenture dated as of February 1, 2003, between GlobalSantaFe Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to Debt Securities of GlobalSantaFe Corporation (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).


Table of Contents
4.9    Form of 5% Note due 2013 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
4.10    Terms of 5% Note due 2013 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
10.1    Intercompany Agreement by and among Kuwait Petroleum Corporation, SFIC Holdings (Cayman), Inc. and the Company, dated June 9, 1997 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997); Amendment to Intercompany Agreement dated December 26, 2000 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the calendar year ended December 31, 2000); Consent and Amendment to Intercompany Agreement dated August 31, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Annex E to the joint proxy statement/ prospectus constituting part of Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-70268) filed October 12, 2001).
10.2    Agency Agreement between Kuwait Santa Fe Braun for Engineering and Petroleum Enterprises (K.S.B.) Company K.S.C. and the Company, dated April 1, 1992 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-6912) filed May 14, 1997).
10.3    Drilling Contract between Azerbaijan International Operating Company and the Company, executed on March 14, 2000, dated effective July 7, 1999 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed May 5, 2000).
10.4    Overall Agreement between the Company and PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore, dated April 11, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
10.5    Contract for the Construction and Sale of a Semi-submersible Drilling Unit (Hull No. P.2003) between the Company and PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore, dated April 11, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
10.6    Contract for the Construction and Sale of a Semi-submersible Drilling Unit (Hull No. P-2004) between the Company and PPL Shipyard PTE, Ltd. of Singapore, dated April 11, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
10.7    Bareboat Charter Agreement, dated July 2, 1996, between the United States of America and Global Marine Capital Investments Inc. (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) dated August 1, 1996).
10.8    Head Lease Agreement dated 8th December 1998 by and between Nelstar Leasing Company Limited, as lessor, and Global Marine Leasing Corporation, as lessee, relating to a Glomar Hull 456 class deepwater drillship to be constructed by Harland and Wolff Shipbuilding and Heavy Industries Ltd. with hull number 1739 (t.b.n. “Glomar C.R. Luigs”) (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.9    Guarantee and Indemnity dated 8th December 1998 by and between Global Marine Inc., as guarantor, and Nelstar Leasing Company Limited, as lessor (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.10    Head Lease Agreement dated 8th December 1998 by and between BMBF (No. 12) Limited, as lessor, and Global Marine International Drilling Corporation, as lessee, relating to one double hulled, dynamically positioned ultra-deepwater Glomar class 456 drillship to be constructed by Harland and Wolff Shipbuilding and Heavy Industries Ltd. with hull number 1740 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1998).


Table of Contents
10.11    Deed of Guarantee and Indemnity dated 8th December 1998 by and between Global Marine Inc., as Guarantor, and BMBF (No. 12) Limited, as Lessor (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1998).
10.12    Head-lease Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company (North Sea) Limited, as lessor, and Sogelease B.V., as lessee, in respect of the jack-up drilling unit known as “Britannia.”
10.13    Sub-lease Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between Sogelease B.V., as sub-lessor, and GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company (North Sea) Limited, as sub-lessee, in respect of the jack-up drilling unit known as “Britannia.”
10.14    Guarantee and Indemnity dated January 30, 2003 between GlobalSantaFe Corporation, as guarantor, and Sogelease B.V. relating to the jack-up drilling unit known as “Britannia.”
*10.15    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of August 16, 2001, among Global Marine Inc., Global Marine Corporate Services Inc. (subsequently assumed by the Company) and Robert E. Rose; First Amendment thereto dated August 31, 2001 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended September 30, 2001); and Second Amendment thereto dated July 29, 2003, (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
*10.16    Employee Severance Protection Plan adopted May 2, 1997 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997); Form of Executive Severance Protection Agreement thereunder, effective October 18, 1999, between the Company and fourteen executive officers, respectively (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1999).
*10.17    Amendments to Executive Severance Protection Agreements, dated October 25, 2001, between the Company and three executive officers, respectively (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002).
*10.18    Form of Severance Agreement dated August 16, 2001, between Global Marine Inc. and six executive officers, respectively (subsequently assumed by the Company) (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
*10.19    Supplemental Agreement to Severance Agreement dated January 20, 2003 by and between Global Marine Inc., GlobalSantaFe Corporation and W. Matt Ralls (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
*10.20    Form of Severance Agreement dated July 29, 2003, between the Company and three executive officers, respectively (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
*10.21    1997 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-7070) filed June 13, 1997); Amendment to 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998); Amendment to 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan dated December 1, 1999 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1999).
*10.22    GlobalSantaFe Corporation 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2001).


Table of Contents
*10.23    Global Marine Inc. 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1988); First Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1990); Second Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1991); Third Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1993.); Fourth Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1994.); Fifth Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 1996.); Sixth Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1996).
*10.24    GlobalSantaFe Corporation 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended March 31, 1998); First Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 2000).
*10.25    GlobalSantaFe Corporation 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
*10.26    Memorandum dated November 20, 2001, Regarding Grant of Restricted Stock, including Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
*10.27    Form of Memorandum dated March 4, 2002, Regarding Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Units to certain executive officers of the Company, respectively, including Terms and Conditions of Performance-Based Restricted Units (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
*10.28    Forms of Memoranda Regarding Grant of Performance Units to certain executive officers of the Company, including terms and conditions for 2003 — 2005 and 2004 — 2006 performance cycles (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
*10.29    Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options used for stock option grants under the 2001 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the GlobalSantaFe Corporation 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
*10.30    Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options for stock option grants under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan from inception until February 28, 2005 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
*10.31    Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant used for new stock option grants to non-employee directors under the GlobalSantaFe Corporation 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
*10.32    GlobalSantaFe Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002).


Table of Contents
+*10.33    Santa Fe International Corporation Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 1, 2001. Amendment to GlobalSantaFe Corporation Key Employment Deferred Compensation Plan effective November 20, 2001.
+*10.34    Trust Agreement between GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc. and Fidelity Management Trust Company for the GlobalSantaFe Key Employee Deferred Compensation Trust dated as of July 12, 2002.
+*10.35    GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan effective as of July 1, 2002.
+*10.36    Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Trust as established effective January 1, 1990 (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1989); First Amendment and Appointment of Successor Trustee dated as of June 1, 1999, by and between Global Marine Corporate Services Inc. and SEI Trust Company (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 1999). Second Amendment to the Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Trust to be renamed GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan Trust effective January 1, 2004, a copy of which is filed herewith.
*10.37    Form of GlobalSantaFe Indemnity Agreement (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
*10.38    Resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors dated December 16, 2003, regarding Non-Employee Director Compensation Schedule (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
*10.39    1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-7070) filed June 13, 1997); Amendment to 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998); Amendment to 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998); Amendment to 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan dated March 23, 1999 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1999); Amendment to Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan dated December 1, 1999 (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the calendar year ended December 31, 1999).
*10.40    Global Marine Inc. 1990 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1991); First Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Global Marine Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the quarter ended June 30, 1995); Second Amendment (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.37 of Global Marine Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File No. 1-5471) for the year ended December 31, 1996).
*10.41    GlobalSantaFe Corporation 2001 Non-Employee Director Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-73878) filed November 21, 2001).
+*10.42    Group Life and Accident and Health Insurance Policy between Aetna Life Insurance Company and GlobalSantaFe effective January 1, 2004.
+*10.43    GlobalSantaFe Severance Program for Shorebased Staff Personnel (Effective January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005.
+*10.44    GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program for Senior Executive Officers.


Table of Contents
+*10.45    GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program for Key Employees.
*10.46    Form of Notice of Grant for Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Units (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).
*10.47    Resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors dated September 10, 2004, regarding the Non-Employee Director Compensation Schedule (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 30, 2004).
*10.48    Description of the 2004 GlobalSantaFe Management Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005).
*10.49    Description of the 2005 GlobalSantaFe Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005).
*10.50    Description of the Base Salaries and Annual Incentive Plan Target Percentages for Certain Executive Officers (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005).
*10.51    Form of the Notice of Grant of Performance-Awarded Restricted Stock Units (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2005).
*10.52    Form of the Notice of Grant of Performance Units (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2005).
*10.53    Form of the Notice of Grant of Stock Options (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2005).
*10.54    Description of the Base Salary and Annual Incentive Plan Target Percentage for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 2, 2005).
+ 12.1    Statement setting forth detail of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
+ 21.1    List of Subsidiaries.
+23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
+31.1    Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to Rule 13a — 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
+31.2    Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to Rule 13a — 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
+32.1    Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
+32.2    Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.1    Press Release dated August 6, 2002, announcing a share repurchase program (incorporated herein by this reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 7, 2002).

 


+ Filed herewith.
* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Exhibit 4.2

 


 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

among

 

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

 

SANTA FE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

(being renamed GlobalSantaFe Corporation

in connection with the Merger)

 

and

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

 

as Trustee

 


 

Dated as of

 

November 20, 2001

 

to the

INDENTURE

Dated as of

September 1, 1997

 

as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture thereto

dated as of June 23, 2000

 


 

 


SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of November 20, 2001, among GLOBAL MARINE INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Santa Fe International Corporation, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands being renamed GlobalSantaFe Corporation in connection with the Merger (as defined below) (“Santa Fe”), and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture, dated as of September 1, 1997, as supplemented by a First Supplemental Indenture thereto, dated as of June 23, 2000, (together, the “Original Indenture,” and as further supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”) providing for the issuance of the Company’s Zero Coupon Convertible Debentures Due June 23, 2020 (the “2020 Debentures”). All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Original Indenture shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Original Indenture unless otherwise defined herein.

 

Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 31, 2001, by and among Santa Fe, Silver Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Santa Fe (“Sub”), Gold Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sub (“Merger Sub”) and the Company (the “Merger Agreement”), Merger Sub is, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture, merging with and into the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company being the surviving corporation and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Santa Fe. As of the effective time of the Merger, each share of common stock, par value $.10 per share, of the Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Merger (other than shares issued and held in the Company’s treasury, or held by any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, or held by Santa Fe, Sub or Merger Sub, all of which are to be canceled and retired without payment of any consideration therefor) shall be converted in the right to receive 0.665 ordinary shares, par value $.01 per share, of Santa Fe (“Santa Fe Ordinary Shares”). In connection with the Merger, the name of Santa Fe will be changed to GlobalSantaFe Corporation.

 

Section 11.11 of the Original Indenture, as it applies to the 2020 Debentures, provides that the Company is required to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to the Trustee providing that the Holder of each 2020 Debenture then outstanding shall have the right to convert such 2020 Debenture into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon the Merger by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such 2020 Debenture immediately prior to the Merger assuming such holder of Common Stock of the Company (i) is not a person party to such transaction and (ii) failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon the Merger.

 

Section 11.11 of the Original Indentures also provides that since Santa Fe Ordinary Shares will be received by holders of Common Stock pursuant to the Merger, Santa Fe shall also execute the supplemental indenture.

 

Section 9.01(12) of the Original Indenture permits the execution of supplemental indentures without the consent of any Holder in order to make provision with respect to

 

-1-


conversion rights, if any, to Holders of 2020 Debentures pursuant to the requirements of Article XI of the Original Indenture.

 

Pursuant to the foregoing authority, the Company and Santa Fe propose, in and by this Second Supplemental Indenture, to supplement and amend the Original Indenture.

 

All things necessary to make this Second Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company and Santa Fe, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the 2020 Debentures by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the 2020 Debentures, as follows:

 

Section 1. Conversion . In accordance with Section 11.11 of the Original Indenture, as of the effective time of the Merger, the Holder of a 2020 Debenture shall thereafter have the right to convert it into the number of whole Santa Fe Ordinary Shares and cash in lieu of fractional Santa Fe Ordinary Shares receivable upon the Merger by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such 2020 Debenture immediately prior to the Merger, assuming that such holder of Common Stock was not a person party to such transaction. As a result, immediately after the effective time of the Merger, the Conversion Rate for purposes of the 2020 Debentures and the Indenture is 8.125103 Santa Fe Ordinary Shares per $1,000 Principal Amount. This conversion right shall be subject to adjustment on the same terms as provided in Article XI of the Original Indenture as it applies to the 2020 Debentures. Santa Fe hereby agrees to furnish such Santa Fe Ordinary Shares and cash, and to be bound by the conversion provisions of Article XI of the Original Indenture as it applies to the 2020 Debentures.

 

Section 2. Integral Part . This Second Supplemental Indenture constitutes an integral part of the Original Indenture with respect to the 2020 Debentures only.

 

Section 3. General Definitions . For all purposes of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the terms “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 4. Adoption, Ratification and Confirmation . The Original Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Second Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects hereby adopted, ratified and confirmed, and this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Original Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided. The provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture shall, subject to the terms hereof, supersede the provisions of the Original Indenture to the extent the Original Indenture is inconsistent herewith.

 

Section 5. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this Second Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by operation of TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

-2-


Section 6. Governing Law . THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

Section 7. Severability . In case any provision in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 8. Counterpart Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Second Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 9. Successors . All agreements of the Company and Santa Fe in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 10. Headings . The headings of the Sections of this Second Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 11. Benefits of Second Supplemental Indenture . Nothing in this Second Supplemental Indenture, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent and their successors hereunder, and the Holders of the 2020 Debentures, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 12. Acceptance by Trustee . The Trustee accepts the amendments to the Original Indenture effected by this Second Supplemental Indenture and agrees to execute the trusts created by the Original Indenture as hereby amended, but only upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Second Supplemental Indenture and the Original Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as the statements of the Company and Santa Fe and except as provided in the Original Indenture the Trustee shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity or execution or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental Indenture and the Trustee makes no representation with respect thereto.

 

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

GLOBAL MARINE INC.

By:

 

/s/ James L. McCulloch

   
    James L. McCulloch
    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

SANTA FE INTERNATIONAL

CORPORATION, being renamed

GlobalSantaFe Corporation in connection with

the Merger

By:

 

/s/ Seals M. McCarty

   
    Seals M. McCarty
   

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee

By

 

/s/ David A. Vanaskey Jr

   
    Name:   David A. Vanaskey Jr
       
    Title:   Vice President
       

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.33

 

SANTA FE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

 

KEY EMPLOYEE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

The Santa Fe International Corporation Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby established effective January 1, 2001 as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1 – INTRODUCTION

 

1.1 Purpose of Plan

 

Santa Fe International Corporation (hereafter “Santa Fe” or the “Company”) has adopted the Plan set forth herein to attract and retain a select group of management and highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Santa Fe International Corporation and to provide incentives to these individuals through the ability to defer their receipt of Compensation for service as an Employee of the Company. This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

 

ARTICLE 2 - DEFINITIONS

 

Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

 

2.1 Account means, for each Participant, the account established for his or her benefit under Section 5.1.

 

2.2 Administration Agreement means the agreement entered into by the Company for administration of the Plan and containing all the investment and other administrative options selected by the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

2.3 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

     1    January 18, 2001


2.4 Change of Control means a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act as such Schedule, Regulation and Act were in effect on the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board, assuming that such Schedule, Regulation and Act applied to the Company, provided that such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as:

 

  1) any “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than an Excluded Person (as defined below)) becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities representing 20% or more of the combined voting power for election of members of the Board of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company or any successor of the Company, excluding any person whose beneficial ownership of securities of the Company or any successor is obtained in a merger or consolidation not included in paragraph (iii) below;

 

  2) during any period of two (2) consecutive years or less, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of the Company cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority of the Board, unless the appointment, election or nomination for election of each new member of the Board (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board then still in office who were members of the Board at the beginning of the period or whose appointment, election or nomination was so approved since the beginning of such period;

 

  3)

there is consummated any merger, consolidation or similar transaction to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party as a result of which the persons who were equityholders of the Company immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation shall have beneficial ownership of less than 50% of the combined voting power for election of members of the Board (or equivalent) of

 

     2    January 18, 2001


 

the surviving entity or its parent following the effective date of such merger or consolidation;

 

  (4) any sale or other disposition (or similar transaction) (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of (x) 50% or more of the assets or earnings power of the Company or (y) business operations which generated a majority of the consolidated revenues (determined on the basis of the Company’s four most recently completed fiscal quarters for which reports have been completed) of the Company and its subsidiaries immediately prior thereto, other than a sale, other disposition or similar transaction to an Excluded Person or to an entity of which equityholders of the Company beneficially own at least 50% of the combined voting power;

 

  (5) any liquidation of the Company.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Excluded Person” shall mean and include (i) Kuwait Petroleum Corporation and its affiliates, (ii) any corporation beneficially owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of shares of the Company and (iii) the Company and any subsidiary of the Company.

 

2.5 Company means Santa Fe International Corporation and any subsidiary corporation employing Eligible Employees under this Plan.

 

2.6 Corporation means the sum of the following amounts:

 

  1) The full amount of an Eligible Employee’s bonus payment, if any, under the Annual Incentive Compensation Plan of the Company; and

 

  2)

The base salary of an Eligible Employee in excess of the OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit. The OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit is $150,000, as adjusted by the commissioner for increases in the cost of living in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code (currently $170,000 for 2001) The cost-of- living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined (determination period)

 

     3    January 18, 2001


 

beginning in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12. Compensation for a prior determination period is subject to the OBRA ‘93 annual compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period.

 

2.7 Deduction Limitation means the amount determined in good faith by the Committee prior to a Change in Control of any payments under this Plan which, if made to the Participant by the Trust, would not be deductible by the Company solely by reason of the limitation under Section 162 (m) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event that any payment from the Trust would exceed the Deduction Limitation described herein, then to the extent deemed necessary by the Company to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution to the Participant pursuant to this Plan prior any Change in Control is deductible, the Committee may in its sole and absolute discretion defer all or any portion of a distribution under this Plan. Any amounts deferred pursuant to this limitation shall continue to be credited with any investment gains or losses in accordance with Article 5 of this Plan. The amounts so deferred and amounts credited thereon shall be distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary (in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest possible date, as determined by the Committee in good faith, on which the deductibility of compensation paid or payable to the Participant for the taxable year of the Company during which the distribution is made will not be limited by Section 162(m) or if earlier, the effective date of a Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the Deduction Limitation shall not apply to any distributions made after a Change in Control.

 

2.8 Employee means any “key employee” of the Company who is performing services as an employee of the Company and who receives Compensation for such services.

 

2.9 Effective Date means January 1, 2001.

 

     4    January 18, 2001


2.10 Election Form means the participation election form as approved and prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

 

2.11 Elective Deferral means the portion of Compensation that is deferred by a Participant under Section 4.1.

 

2.12 Eligible Employee means any Employee of the Company who 1) is employed by the Company on a U.S. Dollar Payroll; and 2) who performs services for the Company in the United States; and 3) who is a participant in the Annual Incentive Compensation Plan of the Company.

 

2.13 Insolvent means either (i) the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

2.14 Participant means any individual who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3.

 

2.15 Plan means the Santa Fe International Corporation Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan as amended from time to time and the Administration Agreement and all amendments thereto.

 

2.16 Plan Administrator means the Administrative Committee for the Employee Benefit Plans of the Santa Fe International Corporation (Committee) or such other person, persons or entity designated by the Committee to administer the Plan and to serve as the agent for “Company” with respect to the Trust as contemplated by the agreement establishing the Trust. If no such person or entity is so serving at any time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be the Plan Administrator.

 

2.17 Plan Year means the calendar year commencing January 1 and ending December 31.

 

2.18 Trust means the trust established by the Company that identifies the Plan as a plan with respect to which assets are to be held by the Trustee.

 

2.19 Trustee means the trustee or trustees under the Trust.

 

     5    January 18, 2001


 

ARTICLE 3 – PARTICIPATION

 

3.1 Commencement of Participation

 

Any Eligible Employee who elects to defer part of his or her Compensation in accordance with Section 4.1 shall become a Participant in the Plan as of the date such deferrals commence in accordance with Section 4.1.

 

3.2 Continued Participation

 

A Participant in the Plan shall continue to be a Participant so long as any amount remains credited to his or her Account.

 

ARTICLE 4 – ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

 

4.1 Elective Deferrals

 

An individual who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date may, by completing an Election Form and filing it with the Plan Administrator no later than 30 days following the Effective Date, elect to defer a percentage or dollar amount of one or more payments of Compensation which are payable to the Participant after Effective Date. Such deferral shall be made on such terms as the Plan Administrator may from time to time permit. In subsequent years, any Eligible Employee may elect to defer a percentage or dollar amount of one or more payments of Compensation, on such terms as the Plan Administrator may permit, commencing with Compensation paid in the next succeeding Plan Year, by completing an Election Form prior to the first day of such succeeding Plan Year. A Participant’s Compensation shall be reduced in accordance with the Participant’s election hereunder and amounts deferred hereunder shall be paid by the Company to the Trust as soon as administratively feasible and credited to the Participant’s Account as of the date the amounts are received by the Trustee.

 

A new election to defer compensation must be made each year. For any year in which a Participant makes no deferral election the amount deferred under this Plan shall be zero (0).

 

     6    January 18, 2001


 

ARTICLE 5 - ACCOUNTS

 

5.1 Accounts

 

The Plan Administrator shall establish an Account for each Participant reflecting Elective Deferrals made for the Participant’s benefit together with any adjustments for income, gain or loss and any payments from the Account. The Plan Administrator may cause the Trustee to maintain and invest separate assets accounts corresponding to each Participant’s Account. The Plan Administrator shall establish sub-accounts for each Participant as are necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. As of the last business day of each calendar quarter, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Participant with a statement of his or her Account reflecting the income, gains and losses (realized and unrealized), amounts of deferrals, and distributions of such Account since the prior statement. Without limiting the foregoing, the amounts standing to the credit of a Participant in his or her Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company or the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

5.2 Investments

 

The assets of the Trust shall be invested in such investments as the Company shall determine. The Trustee may (but is not required to) consider the Company’s or a Participant’s investment preferences when investing the assets attributable to a Participant’s Account.

 

5.3 Claims of General Creditors.

 

All Compensation and any amounts credited to any Accounts or sub accounts established under this Plan shall remain a part of the general assets of the Company. Accordingly, any and all Compensation deferred under this Plan (including any investment gains attributable thereto) is subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors.

 

     7    January 18, 2001


 

ARTICLE 6 - PAYMENTS

 

6.1 Election as to Time and Form of Payment

 

A Participant shall elect (on the Election Form used to elect to defer Compensation under Section 4.1) the date upon which the Elective Deferrals will commence to be paid to the Participant. The Participant shall also elect thereon for payments to be paid in either:

 

  a. a single lump-sum payment; or

 

  b. annual installments over a period elected by the Participant, not to exceed ten (10) years, with the amount of each installment to equal the balance of his or her Account immediately prior to the installment divided by the number of installments remaining to be paid; or

 

  c. an amount(s) specified by the Participant to be paid on specified date(s), with the remainder paid either in a lump sum or annual installments as set forth above.

 

This election will be subject to the Deduction Limitation set forth in Section 2.7 of the Plan and shall be effective for all assets held on behalf of the Participant, unless changed by the Participant at least 13 months prior to the commencement of any payments set forth above. shall Except as provided in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 or 6.6, payment of a Participant’s Account shall be made in accordance with the Participant’s elections under this Section 6.1.

 

6.2 Change of Control

 

As soon as possible following a Change of Control of the Company, each Participant who, as of the date of a Change in Control, is no longer an Employee of the Company (or beneficiary of such Participant) whether or not such Participant or beneficiary has commenced receiving payments under the Plan, shall be paid his or her entire Account balance in a single lump sum. Any Participant who is an Employee on the date of such Change of Control and who is subsequently terminated within 24 months of such Change of Control shall as soon as practicable following such termination of employment be paid his or her entire Account balance in a single lump sum.

 

6.3 Termination of Employment Prior to Retirement

 

In the event that a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason (other than death or a Change of Control) prior to the Participant’s attainment of age 55, the Participant

 

     8    January 18, 2001


shall receive his or her entire Account balance in a single lump sum payment. This lump sum payment shall be the Participant’s entire Account balance on the date of such payment is made from the Trust and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Committee on such date as the Committee shall determine, which date shall be no later than 60 days following the end of the Plan Year of such Participant’s termination from employment with the Company.

 

6.4 Death

 

In the event of a Participant’s death prior to the Participant’s attainment of age 55, the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries (or in the absence of such designation to the estate of the Participant) in a lump sum in accordance with Section 6.3 above. If a Participant dies after attainment of age 55 and prior to the complete distribution of his or her Account, the balance of the Account shall be paid as soon as practicable to the Participant’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, in accordance with the payment election in effect under Section 6.1 on the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Any designation of beneficiary and form of payment to such beneficiary shall be made by the Participant on such form as the Plan Administrator shall determine and shall be filed with the Plan Administrator. Any beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by filing another beneficiary form containing the revised instructions. If no beneficiary is designated or no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the Participant’s surviving spouse, or, if none, to his or her issue per stirpes, in a single payment. If no spouse or issue survives the Participant, payment shall be made in a single lump sum to the Participant’s estate.

 

6.5 Unforeseen Emergency

 

If a Participant (which shall include for purposes of this Section 6.5, a beneficiary) suffers an unforeseen emergency, as defined herein, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay to the Participant only that portion, if any, of his or her Account that the Plan Administrator determines is necessary to satisfy the emergency need, including any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution. A Participant requesting an emergency payment shall apply for the payment in writing on a form

 

     9    January 18, 2001


approved by the Plan Administrator. For purposes of this paragraph, “unforeseen emergency” means an immediate and heavy financial need resulting from any of the following:

 

care;

 

an event beyond the control of the Participant or beneficiary which would result in a severe financial hardship if such withdrawal were not permitted. In the event the Plan Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines the existence of an unforeseen emergency as herein defined, the Plan Administrator may to the extent necessary to satisfy the unforeseen emergency, suspend any deferrals required to be made by a Participant and/or provide for a partial or full distribution of such Participant’s Account. Any such amount shall not be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

 

6.6 Withdrawal Election

 

A Participant (or in the event of a Participant’s death, his or her beneficiary) may elect, at any time, to withdraw all of his or her Account balance, as of the day of such election, less a withdrawal penalty equal to 10% of such amount (the net amount shall be referred to as the “Withdrawal Amount”). This election may be made at any time, and whether or not the Participant (or Beneficiary) is in the process of being paid pursuant to an installment payment schedule. No partial withdrawals of the Withdrawal Amount shall be allowed. The Participant (or his or her Beneficiary) shall be paid the Withdrawal Amount within 60 days of his or her election. Once the Withdrawal Amount is paid, the Participant or Beneficiary’s participation in the Plan shall terminate and the such Participant or Beneficiary shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan in the future. The payment of this Withdrawal Amount shall not be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

 

     10    January 18, 2001


6.6 Taxes

 

All federal, state or local taxes that the Plan Administrator determines are required to be withheld from any payments made pursuant to this Article 6 shall be withheld.

 

ARTICLE 7 – PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

 

7.1 Plan Administration and Interpretation

 

The Plan Administrator shall oversee the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have complete control and authority to determine the rights and benefits and all claims, demands and actions arising out of the provisions of the Plan of any Participant, beneficiary, deceased Participant, or other person having or claiming to have any interest under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to interpret the Plan and to decide all matters under the Plan. Such interpretation and decision shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants and any person claiming under or through any Participant, in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Plan Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously. Any individual(s) serving as Plan Administrator who is a Participant will not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant, a beneficiary, the Company or the Trustee.

 

7.2 Powers, Duties, Procedures, Etc.

 

The Plan Administrator shall have such powers and duties, may adopt such rules and tables, may act in accordance with such procedures, may appoint such officers or agents, may delegate such powers and duties, may receive such reimbursements and compensation, and shall follow such claims and appeal procedures with respect to the Plan as it may establish.

 

7.3 Information

 

To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of Participants, their service, retirement, death, termination of service, and such other pertinent facts as the Plan Administrator may require.

 

     11    January 18, 2001


7.4 Indemnification of Plan Administrator

 

The Company agrees to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted by law any officer(s) or employee(s) who serve as Plan Administrator (including any such individual who formerly served as Plan Administrator) against all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Company) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission is in good faith.

 

ARTICLE 8 – AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1 Amendments

 

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors shall have the right to amend the Plan from time to time, subject to Section 8.3, by an instrument in writing that has been executed on the Company’s behalf by its duly authorized officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the authority to amend the plan to comply with changes in law or regulation, or to amend the plan in any non-material manner.

 

8.2 Termination of Plan

 

This Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and any Eligible Employee (or any other person) or a consideration for, or an inducement or condition of service for, the performance of the services by an Eligible Employee (or other person). The Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time, subject to Section 8.3, by an instrument in writing that has been executed on the Company’s behalf by its duly authorized officer. Upon termination, the Company may (a) elect to continue to maintain the Trust to pay benefits hereunder as they become due as if the Plan had not terminated or (b) direct the Trustee to pay promptly to Participants (or their beneficiaries) the balance of their Accounts.

 

     12    January 18, 2001


8.3 Existing Rights

 

No amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the rights of any Participant (or their beneficiaries) with respect to amounts that have been credited to his or her Account prior to the date of such amendment or termination.

 

ARTICLE 9 - MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 No Funding

 

The Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Participants and beneficiaries shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Nothing in the Plan will be construed to give any Employee or any other person rights to any specific assets of the Company or of any other person. In all events, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan be treated as unfunded for tax purposes.

 

9.2 Non-assignability

 

None of the benefits, payments, proceeds or claims of any Participant or beneficiary shall be subject to any claim of any creditor of any Participant or beneficiary and, in particular, the same shall not be subject to attachment or garnishment or other legal process by any creditor of such Participant or beneficiary, nor shall any Participant or beneficiary have any right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits or payments or proceeds that he or she may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise, under the Plan.

 

9.3 Limitation of Participants’ Rights

 

Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, expressed or implied, that the Company will retain an Employee for any period of time, or at any particular rate of compensation.

 

     13    January 18, 2001


9.4 Participants Bound

 

Any action with respect to the Plan taken by the Plan Administrator or the Company or the Trustee or any action authorized by or taken at the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Company or the Trustee shall be conclusive upon all Participants and beneficiaries entitled to benefits under the Plan.

 

9.5 Receipt and Release

 

Any payment to any Participant or beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Company, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee under the Plan, and the Plan Administrator may require such Participant or beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such effect. If any Participant or beneficiary is determined by the Plan Administrator to be incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability (including minority) to give a valid receipt and release, the Plan Administrator may cause the payment or payments becoming due to such person to be made to another person for his or her benefit without responsibility on the part of the Plan Administrator, the Company or the Trustee to follow the application of such funds.

 

9.6 Legal Fees to Enforce Rights After Change in Control

 

The Company is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Board or a shareholder of the Company, or of any successor corporation might then cause or attempt to cause the Company or such successor to refuse to comply with its obligations under the Plan and might cause or attempt to cause the Company to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to deny Participants the benefits intended under the Plan. In these circumstances, the purpose of the Plan could be frustrated. Accordingly, if, following a Change of Control, it should appear to any Participant that the Company, or any successor corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under the Plan or any agreement thereunder, or, if the Company or other person takes any action to declare the Plan void or unenforceable or institutes any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from any Participant the benefits intended to be provided herein, then the Company irrevocably authorizes each such Participant to retain counsel of his or her choice at the expense of the Company to represent such Participant in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the

 

     14    January 18, 2001


Company, or any director, officer, shareholder or other person affiliated with the Company or any successor thereto in any jurisdiction.

 

9.7 Governing Law

 

The Plan shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the state in which the Company maintains its primary place of business. If any provision shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.

 

9.8 Headings and Subheadings

 

Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

 

9.9 Severability The invalidity and unenforceability of any particular provision of this Plan shall not affect any other provision hereof, and the Plan shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted herefrom.

 

ARTICLE 10 - CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

10.1 Presentation Of Claim.

 

Any Participant or beneficiary of a deceased Participant (referred to herein as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

 

     15    January 18, 2001


10.2 Notification Of Decision.

 

The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, and shall notify the Claimant in writing: (a) that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or (b) that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant: (i) the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it; (ii) specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 10.3 below.

 

10.3 Review Of A Denied Claim.

 

Within 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim. Thereafter, but not later than 30 days after the review procedure began, the Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative): (a) may review pertinent documents; (b) may submit written comments or other documents; and/or (c) may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

 

10.4 Decision On Review.

 

The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and not later than 60 days after the filing of a written request for review of the denial, unless a hearing is held or other special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Committee’s decision must be rendered within 120 days after such date. Such decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain: (a) specific reasons for the decision; (b) specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based; and (c) such other matters as the Committee deems relevant.

 

     16    January 18, 2001


10.5 Commencement of Legal Action

 

A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 10 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.

 

DATED: January 1, 2001

 

By:  

/s/ James E. Oliver

   

SANTA FE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

 

     17    January 18, 2001


AMENDMENT TO

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION

KEY EMPLOYEE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

WHEREAS, the GlobalSantaFe Corporation Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) was established by GlobalSantaFe Corporation (“Company”) effective January 1, 2001; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 31, 2001 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Global Marine Inc. (“GMI”), a Delaware corporation, the Company, Silver Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Gold Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into GMI, and GMI has become an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, in Section 7.14(c) of the Merger Agreement, the Company and GMI agreed to cooperate in good faith to establish a process to promptly integrate their compensation and benefit plans following the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and take appropriate and substantially consistent actions to retain key employees and provide for a smooth transition; and

 

WHEREAS, it has been determined that it is appropriate to extend the benefits of this Plan to legacy “key employees” of Global Marine, Inc., and its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, Amendment of the Plan in the manner set forth below is authorized pursuant to Section 8.1 of the Plan;

 

NOW THEREFORE, effective November 20, 2001:

 

1. Section 2.6 “ Compensation ” is amended by DELETING item 1 thereunder and SUBSTITUTING the following therefore:

 

  “1. The full amount of an Eligible Employee’s bonus payment, if any, under any of the following plans (hereafter referred to collectively as “Bonus Plans”):

 

a) The Annual Incentive Plan of the Company

 

b) Global Marine Inc. 2001 Management Incentive Award Plan and”

 


2. Section 2.12 of the GlobalSantaFe Corporation Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby DELETED and the following SUBSTITUTED therefore:

 

2.12 Eligible Employee means any employee of the Company who 1) is employed by the Company on a U.S. Dollar Payroll; and 2) who performs services for the Company in the United States; and 3) who is either i) a participant in the Annual Incentive Compensation Plan of the Company or ii) is a participant in the Global Marine Inc. 2001 Management Incentive Award Plan of the Company and specifically assigned to Salary Grade 39 or higher as such salary grade system was in effect for Global Marine Inc. or its subsidiaries on November 20, 2001”

 

Dated December 7, 2001

 

By:  

/s/ James E. Oliver

   

GlobalSantaFe Corporation

 

Exhibit 10.34

 

TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Between

 


 

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATE SERVICES INC.

 

And

 

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY

 


 

GLOBALSANTAFE KEY EMPLOYEE DEFERRED COMPENSATION

 

TRUST

 

Dated as of July 12, 2002


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

   Page

1   

Definitions

   2
2   

Trust

   3
    

(a) Establishment

   3
    

(b) Grantor Trust

   3
    

(c) Trust Assets

   3
    

(d) Non-Assignment

   3
3   

Payments to Sponsor

   4
4   

Disbursement

   4
    

(a) Directions from Administrator

   4
    

(b) Limitations

   4
5   

Investment of Trust

   4
    

(a) Selection of Investment Options

   4
    

(b) Available Investment Options

   4
    

(c) Investment Directions

   5
    

(d) Mutual Funds

   6
    

(e) Trustee Powers

   6
6   

Recordkeeping and Administrative Services to Be Performed

   7
    

(a) General

   7
    

(b) Accounts

   8
    

(c) Inspection and Audit

   8
    

(d) Effect of Plan Amendment

   8
    

(e) Returns, Reports and Information

   9
7   

Compensation and Expenses

   9
8   

Directions and Indemnification

   9
    

(a) Identity of Administrator

   9
    

(b) Directions from Administrator

   9
    

(c) Directions from Participants

   10
    

(d) Indemnification

   10
    

(e) Survival

   10
9   

Resignation or Removal of Trustee

   10
    

(a) Resignation & Removal

   10
    

(b) Termination

   11
    

(c) Notice Period

   11
    

(d) Early Termination

    
    

(e) Transition Assistance

   11
    

(f) Failure to Appoint Successor

   11

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

Section

   Page

10   

Successor Trustee

   11
    

(a) Appointment

   11
    

(b) Acceptance

   11
    

(c) Corporate Action

   12
11   

Resignation, Removal, and Termination Notices

   12
12   

Duration

   12
13   

Insolvency of Sponsor

   12
14   

Amendment or Modification

   13
15   

Electronic Services

   13
16   

General

   15
    

(a) Performance by Trustee, its Agent or Affiliates

   15
    

(b) Entire Agreement

   15
    

(c) Waiver

   15
    

(d) Successors and Assigns

   15
    

(e) Partial Invalidity

   15
    

(f) Section Headings

   16
17   

Governing Law

   16
    

(a) Massachusetts Controls

   16
    

(b) Trust Agreement Controls

   16
Schedules     
A.   

Recordkeeping and Administrative Services

    
B.   

Fee Schedule

    
C.   

Administrator’s Authorization Letter

    
D.   

Operational Guidelines for Non-Fidelity Mutual Funds

    
E.   

Exchange Guidelines

    

 

ii


TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of the twelfth day of July, 2002, between GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATE SERVICES INC., a California corporation, having an office at 777 North Eldridge Parkway, Houston, Texas 77079 (the “Sponsor”), and FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, having an office at 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the “Trustee”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Sponsor is the sponsor of the GlobalSantaFe Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Sponsor wishes to establish an irrevocable trust and to contribute to the trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of Sponsor’s creditors in the event of Sponsor’s Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”); and

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Sponsor to make contributions to the trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to hold and invest the aforesaid Plan assets in trust among several investment options selected by the Sponsor; and

 

WHEREAS, the Sponsor wishes to have the Trustee perform certain ministerial recordkeeping and administrative functions under the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the committee designated by the Sponsor (the “Administrator”) is the administrator of the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to perform recordkeeping and administrative services for the Plan if the services are purely ministerial in nature and are provided within a framework

 

1


of Plan provisions, guidelines and interpretations conveyed in writing to the Trustee by the Administrator.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the Sponsor and the Trustee agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions . The following terms as used in this Trust Agreement have the meaning indicated unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

 

(a) Administrator ” shall mean, with respect to the Plan, the person or entity which is the “administrator” of such Plan.

 

(b) Agreement ” shall mean this Trust Agreement, as the same may be amended and in effect from time to time.

 

(c) Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it has been or may be amended from time to time.

 

(d) ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it has been or may be amended from time to time.

 

(e) Fidelity Mutual Fund ” shall mean any investment company advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(f) Insolvent ” shall mean that (i) the Sponsor is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Sponsor is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

(g) Mutual Fund ” shall refer both to Fidelity Mutual Funds and Non-Fidelity Mutual Funds.

 

(h) Non-Fidelity Mutual Fund ” shall mean certain investment companies not advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(i) Participant ” shall mean, with respect to the Plan, any employee (or former employee) with an account under the Plan, which has not yet been fully distributed and/or forfeited, and shall include the designated beneficiary(ies) with respect to the account of any deceased employee (or deceased former employee) until such account has been fully distributed and/or forfeited.

 

(j) Participant Recordkeeping Reconciliation Period ” shall mean the period beginning on the date of the initial transfer of assets to the Trust and ending on the date of the completion of the reconciliation of Participant records.

 

(k) Plan ” shall mean the GlobalSantaFe Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

(l)

Reporting Date ” shall mean the last day of each calendar quarter, the date as of which the

 

2


 

Trustee resigns or is removed pursuant to Section 9 hereof and the date as of which this Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 11 hereof.

 

(m) Sponsor ” shall mean GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc., a California corporation, or any successor to all or substantially all of its businesses which, by agreement, operation of law or otherwise, assumes the responsibility of the Sponsor under this Agreement.

 

(n) Trust ” shall mean the GlobalSantaFe Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan Trust, being the trust established by the Sponsor and the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(o) Trustee ” shall mean Fidelity Management Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company and any successor to all or substantially all of its trust business. The term Trustee shall also include any successor trustee appointed pursuant to this agreement to the extent such successor agrees to serve as Trustee under this Agreement.

 

Section 2. Trust .

 

(a) Establishment . The Sponsor hereby establishes the Trust with the Trustee. The Trust shall consist of an initial contribution of money or other property reasonably acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion, made by the Sponsor or transferred from a previous trustee under the Plan, such additional sums of money as shall from time to time be delivered to the Trustee under the Plan, all investments made therewith and proceeds thereof, and all earnings and profits thereon, less the payments that are made by the Trustee as provided herein, without distinction between principal and income. The Trustee hereby accepts the Trust on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. In accepting this Trust, the Trustee shall be accountable for the assets received by it, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(b) Grantor Trust . The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

 

(c) Trust Assets . The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Sponsor and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Participants and their beneficiaries against the Sponsor. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Sponsor’s general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 13 (a).

 

3


(d) Non-Assignment . Benefit payments to Participants and their beneficiaries funded under this Trust may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered, or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process.

 

Section 3. Payments to Sponsor . Except as provided under Section 13, the Sponsor shall have no right to retain or divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits have been made to the Participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

Section 4. Disbursements .

 

(a) Directions from Administrator . The Trustee shall disburse monies to employee Participants and their beneficiaries for benefit payments in the amounts that the Administrator directs from time to time in writing. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain whether the Administrator’s direction complies with the terms of the Plan or of any applicable law unless it is clear on the direction’s face that the actions to be taken under the direction would be prohibited by the fiduciary duty rules of Section 404(a) of ERISA, to the extent that ERISA is applicable, or would be contrary to the terms of the Plan as communicated in writing by the Sponsor to the Trustee or to the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be responsible for federal or state income tax reporting or withholding with respect to such Plan benefits. The Trustee shall not be responsible for FICA (Social Security and Medicare), any federal or state unemployment or local tax with respect to Plan distributions.

 

(b) Limitations . The Trustee shall not be required to make any disbursement in excess of the net realizable value of the assets of the Trust at the time of the disbursement. The Trustee shall not be required to make any disbursement in cash unless the Administrator has provided a written direction as to the assets to be converted to cash for the purpose of making the disbursement.

 

Section 5. Investment of Trust .

 

(a) Selection of Investment Options . The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the selection of investment options under the Trust and shall not render investment advice to any person in connection with the selection of such options.

 

(b) Available Investment Options . The Sponsor shall direct the Trustee as to what investment options the Trust shall be invested in (i) during the period beginning on the initial transfer of assets to the Trust and ending on the completion of the reconciliation of Trust records

 

4


(the “reconciliation period”), and (ii) following the reconciliation period, subject to the following limitations. The Sponsor may determine to offer as investment options only securities issued by the investment companies advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company and certain investment companies not advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company identified collectively as Mutual Funds on Schedule “A” attached hereto; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be considered a fiduciary with investment discretion. The Sponsor may add or remove investment options with the consent of the Trustee and upon mutual amendment of this Trust Agreement and the Schedules thereto to reflect such additions.

 

(c) Investment Directions . In order to provide for an accumulation of assets comparable to the contractual liabilities accruing under the Plan, the Sponsor may direct the Trustee in writing to invest the assets held in the Trust to correspond to the hypothetical investments made for Participants under the Plan. Such directions may be made by Participants by use of a Participant service representative, the Voice Response System (VRS), the internet or such other electronic means as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Sponsor and the Trustee, maintained for such purposes by the Trustee or its agents, in accordance with Schedule “E.” In the event that the Trustee fails to receive a proper direction from the Sponsor or from Participants, the assets in question shall be invested in Fidelity Money Market Trust: Retirement Money Market Portfolio until the Trustee receives a proper direction.

 

The Sponsor’s designation of available investment options under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the maintenance of accounts for each Plan Participant and the crediting of investments to such accounts, the giving of investment directions by Participants under this paragraph (c), and the exercise by Participants of any other powers relating to investments under this Section 5 are solely for the purpose of providing a mechanism for measuring the obligation of the Sponsor to any particular Participant under the applicable Plan. As provided in Section 2(c) above, no Participant or beneficiary will have any preferential claim to or beneficial ownership interest in any asset or investment, and the rights of any Participant and his or her beneficiaries under the applicable Plan and this Agreement are solely those of an unsecured general creditor of the Sponsor with respect to the benefits of the Participant under the Plan.

 

5


(d) Mutual Funds . The Sponsor hereby acknowledges that it has received from the Trustee a copy of the prospectus for each Mutual Fund selected by the Sponsor as a Plan investment option. Trust investments in Mutual Funds shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(i) Execution of Purchases and Sales . Purchases and sales of Fidelity Mutual Funds (other than for Exchanges) shall be made on the date on which the Trustee receives from the Sponsor in good order all information and documentation necessary to accurately effect such purchases and sales (or in the case of a purchase, the subsequent date on which the Trustee has received a wire transfer of funds necessary to make such purchase). Transactions involving Mutual Funds not advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company shall be executed in accordance with the operating procedures set forth in Schedule “D” attached hereto. Exchanges of Fidelity Mutual Funds shall be made on the same business day that the Trustee receives a proper direction if received before market close (generally 4:00 p.m. eastern time); if the direction is received after market close (generally 4:00 p.m. eastern time), the exchange shall be made the following day.

 

(ii) Voting . At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special stockholders’ meeting of any Mutual Fund, the Trustee shall send a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to each Participant who has hypothetical shares of the Mutual Fund credited to the Participant’s accounts, together with a voting direction form for return to the Trustee or its designee. The Participant shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote the hypothetical shares credited to the Participant’s accounts. These directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Sponsor or its affiliates, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such person in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services hereunder. The Trustee shall vote the shares held in the Trust in the same manner as directed by the Participant under the Plan. The Trustee shall not vote shares for which it has received no corresponding directions from the Participant. During the reconciliation period, the Sponsor shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote the shares of the Mutual Funds in the Trust. With respect to all rights other than the right to vote, the Trustee shall follow the directions of the Sponsor. The Trustee shall have no duty to solicit directions from the Sponsor.

 

(e) Trustee Powers . The Trustee shall have the following powers and authority:

 

(i) Subject to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 5, to sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held in the Trust, by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the

 

6


purchase money or other property delivered to the Trustee or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition.

 

(ii) To cause any securities or other property held as part of the Trust to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, in the name of one or more of its nominees, or in the Trustee’s account with the Depository Trust Company of New York and to hold any investments in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust.

 

(iii) To keep that portion of the Trust in cash or cash balances as the Sponsor or Administrator may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interest of the Trust.

 

(iv) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer or conveyance and to carry out the powers herein granted.

 

(v) With notice to the Sponsor, to settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages due to or arising from the Trust; to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings; to represent the Trust in all suits and legal and administrative hearings; and to pay all reasonable expenses arising from any such action, from the Trust if not paid by the Sponsor.

 

(vi) To employ legal, accounting, clerical, and other assistance as may be required in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation from the Trust if not paid by the Sponsor.

 

(vii) To do all other acts although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out any of the foregoing powers and the purposes of the Trust.

 

Trustee will file an annual fiduciary return to the extent required by law.

 

Section 6. Recordkeeping and Administrative Services to Be Performed .

 

(a) General . The Trustee shall perform those recordkeeping and administrative functions described in Schedule “A” attached hereto. These recordkeeping and administrative functions shall be performed within the framework of the Plan as communicated in writing by the

 

7


Sponsor to the Trustee and the Administrator’s written directions regarding the Plan’s provisions, guidelines and interpretations.

 

(b) Accounts . The Trustee shall keep accurate accounts of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions hereunder, and shall report the value of the assets held in the Trust as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Plan and, if not on the last day of a fiscal quarter, the date on which the Trustee resigns or is removed as provided in Section 9 of this Agreement or is terminated as provided in Section 11. Within thirty (30) days following each Reporting Date or within sixty (60) days in the case of a Reporting Date caused by the resignation or removal of the Trustee, or the termination of this Agreement, the Trustee shall file with the Administrator a written account setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions effected by the Trustee between the Reporting Date and the prior Reporting Date, and setting forth the value of the Trust as of the Reporting Date. Except as otherwise required under applicable law, upon the expiration of six (6) months from the date of filing such account with the Administrator, the Trustee shall have no liability or further accountability to anyone with respect to the propriety of its acts or transactions shown in such account, except with respect to such acts or transactions as to which the Sponsor shall within such six (6) month period file with the Trustee written objections.

 

(c) Inspection and Audit . All records generated by the Trustee in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be open to inspection and audit, during the Trustee’s regular business hours prior to the termination of this Agreement, by the Administrator or any person designated by the Administrator. Upon the resignation or removal of the Trustee or the termination of this Agreement, the Trustee shall provide to the Administrator, at no expense to the Sponsor, in the format regularly provided to the Administrator, a statement of each Participant’s accounts as of the resignation, removal, or termination, and the Trustee shall provide to the Administrator or the Plan’s new recordkeeper such further records as are reasonable, at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

(d) Effect of Plan Amendment . Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Trustee’s provision of the recordkeeping and administrative services set forth in this Section 6 shall be conditioned on the Sponsor delivering to the Trustee a copy of any amendment to the Plan as soon as administratively feasible following the amendment’s adoption, and on the Administrator providing the Trustee on a timely basis with all the information the Administrator deems necessary for the Trustee to perform the recordkeeping and administrative services and such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

8


(e) Returns, Reports and Information . The Administrator shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of all returns, reports, and information required of the Trust or Plan by law. The Trustee shall provide the Administrator with such information as the Administrator may reasonably request to make these filings. The Administrator shall also be responsible for making any disclosures to Participants required by law.

 

Section 7. Compensation and Expenses . Sponsor shall pay to Trustee, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Trustee’s bill, the fees for services in accordance with Schedule “B”. All fees for services are specifically outlined in Schedule “B” and are based on any assumptions identified therein. In the event that the Plan characteristics referenced in the assumptions outlined in Schedule “B” change significantly by either falling below or exceeding current or projected levels, such fees shall be subject to revision. To reflect increased operating costs, Trustee may once each calendar year amend Schedule “B” with the Sponsor’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon ninety (90) days prior notice to the Sponsor.

 

All reasonable expenses of Plan administration as shown on Schedule “B” attached hereto, as amended from time to time, shall be charged against and paid from the appropriate Participants’ accounts, except to the extent such amounts are paid by the Plan Sponsor in a timely manner.

 

All expenses of the Trustee relating directly to the acquisition and disposition of investments constituting part of the Trust, and all taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon or in respect of the Trust or the income thereof, shall be charged against and paid from the appropriate Participants’ accounts.

 

Section 8. Directions and Indemnification .

 

(a) Identity of Administrator . The Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on the fact that the Administrator under the Plan is the individual or persons named as such above or such other individuals or persons as the Sponsor may notify the Trustee in writing.

 

(b) Directions from Administrator . Whenever the Administrator provides a direction to the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach, arising from the direction if the direction is contained in a writing (or is oral and immediately confirmed in a writing) signed by any individual whose name and signature have been submitted

 

9


(and not withdrawn) in writing to the Trustee by the Administrator in the form attached hereto as Schedule “C”, provided the Trustee reasonably believes the signature of the individual to be genuine unless it is clear on the direction’s face that the actions to be taken under the direction would be prohibited by the fiduciary duty rules of Section 404(a) of ERISA, to the extent that ERISA is applicable, or would be contrary to the terms of this Agreement or to the terms of the Plan as communicated by the Sponsor to the Trustee in writing. Such direction may be made via electronic data transfer (“EDT”) in accordance with procedures agreed to by the Administrator and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on such direction as if it were a direction made in writing by the Administrator. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to ascertain any direction’s (i) accuracy, (ii) compliance with the terms of the Plan or any applicable law, or (iii) effect for tax purposes or otherwise.

 

(c) Directions from Participants . The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss which arises from any Participant’s exercise or non-exercise of investment directions or voting instructions to the extent permitted by Sections 5(c) and 5(d) over the assets in the Participant’s accounts.

 

(d) Indemnification . The Sponsor shall indemnify the Trustee against, and hold the Trustee harmless from, any and all loss, damage, penalty, liability, cost, and expense, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, that may be incurred by, imposed upon, or asserted against the Trustee by reason of any claim, regulatory proceeding, or litigation arising from any act done or omitted to be done by any individual or person with respect to the Plan or Trust, excepting only any and all loss, etc., arising solely from the Trustee’s negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or breach of duties under this Agreement.

 

(e) Survival . The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9. Resignation or Removal of Trustee and Termination .

 

(a) Resignation and Removal .

 

(i) The Trustee may resign at any time in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

 

(ii) The Sponsor may remove the Trustee at any time in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

 

10


(b) Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in full, or with respect to only a portion of the Plan (i.e., a “partial deconversion”) at any time by the Sponsor upon prior written notice to the Trustee in accordance with the notice provisions set forth below.

 

(c) Notice Period . In the event either party desires to terminate this Agreement or any Services hereunder, the party shall provide at least sixty-(60) days prior written notice of the termination date to the other party; provided, however, that the receiving party may agree, in writing, to a shorter notice period.

 

(d) Transition Assistance . In the event of termination of this Agreement, if requested by Sponsor, Trustee shall assist Sponsor in developing a plan for the orderly transition of the Plan data, cash and assets then constituting the Trustee and Services provided by Trustee hereunder to Sponsor or its designee. Trustee shall provide such assistance for a period not extending beyond sixty (60) days from the termination date of this Agreement. Trustee shall provide to Sponsor, or to any person designated by Sponsor, at a mutually agreeable time, one file of the Plan data prepared and maintained by Trustee in the ordinary course of business, in Trustee’s format. Trustee may provide other or additional transition assistance as mutually determined for additional fees, which shall be due and payable by the Sponsor prior to any termination of this Agreement.

 

(e) Failure to Appoint Successor . If, by the termination date, the Sponsor has not notified the Trustee in writing as to the individual or entity to which the assets and cash are to be transferred and delivered, the Trustee may bring an appropriate action or proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction for leave to deposit the assets and cash in a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee shall be reimbursed by the Sponsor for all costs and expenses of the action or proceeding including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

 

Section 10. Successor Trustee .

 

(a) Appointment . If the office of Trustee becomes vacant for any reason, the Sponsor may in writing appoint a successor trustee under this Agreement. The successor trustee shall have all of the rights, powers, privileges, obligations, duties, liabilities, and immunities granted to the Trustee under this Agreement. The successor trustee and predecessor trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of the other with respect to the Trust.

 

(b) Acceptance . When the successor trustee accepts its appointment under this Agreement, title to and possession of the Trust assets shall immediately vest in the successor

 

11


trustee without any further action on the part of the predecessor trustee. The predecessor trustee shall execute all instruments and do all acts that reasonably may be necessary or reasonably may be requested in writing by the Sponsor or the successor trustee to vest title to all Trust assets in the successor trustee or to deliver all Trust assets to the successor trustee.

 

(c) Corporate Action . Any successor of the Trustee or successor trustee, through sale or transfer of the business or trust department of the Trustee or successor trustee, or through reorganization, consolidation, or merger, or any similar transaction, shall, upon consummation of the transaction, become the successor trustee under this Agreement.

 

Section 11. Resignation, Removal, and Termination Notices . All notices of resignation, removal, or termination under this Agreement must be in writing and mailed to the party to which the notice is being given by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Sponsor c/o Legal Department, GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc., 777 North Eldridge Parkway, Houston, Texas 77079, and to the Trustee c/o Legal Department, ERISA Group, Fidelity Investments, 82 Devonshire Street, F7A, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, or to such other addresses as the parties have notified each other of in the foregoing manner.

 

Section 12. Duration . This Trust shall continue in effect without limit as to time, subject, however, to the provisions of this Agreement relating to amendment, modification, and termination thereof.

 

Section 13. Insolvency of Sponsor .

 

(a) Trustee shall cease disbursement of funds for payment of benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries if the Sponsor is Insolvent.

 

(b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Sponsor under federal and state law as set forth below.

 

(i) The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor shall have the duty to inform Trustee in writing of Sponsor’s Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Sponsor alleges in writing to Trustee that Sponsor has become Insolvent, Trustee shall determine whether Sponsor is Insolvent and, pending such determination, Trustee shall discontinue disbursements for payment of benefits to Participants or their beneficiaries.

 

12


(ii) Unless Trustee has actual knowledge of Sponsor’s Insolvency, or has received notice from Sponsor or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that Sponsor is Insolvent, Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether Sponsor is Insolvent. Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning Sponsor’s solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and that provides Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning Sponsor’s solvency.

 

(iii) If at any time Trustee has determined that Sponsor is Insolvent, Trustee shall discontinue disbursements for payments to Participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of Sponsor’s general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of Sponsor with respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.

 

(iv) Trustee shall resume disbursement for the payment of benefits to Participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 4 of this Trust Agreement only after Trustee has determined that Sponsor is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

 

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, if Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to (a) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Participants or their beneficiaries by Sponsor in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

 

Section 14. Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified at any time and from time to time only by an instrument executed by both the Sponsor and the Trustee. The individuals authorized to sign such instrument shall be those authorized by the Sponsor on Schedule “C.”

 

Section 15. Electronic Services .

 

(a) The Trustee may provide communications and services (“Electronic Services”) and/or software products (“Electronic Products”) via electronic media, including, but

 

13


not limited to Fidelity Plan Sponsor WebStation. Such communications shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, written statements for the Trust and for each Participant, issued no less frequently than quarterly. The Sponsor and its agents agree to use such Electronic Services and Electronic Products only in the course of reasonable administration of or participation in the Plan and to keep confidential and not publish, copy, broadcast, retransmit, reproduce, commercially exploit or otherwise redisseminate the Electronic Products or Electronic Services or any portion thereof without the Trustee’s written consent, except, in cases where Trustee has specifically notified the Sponsor that the Electronic Products or Services are suitable for delivery to Sponsor’s Participants, for non-commercial personal use by Participants or beneficiaries with respect to their participation in the Plan or for their other retirement planning purposes.

 

(b) The Sponsor shall be responsible for installing and maintaining all Electronic Products, (including any programming required to accomplish the installation) and for displaying any and all content associated with Electronic Services on its computer network and/or Intranet so that such content will appear exactly as it appears when delivered to Sponsor. All Electronic Products and Services shall be clearly identified as originating from the Trustee or its affiliate. The Sponsor shall as soon as administratively practicable remove Electronic Products or Services from its computer network and/or Intranet, or replace the Electronic Products or Services with updated products or services provided by the Trustee, upon written notification (including written notification via facsimile) by the Trustee.

 

(c) All Electronic Products shall be provided to the Sponsor without any express or implied legal warranties or acceptance of legal liability by the Trustee, and all Electronic Services shall be provided to the Sponsor without acceptance of legal liability related to or arising out of the electronic nature of the delivery or provision of such Services. Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, no rights are conveyed to any property, intellectual or tangible, associated with the contents of the Electronic Products or Services and related material. The Trustee hereby grants to the Sponsor a non-exclusive, non-transferable revocable right and license to use the Electronic Products and Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(d) To the extent that any Electronic Products or Services utilize Internet services to transport data or communications, the Trustee will take, and Sponsor agrees to follow,

 

14


reasonable security precautions, however, the Trustee disclaims any liability for interception of any such data or communications. The Trustee reserves the right not to accept data or communications transmitted via electronic media by the Sponsor or a third party if it determines that the media does not provide adequate data security, or if it is not administratively feasible for the Trustee to use the data security provided. The Trustee shall notify the Sponsor upon making such determination. The Trustee shall not be responsible for, and makes no warranties regarding access, speed or availability of Internet or network services, or any other service required for electronic communication. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss or damage related to or resulting from any changes or modifications to the Electronic Products or Services after delivering it to the Sponsor.

 

Section 16. General .

 

(a) Performance by Trustee, its Agents or Affiliates. The Sponsor acknowledges and authorizes that the services to be provided under this Agreement shall be provided by the Trustee, its agents or affiliates, including Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. or its successor, and that certain of such services may be provided pursuant to one or more other contractual agreements or relationships.

 

(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c) Waiver . No waiver by either party of any failure or refusal to comply with an obligation hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent failure or refusal to so comply.

 

(d) Successors and Assigns . The stipulations in this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, the successors and assigns of the respective parties.

 

(e) Partial Invalidity . If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

15


(f) Section Headings . The headings of the various sections and subsections of this Agreement have been inserted only for the purposes of convenience and are not part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed in any manner to modify, explain, expand or restrict any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 17. Governing Law .

 

(a) Massachusetts Law Controls . This Agreement is being made in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the Trust shall be administered as a Massachusetts trust. The validity, construction, effect, and administration of this Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the banking laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to the extent they govern the activities of the Trustee and otherwise in accordance with the laws of Texas, except to the extent those laws are superseded under Section 514 of ERISA.

 

(b) Trust Agreement Controls . The Trustee is not a party to the Plan, and in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control with respect to the responsibilities of the Trustee. In all other cases, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

            GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATE SERVICES INC.    
Attest:  

LOGO

 

7-11-02

      By:  

LOGO

 

7-11-02

   

Secretary

             

Vice President

   
            FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY    
Attest:  

LOGO

          By  

LOGO

 

8/20/02

   

Assistant Clerk

             

FMTC Authorized Signatory

   
                   

Roberta Coen

   

 

16


 

Schedule “A”

 

RECORDKEEPING AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

 

  The Trustee will provide only the recordkeeping and administrative services set forth on this Schedule “A” and no others.

 

Administration

 

  Establishment and maintenance of Participant account and election percentages.

 

  Maintenance of the following Plan investment options:

 

    Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

 

    Fidelity Diversified International Fund

 

    Fidelity Dividend Growth Fund

 

    Fidelity Equity-Income Fund

 

    Fidelity Freedom Income Fund ®

 

    Fidelity Freedom 2000 Fund ®

 

    Fidelity Freedom 2010 Fund ®

 

    Fidelity Freedom 2020 Fund ®

 

    Fidelity Freedom 2030 Fund ®

 

    Fidelity Freedom 2040 Fund ®

 

    Fidelity Low-Priced Stock Fund

 

    Fidelity Magellan ® Fund

 

    Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Fund

 

    Fidelity Money Market Trust: Retirement Money Market Portfolio

 

    Fidelity OTC Portfolio

 

    Fidelity Small Cap Stock Fund

 

    Fidelity U.S. Bond Index Fund

 

    Vanguard Asset Allocation Fund- Investor Shares

 

    Vanguard Extended Market Index Fund- Investor Shares

 

    Vanguard 500 Index Fund

 

  Maintenance of the following money classifications:

 

    Deferral Contributions

 

Processing

 

  Processing of mutual fund trades.

 

  Maintain and process changes to Participants’ prospective investment mix elections.

 

  Process exchanges between investment options on a daily basis.

 

  Provide consolidated payroll contribution data processing via electronic data transfer.

 

 

Provide reconciliation and processing of Participant withdrawal requests as approved and directed by the Sponsor. All withdrawal requests will be based on the current market values of the Participants’ accounts, not advances or estimated values. The “current market value” of a Participant’s account shall be the account value on the business day that direction is

 

17


 

received from the Sponsor in good order by the Trustee, if such direction is confirmed before 4:00 p.m. (E.T.). If direction from the Sponsor is confirmed by the Trustee after 4:00 p.m. (E.T.) on a business day, then the current market value of a Participant’s account shall be the account value on the next business day.

 

Other

 

  Prepare, reconcile and deliver a monthly Trial Balance Report presenting all money classes and investments. This report is based on the market value as of the last business day of the month. The report will be delivered not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each month in the absence of unusual circumstances.

 

  Prepare, reconcile and deliver a Quarterly Administrative Report presenting both on a Participant and a total Plan basis all money classes, investment positions and a summary of all activity of the Participant and Plan as of the last business day of the quarter. The report will be delivered not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter in the absence of unusual circumstances.

 

  Prepare and distribute, either to the Sponsor or to each Participant directly, a quarterly detailed Participant statement reflecting all activity for the period. Paper statements will be delivered not later than thirty (30) days after each quarter in the absence of unusual circumstances. Paper statements mailed directly to the Participant will be sent via first class mail unless otherwise elected by the Participant.

 

  Provide monthly trial balance

 

  Prepare and mail to the Participant, a confirmation of the transactions exchanges and changes to investment mix elections) within five (5) business days of the Participants instructions.

 

  Provide access to Plan Sponsor Webstation (PSW). PSW is a graphical, Windows-based application that provides current Plan and Participant-level information, including indicative data, account balances, activity and history.

 

  Provide Mutual Fund tax reporting (Forms 1099 Div. and 1099-B) to the Sponsor.

 

  Provide Federal and state tax reporting and withholding on benefit payments made to Participants and beneficiaries in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

  Prepare employee communications describing available investment options, including multimedia informational materials and group presentations.

 

Communication Services .

 

  Provide employee communications describing available investment options, including multimedia informational materials and group presentations.

 

  Fidelity PortfolioPlanner (SM), an internet-based educational service for Participants that generates target asset allocations and model portfolios customized to investment options in the Plan(s) based upon methodology provided by Strategic Advisers, Inc., an affiliate of the Trustee. The Sponsor acknowledges that it has received the ADV Part II for Strategic Advisers, Inc. more than 48 hours prior to executing the Trust.

 

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATE SERVICES INC.

     

FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY

By:  

LOGO

 

7-11-02

      By:  

LOGO

 

8/20/02

       

Date

         

FMTC Authorized Signatory

 

Date

                   

Roberta Coen

   

 

18


 

Schedule “B”

 

FEE SCHEDULE

 

Annual Participant Fee:   $0.00 per Participant*, billed and payable quarterly.

 

*This fee will be imposed for each calendar quarter, or any part thereof, that it remains necessary to maintain a Participant’s account(s) as part of the Plan’s records, e.g., vested, deferred, forfeiture, and terminated Participants who must remain on file through calendar year-end for reporting purposes.

 

Non-Fidelity Mutual Funds:   Non-Fidelity Mutual Fund vendors shall pay fees directly to Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. (FIIOC) or its affiliates equal to such percentage (generally 25 to 50 basis points) of plan assets invested in such Non-Fidelity Mutual Funds as may be disclosed periodically, or, in the case of the following investment options, in the amounts listed below:
   

•      0 basis points for the Vanguard Asset Allocation Fund- Admiral Shares

   

•      0 basis points for the Vanguard Extended Market Index Fund- Admiral Shares

   

•      0 basis points for the Vanguard Institutional Index Fund

   

•      0 basis points for the Vanguard 500 Index Fund

    Unless otherwise noted, disclosure shall be posted and updated quarterly on Plan Sponsor Webstation at https://psw.fidelity.com or a successor site.
Plan Sponsor Webstation (PSW):   Two User I.D.’s provided free of charge.
    Additional I.D.’s available upon request.

 

Other Fees: Separate charges for extraordinary expenses resulting from large numbers of simultaneous manual transactions, from errors not caused by Fidelity, reports not contemplated in this Agreement, corporate actions, or the provision of communications materials in hard copy which are also accessible to Participants via electronic services in the event that the provision of such material in hard copy would result in an additional expense deemed to be material.

 

Fees for corporate actions will be negotiated separately based on the characteristics of the project as well as the overall relationship at the time of the project.

 

19


*Note: Assumptions - These fees have been negotiated and accepted based on current participation of 9 Participants. Fees will be subject to revision if these Plan characteristics change significantly (i.e. +/- 10%) by either falling below or exceeding current or projected levels. Fees also have been based on the use of up to 20 investment options, and such fees will be subject to revision if additional investment options are added.

 

GLOBALSANTAFE

CORPORATE SERVICES INC.

          FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY    
By:  

LOGO

 

7-11-02

      By:  

LOGO

 

8/20/02

        Date           FMTC Authorized Signatory   Date
                    Roberta Coen    

 

20


 

LOGO              15375 Memorial Drive
             Houston, TX77079
             Tel 281.596.5100
             Fax 281.531.1260

 

Schedule “C”

 

August 27, 2002

 

Mr. Peter Lacy

Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company

82 Devonshire Street, MM3H

Boston MA 02109

 

GlobalSantaFe Key Employee Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Dear Mr. Lacy:

 

This letter is sent to you in accordance with Section 8(b) of the Trust Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2002, between GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc. and Fidelity Management Trust Company. I hereby designate Leo C. Nelson, Jr. and Loretta Carpenter, as the individuals who may provide directions upon which Fidelity Management Trust Company shall be fully protected in relying. Only one such individual need provide any direction. The signature of each designated individual is set forth below and certified to be such.

 

You may rely upon each designation and certification set forth in this letter until I deliver to you written notice of the termination of authority of a designated individual.

 

Very truly yours,

GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc.

LOGO

 

LOGO
Leo C. Nelson, Jr.
LOGO

Loretta Carpenter

 


 

Schedule “D”

 

OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR NON-FIDELITY MUTUAL FUNDS

 

Pricing

 

By 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time (“ET) each Business Day, the Non-Fidelity Mutual Fund Vendor (Fund Vendor) will input the following information (“Price Information”) into the Fidelity Participant Recordkeeping System (“FPRS”) via the remote access price screen that Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. (“FIIOC”), an affiliate of the Trustee, has provided to the Fund Vendor: (1) the net asset value for each Fund at the Close of Trading, (2) the change in each Fund’s net asset value from the Close of Trading on the prior Business Day, and (3) in the case of an income fund or funds, the daily accrual for interest rate factor (“mil rate”). FIIOC must receive Price Information each Business Day (a “Business Day” is any day the New York Stock Exchange is open). If on any Business Day the Fund Vendor does not provide such Price Information to FIIOC, FIIOC shall pend all associated transaction activity in the Fidelity Participant Recordkeeping System (“FPRS”) until the relevant Price Information is made available by Fund Vendor.

 

Trade Activity and Wire Transfers

 

By 7:00 a.m. ET each Business Day following Trade Date (“Trade Date Plus One”), FIIOC will provide, via facsimile, to the Fund Vendor a consolidated report of net purchase or net redemption activity that occurred in each of the Funds up to 4:00 p.m. ET on the prior Business Day. The report will reflect the dollar amount of assets and shares to be invested or withdrawn for each Fund. FIIOC will transmit this report to the Fund Vendor each Business Day, regardless of processing activity. In the event that data contained in the 7:00 a.m. ET facsimile transmission represents estimated trade activity, FIIOC shall provide a final facsimile to the Fund Vendor by no later than 9:00 a.m. ET. Any resulting adjustments shall be processed by the Fund Vendor at the net asset value for the prior Business Day.

 

The Fund Vendor shall send via regular mail to FIIOC transaction confirms for all daily activity in each of the Funds. The Fund Vendor shall also send via regular mail to FIIOC, but no later than the fifth Business Day following calendar month close, a monthly statement for each Fund. FIIOC agrees to notify the Fund Vendor of any balance discrepancies within twenty (20) Business Days of receipt of the monthly statement.

 

For purposes of wire transfers, FIIOC shall transmit a daily wire for aggregate purchase activity and the Fund Vendor shall transmit a daily wire for aggregate redemption activity, in each case including all activity across all Funds occurring on the same day.

 

Prospectus Delivery

 

FIIOC shall be responsible for the timely delivery of Fund prospectuses and periodic Fund reports (“Required Materials”) to Participants, and shall retain the services of a third-party vendor to handle such mailings. The Fund Vendor shall be responsible for all materials and production costs, and hereby agrees to provide the Required Materials to the third-party vendor selected by FIIOC. The Fund Vendor shall bear the costs of mailing annual Fund reports to Participants. FIIOC shall bear the costs of mailing prospectuses to Participants.

 

Proxies

 

The Fund Vendor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the production of proxy materials. FIIOC shall retain the services of a third-party vendor to handle proxy solicitation

 

22


mailings and vote tabulation. Expenses associated with such services shall be billed directly the Fund Vendor by the third-party vendor.

 

Participant Communications

 

The Fund Vendor shall provide internally prepared fund descriptive information approved by the Funds’ legal counsel for use by FIIOC in its written Participant communication materials. FIIOC shall utilize historical performance data obtained from third-party vendors (currently Morningstar, Inc., FACTSET Research Systems and Lipper Analytical Services) in telephone conversations with Participants and in quarterly Participant statements. The Sponsor hereby consents to FIIOC’s use of such materials and acknowledges that FIIOC is not responsible for the accuracy of third-party information. FIIOC shall seek the approval of the Fund Vendor prior to retaining any other third-party vendor to render such data or materials under this Agreement.

 

Compensation

 

FIIOC shall be entitled to fees as set forth in a separate agreement with the Fund Vendor.

 

23


 

Schedule “E”

 

EXCHANGE GUIDELINES

 

The following exchange procedures are currently employed by Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Company, Inc. (FIIOC).

 

Exchange hours, via a Fidelity Participant service representative, are 8:30 a.m. (ET) to 8:00 p.m. in the Participant’s time zone in the continental United States on each business day. A “business day” is any day on which the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open.

 

Exchanges via the internet may be made virtually 24 hours a day.

 

Exchanges via VRS may be made virtually 24 hours a day.

 

FIIOC reserves the right to change these Exchange Guidelines at its discretion.

 

Note: The NYSE’s normal closing time is 4:00 p.m. (ET); in the event the NYSE alters its closing time, all references below to 4:00 p.m. (ET) shall mean the NYSE closing time as altered.

 

Mutual Funds

 

Exchanges Between Mutual Funds

 

In accordance with this Agreement, the Sponsor may direct that Participants contact Fidelity on any day to exchange between mutual funds. If the request is confirmed before the close of the market (generally, 4:00 p.m. ET) on a business day, it will receive that day’s trade date. Requests confirmed after the close of the market on a business day (or on any day other than a business day) will be processed on a next day basis.

 

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATE SERVICES INC.
By  

LOGO

 

7-11-02

        Date

 

24

Exhibit 10.35

 

GLOBALSANTAFE

 

PENSION EQUALIZATION PLAN

 

ARTICLE I

 

PURPOSE

 

The GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan (the “Plan”) constitutes an amendment and restatement in its entirety of the GlobalSantaFe Benefit Equalization Retirement Plan, formerly known as the Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Plan (the “Prior Plan”), and merger with the Equity Restoration Plan of GlobalSantaFe Corporation, formerly known as the Equity Restoration Plan of Santa Fe International Corporation (the “Legacy Santa Fe Plan”). Effective as of July 1, 2002, this Plan supercedes the Prior Plan and the Legacy Santa Fe Plan, and the rights of all Participants who are active participants in the Plan on or after the Effective Date shall be governed by the terms of this Plan. Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or as required to reflect the fact that the benefits of Prior Plan participants and Legacy Santa Fe Plan Participants accrued under the Prior Plan or the Legacy Santa Fe Plan are continued under this Plan, the provisions of this Plan shall apply only to a Participant who terminates employment with the Company and its Affiliates on or after July 1, 2002.

 

1.1 Purpose of the Plan : The purpose of this Plan is generally to provide the amount of the benefit that would otherwise be paid under the Pension Plans, as in effect on the applicable date, but which cannot be paid under these plans on account of (a) the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which limits the annual compensation that may be taken into account in computing benefits under the Pension Plans to $200,000 (or such other dollar amount as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate), and (b) Section 415 of the Code, which limits the benefits and contributions under qualified plans.

 

1.2 ERISA Status : Program A of the Plan, detailed in Article III below, is intended to qualify for the exemptions provided under Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1924, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), for plans that are not qualified under Code Section 401(a) and that are maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Program B of the Plan, set forth in Article IV below, is intended to qualify for the exemptions provided under Title I of ERISA for plans that are excess benefit plans as defined in Section 3(36) of ERISA.

 

-1-


 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Except as otherwise indicated, for purposes of the Plan, the terms listed below shall be defined as follows:

 

Affiliate : The term “Affiliate” shall have the identical meaning of that term as set out in the Pension Plan.

 

Basic Earnings : The term “Basic Earnings” shall have the identical meaning of that term as set forth in the Pension Plans, only without regard to the limitations imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. Salary continuation payments made pursuant to a severance plan, program, agreement or policy maintained by the Company, or any Affiliate by which the Participant was employed, shall be included in a Participant’s “Basic Earnings,” provided that salary continuation payments are so included under the Pension Plans. Lump-sum severance payments, however, shall not be included in a Participant’s “Basic Earnings,” unless the Participant is covered by an enforceable severance agreement that augments the Participant’s pension benefit by adding years of service. In the event that a Participant is covered by such an agreement, any lump-sum severance payment based on a multiple or percentage of salary shall be included and shall be deemed to accrue over the shorter of (a) the period of time that amounts would normally have been paid had the Participant’s salary at the time of termination continued until the severance payments were exhausted or (b) the number of years of service imputed by the Participant’s severance agreement.

 

Benefits Executive Committee : The committee established by the Board to administer the Plan.

 

Board : The Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Bonus : The term “Bonus” shall have the identical meaning of that term as set out in the Pension Plans, only without regard to the limitations imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. Bonus continuation payments made pursuant to a severance plan, program, agreement or policy maintained by the Company, or any Affiliate by which the Participant was employed, shall be included in a Participant’s “Bonus,” provided that bonus continuation payments are so included under the Pension Plans. Lump-sum severance payments, however, shall not be included in a Participant’s “Bonus,” unless the Participant is covered by an enforceable severance agreement that augments the Participant’s pension benefit by adding years of service. In the event that a Participant is covered by such an agreement, any lump-sum severance payment based on a multiple or percentage of deemed bonus shall be included and shall be deemed paid as follows: (a) any payment based on a multiple of deemed bonus shall be divided by the multiplier and each fraction thereof shall constitute a single annual “Bonus,” which shall be deemed paid on the customary annual bonus date (as determined by the Benefits Executive Committee) over the number of years represented by the multiplier and (b) any payment that is 100%

 

-2-


or less than the deemed bonus shall be deemed to be paid on the customary bonus date next following the date of the Participant’s termination of employment.

 

Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Company : GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc.

 

Effective Date : July 1, 2002.

 

ERISA : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

Legacy Santa Fe Plan : The Equity Restoration Plan of GlobalSantaFe Corporation, as in effect on June 30, 2002.

 

Lump-Sum Equivalent : With respect to any benefit hereunder, a lump-sum payment equal in value at date of determination to such benefit when determined actuarially, based upon the mortality table and interest rate used in the Pension Plan.

 

Participant : An employee of the Company or its Affiliate who qualifies for participation in the Plan under Sections 3.2 and/or 4.2 of the Plan.

 

Plan : The GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan, effective July 1, 2002, and as thereafter may be amended from time to time.

 

Plan Administrator : The committee described in Section 7.1 of the Plan.

 

Prior Plan : The GlobalSantaFe Benefit Equalization Retirement Plan, as in effect on June 30, 2002.

 

Pension Plan : Either (a) the GlobalSantaFe Retirement Plan for Employees, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2002, and as thereafter may be amended from time to time (and any successor thereto) or (b) the Pension Plan for the Employees of the GlobalSantaFe Corporation, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2002, and as thereafter may be amended from time to time (and any successor thereto), whichever is applicable. The term “Pension Plans” shall refer to both aforementioned plans or their successors by merger or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PROGRAM A: RESTORATION OF BENEFITS REDUCED BY SECTION 401(A)(17)

 

3.1 Purpose : Section 401(a)(17) of the Code limits the amount of compensation that may be taken into account under a qualified plan for any year to $200,000 (or such other dollar amount as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate). The purpose of Program A is to restore to Participants any benefits that would have been available to them under the Pension Plans had the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code not been imposed.

 

-3-


3.2 Participation : In order to participate in Program A of this Plan, an individual must (a) have experienced a reduction in the benefits he would have received from his Pension Plan as a result of the Code Section 401(a)(17) limitations on the amount of annual compensation that may be included in the calculation of benefits and (b) be a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as those terms are set forth in Section 201(2) of ERISA) who are identified by the Plan Administrator.

 

3.3 Amount of Benefit :

 

(a) The benefit payable under Program A will be equal to (i) less (ii) below:

 

  (i) the monthly benefit for the Participant calculated under the Pension Plans using the Participant’s Basic Earnings and Bonus without regard to the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as amended, or any successor sections of the Code; less

 

  (ii) the monthly benefit calculated and payable under the Pension Plans.

 

(b) For purposes of subsections (a)(i) and (ii), each Pension Plan benefit shall be converted into a single life annuity commencing on the later of the Participant’s normal retirement date under the Pension Plan or the date benefits are paid under this Plan.

 

(c) The amount in subsection (a) will be subject to limits described in Article V.

 

(d) Benefits under this Article III will be paid only to supplement benefits actually payable from the Pension Plans.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

PROGRAM B: RESTORATION OF BENEFITS REDUCED BY SECTION 415

 

4.1 Purpose : Section 415 of the Code limits the benefits and contributions under qualified plans. The purpose of Program B is to restore to Participants any benefits that would have been available to them under the Pension Plans had the limitations of Section 415 of the Code not been imposed.

 

4.2 Participation : In order to participate in Program B of this Plan, an individual must (a) have experienced a reduction in the benefits he would have received from a Pension Plan as a result of the Code Section 415 limitations and (b) be selected for participation by the Plan Administrator.

 

-4-


4.3 Amount of Benefit :

 

(a) The benefit payable under Program B will be equal to (i) less (ii) below:

 

  (i) the monthly benefit for the Participant calculated under the Pension Plans using the Participant’s Basic Earnings and Bonus without regard to the limitations of Section 415 of the Code, as amended, or any successor sections of the Code; less

 

  (ii) the monthly benefit calculated and payable under the Pension Plans.

 

(b) For purposes of subsections (a)(i) and (ii), each Pension Plan benefit shall be converted into a single life annuity commencing on the later of the Participant’s normal retirement date under the Pension Plan or the date benefits are paid under this Plan.

 

(c) The amount in subsection (a) will be subject to limits described in Article V.

 

(d) Benefits under this Article IV will be paid only to supplement benefits actually payable from the Pension Plans.

 

ARTICLE V

 

MAXIMUM BENEFIT

 

5.1 In the event that a Participant is eligible for both Program A and Program B, the aggregate benefit shall not exceed an amount equal to (a) less (b) below:

 

(a) the monthly benefit for the Participant calculated under the Pension Plans using the Participant’s Basic Earnings and Bonus without regard to the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, as amended, or any successor sections of the Code; less

 

(b) the monthly benefit calculated and payable under the Pension Plans.

 

For purposes of subsections (a) and (b), each Pension Plan benefit shall be converted into a single life annuity commencing on the later of the Participant’s normal retirement date under the Pension Plan or the date benefits are paid under this Plan.

 

-5-


 

ARTICLE VI

 

VESTING AND BENEFIT PAYMENT

 

6.1 Form and Timing of Payment : The monthly benefit determined to be payable under this Plan shall be converted to a Lump-Sum Equivalent benefit. The lump-sum amount so determined shall be payable to the Participant, spouse or beneficiary at the time of the Participant’s termination from the Company and its Affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant who is not on the payroll of the Company or its Affiliates as of December 31, 2002, is entitled to an additional benefit attributable to an imputed age and/or additional years of service conferred by an enforceable severance agreement (“Enhanced Benefit”), the portion of the Enhanced Benefit computed by applying the imputed age and additional years of service to the Participant’s Basic Earnings and Bonus, as limited by Code Section 401(a)(17), shall be paid in the same form as the Participant’s Pension Plan benefit unless the Company has approved payment in accordance with any other optional form described in the Pension Plan. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the remaining portion of the Enhanced Benefit computed by applying the imputed age and additional years of service to the Participant’s Basic Earnings and Bonus without the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit shall be paid in the form of a lump sum.

 

6.2 Vesting : A Participant shall become vested in the benefit payable under this Plan at the same time that he becomes vested under the Pension Plans.

 

6.3 Effect of an Agreement : Benefits under the Plan may be increased, decreased or otherwise modified by any legally binding contractual agreement between a Participant and the Company or GlobalSantaFe Corporation. In addition, benefits payable under the Prior Plan and Legacy Santa Fe Plan may be increased, decreased or otherwise modified as described in the preceding sentence, provided that the benefits were payable to a Participant who terminated employment with the Company and its Affiliates between November 20, 2001 and July 1, 2002 and, at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment, the Participant was covered by an enforceable severance agreement that augmented the Participant’s pension benefit by adding years of service.

 

6.4 SERP Offset Calculation : The monthly benefit payable under this Plan shall offset the benefit, if any, payable under the GlobalSantaFe Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”). Pursuant to subsection (d) of the SERP’s definition of “Normal Retirement Benefit,” the benefit payable under this Plan shall, for purposes of the offset, be converted into a single life annuity commencing on the later of the Participant’s normal retirement date under the Pension Plan or the date benefits are paid under this Plan.

 

-6-


 

ARTICLE VII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1 Administration and Interpretation : The Plan shall be administered by the Benefits Executive Committee. The determination of the Benefits Executive Committee as to any disputed questions arising under this Plan, including questions of construction and interpretation, shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Plan Administrator decides in its discretion that the claimant is entitled to them.

 

7.2 Expenses : The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

7.3 Indemnification and Exculpation : The members of the Benefits Executive Committee, its agents, and officers, directors and employees of the Company and its Affiliates shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any and all loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by them in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which they may be a party or in which they may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by them in settlement (with the Company’s written approval) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding. The foregoing provision shall not be applicable to any person if the loss, cost, liability or expense is due to such person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

7.4 Amendment : The Plan may be amended, in whole or in part, by action of the Board, in its sole discretion, or, to the extent permissible under the GlobalSantaFe Benefits Executive Committee Charter and Mandates, by action of the Benefits Executive Committee. Benefits under the Plan may be increased, decreased or otherwise modified by any legally binding contractual agreement between a Participant and the Company or GlobalSantaFe Corporation.

 

7.5 Termination : The Board may, at its sole discretion, terminate, suspend or amend the Plan at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part.

 

7.6 Not an Employment Agreement : Nothing contained in this Plan is intended to nor shall it confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company and its Affiliates, nor shall the existence of this Plan interfere with the right of the Company and its Affiliates to terminate, lay off, discharge or otherwise deal with any Participant.

 

7.7 Funding : All payments under this Plan shall be made from the general assets of the Participant’s employer during the period the Participant accrued benefits under this Plan. In the event that a Participant changed employers during the period of benefit accrual under this Plan, each employer shall fund the Participants’ payment under this Plan to the extent that the payment reflects benefits accrued during the Participant’s

 

-7-


tenure with such employer. Each Participant remains a general, unsecured creditor of the employer responsible for funding the Participant’s payments under this Plan with respect to benefits accrued or paid under this Plan.

 

7.8 Severability : In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, any illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, but the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted, and the Company shall have the privilege and opportunity to correct and remedy such questions of illegality or invalidity by amendment as provided in the Plan.

 

7.9 Assignment of Benefits : A Participant may not, either voluntarily or involuntarily, assign, anticipate, alienate, commute, pledge or encumber any benefits to which he is or may become entitled to under the Plan, nor may the same be subject to attachment or garnishment by any creditor of a Participant.

 

7.10 Tax Withholding : Such sum may be withheld from the lump-sum payment payable under the Plan for any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment, as the Company may reasonably estimate is necessary to cover any taxes that may be assessed with regard to such payment.

 

7.11 Use and Form of Words : Words used herein in the masculine gender shall be construed as also used in the feminine gender where they would so apply, and vice versa. Words used in the singular form shall be construed as also used in the plural form where they would so apply, and vice versa.

 

7.12 Effect on Other Plans : Amounts accrued or paid under this Plan shall not be considered compensation for the purposes of the Company’s other employee benefit plans. All amounts paid under this Plan will be a reduction of benefits calculated and payable under the GlobalSantaFe Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

 

7.13 Guarantee : By executing this Plan, GlobalSantaFe Corporation agrees to guarantee the payment of all benefits payable hereunder.

 

7.14 Applicable Law : This Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

 

7.15 Scope : This Plan is intended only to remedy Pension Plan benefit reductions caused by the operation of Sections 415 and/or 401(a)(17) of the Code and not reductions for any other reason.

 

7.16 Plan Termination : No further benefits may be earned by a Participant under this Plan after the termination of the Pension Plans, provided that the merger of the Pension Plan for the Employees of the GlobalSantaFe Corporation with and into the GlobalSantaFe Retirement Plan for Employees shall not be considered a termination of either Pension Plan.

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan, as amended and restated, has been executed as of the 2 nd day of December, 2003, but effective as of July 1, 2002.

 

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION

By

 

/s/ Cheryl D. Richard

   

Cheryl D. Richard, Senior Vice President,

   

Human Resources

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATE SERVICES INC.

By

 

/s/ Richard E. McClaine

   

Richard E. McClaine, Vice President

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.36

 

Second Amendment

To

The Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Trust

To Be Renamed

GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan Trust

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into effective as of January 1, 2004, by and between GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATE SERVICES INC. (formerly named Global Marine Corporate Services Inc.) (the “Company”) and SEI TRUST COMPANY, a Pennsylvania trust company having its principal place of business in Oaks, Pennsylvania (the “Trustee”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS , by that certain instrument dated effective as of January 1, 1990, by and between the Company and Texas Commerce Bank, N.A., a national banking association, the Company established the Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Trust (together with any amendments thereafter, the “Trust”) for the purpose of holding the assets accumulated under the Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Plan, as adopted effective as of January 1, 1990, and as thereafter amended (said plan, together with any amendments thereto hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”), and to provide for the investment and administration of such assets; and

 

WHEREAS , by the First Amendment and Appointment of Successor Trustee under the Global Marine Benefit Equalization Retirement Trust, entered into as of June 1, 1999 (the “First Amendment”), the Trustee was appointed as the successor trustee to the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company’s parent, Global Marine Inc. merged with and into a subsidiary of Santa Fe International Corporation (“SFIC”) in November 2001, with SFIC being renamed GlobalSantaFe Corporation (“GlobalSantaFe”); and

 

WHEREAS, in conjunction with the merger, pursuant to Section 7.14(c) of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 31, 2001, among the GlobalSantaFe Corporation, Silver Sub, Inc., Gold Merger Sub, Inc. and Global Marine Inc. (the “Merger Agreement”) authorized the prompt integration of the parties’ compensation and benefit plans; and

 

WHEREAS , prior to said merger, SFIC sponsored the Equity Restoration Plan of Santa Fe International Corporation, originally effective as of December 31, 1993 (together with any amendments thereafter, the “Legacy SFIC Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS , as a result of the aforesaid merger and in accordance with the Merger Agreement, the Legacy SFIC Plan was merged into the Plan; and

 


WHEREAS , the Company desires to merge the trust of the Legacy SFIC Plan into this Trust and further amend this Trust as deemed necessary to reflect the changes as a result of the corporate and plan mergers.

 

NOW THEREFORE , effective as of January 1, 2004, the parties do hereby amend the Trust as set forth below as follows, but all other sections of the Trust shall remain in full force and effect:

 

A. The Trust is renamed the GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan Trust.

 

B. The following definitions under Article 1 of the Plan are hereby amended as follows:

 

“1.3 Company : GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc. and its successors.”

 

“1.9 Plan : The GlobalSantaFe Pension Equalization Plan.”

 

C. Section 8.3 of the Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“8.3 Compensation of Trustee : The Trustee shall receive, from the Trust, compensation for its services in implementing the Trust as set forth in Exhibit II hereto.”

 

D. Section 10.1 (b) of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

E. Part A of Exhibit II of the Plan is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“A. Trustee Fees: Fees shall be paid by the Trust in accordance the schedule of fees agreed upon between the Company and the Trustee, a copy of which has been provided to the Company.”

 

F. The First Amendment to the Plan is hereby amended so that all references to “SEI Trust Company” under the First Amendment shall mean, on and after January 2, 2001, “SEI Private Trust Company, a limited purpose federal savings bank regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision”.

 

The Company hereby certifies and warrants that it has complied with the terms of this Trust and the trust of the Equity Restoration Plan of Santa Fe International Corporation prior to or upon effecting the changes in this Second Amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Trustee, by their duly authorized officers, have executed this instrument in multiple counterparts, each of which shall have the same force and effect of an original, but all of which shall together

 

2


constitute one and the same instrument, on the March 16, 2004, but effective as of the day and year first stated above.

 

GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Charles M. Striedel

Title:

 

Charles M. Striedel, President

Date:

 

March 16, 2004

SEI Private Trust Company

By:

 

/s/ RG Muse

Title:

 

Vice President

Date:

 

March 18, 2004

 

3

Exhibit 10.42

 

Aetna Life Insurance Company

 

A

   LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS UNDER THE ARKANSAS
     LIFE AND HEALTH INSURANCE
     GUARANTY ASSOCIATION ACT
    

 

Residents of this state who purchase life insurance, annuities, or health and accident insurance should know that the insurance companies licensed in this state to write these types of insurance are members of the Arkansas Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association (“Guaranty Association”). The purpose of the Guaranty Association is to assure that policy and contract owners will be protected, within certain limits, in the unlikely event that a member insurer becomes financially unable to meet its obligations. If this should happen, the Guaranty Association will assess its other member insurance companies for the money to pay the claims of policy owners who live in this state and, in some cases, to keep coverage in force. The valuable extra protection provided by the member insurers through the Guaranty Association is not unlimited, however. And, as noted in the box below, this protection is not a substitute for consumers’ care in selecting insurance companies that are well-managed and financially stable.

    

 

DISCLAIMER

    

 

The Arkansas Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association (“Guaranty Association”) may not provide coverage for this policy. If coverage is provided, it may be subject to substantial limitations or exclusions, and require continued residency in the state. You should not rely on coverage by the Guaranty Association in purchasing an insurance policy or contract.

    

 

Coverage is NOT provided for your policy or contract or any portion of it that is not guaranteed by the insurer or for which you have assumed the risk, such as non-guaranteed amounts held in a separate account under a variable life or variable annuity contract.

    

 

Insurance companies or their agents are required by law to provide you with this notice. However, insurance companies and their agents are prohibited by law from using the existence of the Guaranty Association to induce you to purchase any kind of insurance policy.

    

 

The Arkansas Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association

C/O The Liquidation Division

1023 West Capitol

Little Rock, Arkansas 72201

    

 

Arkansas Insurance Department

1200 West Third Street

Little Rock, Arkansas 72201-1904

    

 

The state law that provides for this safety-net is called the Arkansas Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association Act (“Act”). Below is a brief summary of the Act’s coverages, exclusions and limits. This summary does not cover all provisions of the Act; nor does it in any way change anyone’s rights or obligations under the Act or the rights or obligations of the Guaranty Association.

 


    COVERAGE
   

 

Generally, individuals will be protected by the Guaranty Association if they live in this state and hold a life, annuity, or health insurance contract or policy, or if they are insured under a group insurance contract, issued by a member insurer. The beneficiaries, payees or assignees of policy or contract owners are protected as well, even if they live in another state.

   

 

EXCLUSIONS FROM COVERAGE

   

 

However, persons owning such policies are NOT protected by the Guaranty Association if:

   

•       they are eligible for protection under the laws of another state (this may occur when the insolvent insurer was incorporated in another state whose guaranty association protects insureds who live outside that state);

   

•       the insurer was not authorized to do business in this state;

   

•       their policy or contract was issued by a nonprofit hospital or medical service organization, an HMO, a fraternal benefit society, a mandatory state pooling plan, a mutual assessment company or similar plan in which the policy or contract owner is subject to future assessments, or by an insurance exchange.

   

 

The Guaranty Association also does NOT provide coverage for:

   

•       Any policy or contract or portion thereof which is not guaranteed by the insurer or for which the owner has assumed the risk, such as non-guaranteed amounts held in a separate account under a variable life or variable annuity contract;

   

•       Any policy of reinsurance (unless an assumption certificate was issued);

   

•       Interest rate yields that exceed an average rate;

   

•       Dividends and voting rights and experience rating credits;

   

•       Credits given in connection with the administration of a policy by a group contract holder;

   

•       Employers’ plans to the extent they are self-funded (that is, not insured by an insurance company, even if an insurance company administers them); unallocated annuity contracts (which give rights to group contractholders, not individuals); unallocated annuity contracts issued to/in connection with benefit plans protected under Federal Pension Benefit Corporation (“FPBC”) (whether the FPBC is yet liable or not);

   

•       Portions of an unallocated annuity contract not owned by a benefit plan or a government lottery (unless the owner is a resident) or issued to a collective investment trust or similar pooled fund offered by a bank or other financial institution);

   

•       Portions of a policy or contract to the extent assessments required by law for the Guaranty Association are preempted by State or Federal law;

   

•       Obligations that do not arise under the policy or contract, including claims based on marketing materials or side letters, riders, or other documents which do not meet filing requirements, or claims for policy misrepresentations, or extra-contractual or penalty claims;

   

•       Contractual agreements establishing the member insurer’s obligations to provide book value accounting guarantees for defined contribution benefit plan participants (by reference to a portfolio of assets owned by a nonaffiliate benefit plan or its trustees).

 


   

LIMITS ON AMOUNT OF COVERAGE

    The Act also limits the amount the Guaranty Association is obligated to cover: The Guaranty Association cannot pay more than what the insurance company would owe under a policy or contract. Also, for any one insured life, the Guaranty Association will pay a maximum of $ 300,000—no matter how many policies and contracts there were with the same company, even if they provided different types of coverages. Within this overall $ 300,000 limit, the Association will not pay more than $ 300,000 in health insurance benefits, $ 300,000 in present value of annuity benefits, or $ 300,000 in life insurance death benefits or net cash surrender values—again, no matter how many policies and contracts there were with the same company, and no matter how many different types of coverages. There is a $ 1,000,000 limit with respect to any contract holder for unallocated annuity benefits, irrespective of the number of contracts held by the contract holder. These are limitations for which the Guaranty Association is obligated before taking into account either its subrogation and assignment rights or the extent to which those benefits could be provided out of the assets of the impaired or insolvent insurer.

 


 

Aetna Life Insurance Company

 

A

  

SUMMARY OF THE LIFE AND HEALTH INSURANCE PROTECTION

ASSOCIATION ACT AND NOTICE CONCERNING COVERAGE

     LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
    

 

INTRODUCTION

    

 

Residents of Colorado who purchase life insurance, annuities or health insurance should know that the insurance companies licensed in this state to write these types of insurance are members of the Life and Health Insurance Protection Association. The purpose of this Association is to assure that policyholders will be protected, within limits, in the unlikely event that a member insurer becomes financially unable to meet its obligations. If this should happen, the Association will assess its other member insurance companies for the money to pay the claims of insured persons who live in Colorado and, in some cases, to keep coverage in force. The valuable extra protection provided by these insurers through the Association is limited, however. As noted in the box below, this protection is not a substitute for consumers’ care in selecting companies that are well-managed and financially stable.

    

 

IMPORTANT DISCLAIMER

    

 

The Life and Health Insurance Protection Association may not provide coverage for this policy. If coverage is provided, it may be subject to substantial limitations or exclusions, and require residency in Colorado. You should not rely on coverage by the Life and Health Insurance Protection Association in selecting an insurance company or in selecting an insurance policy.

    

 

Coverage is NOT provided for your policy or any portion of it that is not guaranteed by the insurer or for which you have assumed the risk.

    

 

Insurance companies or their agents are required by law to give or send you this notice. However, insurance companies and their agents are prohibited by law from using the existence of the Association to induce you to purchase any kind of insurance policy.

    

 

SUMMARY

    

 

The state law that provides for this safety-net coverage is called the Life and Health Insurance Protection Association Act. Below is a brief summary of this law’s coverages, exclusions and limits. This summary does not cover all provisions of the law, nor does it in any way change anyone’s rights or obligations under the act or the rights or obligations of the Association.

    

 

COVERAGE

    

 

Generally, individuals will be protected by the Life and Health Protection Association if they live in this state and hold a life or health insurance contract, or annuity, or if they hold certificates under a group life or health insurance contract or annuity, issued by a member insurer. The beneficiaries, payees, or assignees of insured persons are protected as well, even if they live in another state. Certain parties to structured settlement annuity contracts may be entitled to coverage benefits as well based on defined circumstances.

 


   

 

EXCLUSIONS FROM COVERAGE

   

 

Persons holding such policies or contracts are not protected by this Association if:

   

•       they are not residents of the State of Colorado, except under certain very specific circumstances;

   

•       the insurer was not authorized or licensed to do business in Colorado at the time the policy or contract was issued;

   

•       their policy was issued by a nonprofit hospital or health service corporation, an HMO, a fraternal benefit society, a mandatory state pooling plan, a mutual assessment company or similar plan in which the policyholder is subject to future assessments, or by an insurance exchange.

   

 

The Association also does not provide coverage for:

   

•       any policy or portion of a policy which is not guaranteed by the insurer or for which the individual has assumed the risk;

   

•       any policy of reinsurance (unless an assumption certificate was issued);

   

•       plans of employers, associations or similar entities to the extent they are self-funded or uninsured (that is, not insured by an insurance company, even if an insurance company administers them);

   

•       interest rates yields, crediting rate yields or other factors employed in calculating returns, including but not limited to indexes or other external references stated in the policy or contract, that exceed an average rate specified in the Association Act;

   

•       dividends;

   

•       experience rating credits;

   

•       credits given in connection with the administration of a policy or contract;

   

•       any unallocated annuity;

   

•       annuity contracts or group annuity certificates used by nonprofit insurance companies to provide retirement benefits for nonprofit educational institutions and their employees;

   

•       policies, contracts, certificates or subscriber agreements issued by a prepaid dental care plan;

   

•       sickness and accident insurance when written by a property and casualty insurer as part of an automobile insurance contract;

   

•       unallocated annuity contracts issued to an employee benefit plan protected under the federal Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;

   

•       policies or contracts issued by an insurer which was insolvent or unable to fulfill its contractual obligations as of July 1, 1991, except for annuity contracts issued by a member insurer which was placed into liquidation between July 1, 1991 and August 31, 1991;

   

•       policies or contracts covering persons who are not citizens of the United States;

   

•       any kind of insurance or annuity, the benefits of which are exclusively payable or determined by a separate account required by the terms of such insurance policy or annuity maintained by the insurer or by a separate entity.

 


   

LIMITS ON AMOUNT OF COVERAGE

   

 

The act also limits the amount the Association is obligated to pay out. The Association cannot pay more than what the insurance company would owe under a policy or contract. Also, for any one insured life, no matter how many policies or contracts were issued by the same company, even if such contracts provided different types of coverages, the Association will pay a maximum of:

   

•       $ 300,000 in net life insurance death benefits and no more than $ 100,000 in net cash surrender and net cash withdrawal values for life insurance;

   

•       for health insurance benefits - $ 100,000 for coverages not defined as disability, basic hospital, medical and surgical, or major medical insurance, including any net cash surrender and net cash withdrawal values: $ 300,000 for disability insurance; or $ 500,000 for basic hospital, medical and surgical, or major medical insurance;

   

•       $ 100,000 in the present value of annuity benefits, including net cash surrender and net cash withdrawal values; or

   

•       with respect to each payee of a structured settlement annuity, $ 100,000 in present value annuity benefits in the aggregate, including net cash surrender and net cash withdrawal values.

   

 

The Association shall not be liable to expend more than $ 300,000 in the aggregate, with respect to any one life except that with respect to benefits for basic hospital, medical and surgical and major medical insurance, the aggregate liability of the association shall not exceed $ 500,000 with respect to any one individual.

   

 

This Information is Provided By:

 

    Life and Health Insurance Protection Association    Colorado Division of Insurance
    P.O. Box 480025    1560 Broadway, Suite 850
    Denver, CO 80248-0025    Denver, CO 80202
    (303) 292-5022    (303) 894-7499

 


A

   Aetna Life Insurance Company

 

Policyholder Notice:

  

 

To:  

  

 

Policyholders with Group Policies Issued in the State of Indiana and Policyholders with an Indiana Business Location

    

Subject:

   Complaint Notice
    

 

The Indiana legislature has passed Senate Bill 211 which provides that persons who believe they have been adversely affected by an unfair claim settlement practice may file a complaint with the Department of Insurance. Senate Bill 211 further requires that insurers must provide a one time written notice of the remedy to each current Indiana policyholder or non-Indiana policyholder with employees in Indiana.

    

 

Insurance Department Bulletin No. 63 provides a suggested format for the written notice required by Senate Bill 211.

    

 

To comply with this legislation, we have prepared a Complaint Notice of which a copy is attached. We recommend that you inform Indiana insureds of this notice in some manner either by posting the notice on a bulletin board or reproducing a supply for distribution to insureds.

    

 

If you have any questions regarding this or the attached notice, please contact the Employee Benefits Representative who services your account or our local Employee Benefits Office.

     LOGO
     Kathleen A. Krajewski
     Plan Installation Process

 


A    Aetna Life Insurance Company
Notice to Policyholders and Certificate Holders    We are here to serve you,
     As our customer, your satisfaction is very important to us. Should you have a valid claim, we fully expect to provide a fair settlement in a timely fashion.
     If you are not satisfied,
     You are encouraged to first try to resolve any claim settlement matter with Aetna. Should you feel you are not being treated fairly, we want you to know you may contact the Indiana Department of Insurance with your complaint and seek assistance from the governmental agency that regulates insurance.
     To contact the Department, write or call:
    

Public Information/Market Conduct

Indiana Department of Insurance

311 West Washington Street, Suite 300

Indianapolis, IN 46204-2787

     Consumer Hotline: 1-800-622-4461
     In the Indianapolis Area: 1-317-232-2395

 


 

Aetna Life Insurance Company

 

A   

SUMMARY OF MISSISSIPPI LIFE AND HEALTH

INSURANCE GUARANTY ASSOCIATION ACT

AND NOTICE CONCERNING COVERAGE

    

LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS

 

Residents of this state who purchase life insurance, health insurance, or annuities should know that the insurance companies licensed in this state to write these types of insurance are members of the Mississippi Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association (the “Guaranty Association”). The purpose of the Guaranty Association is to assure that policy and contract owners will be protected, within limits, in the unlikely event that a member insurer becomes financially unable to meet its obligations. If this should happen, the Guaranty Association will assess its other member insurance companies for the money to pay the claims of policy owners who live in this state and, in some cases, to keep coverage in force. The valuable extra protection provided by the member insurers through the Guaranty Association is not unlimited, however. And, as noted in the box below, this protection is not a substitute for consumers’ care in selecting insurance companies that are well-managed and financially stable.

     DISCLAIMER
     The Mississippi Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association (the “Guaranty Association”) may not provide coverage for this policy. If coverage is provided, it will be subject to substantial limitations and exclusions, and require continued residency in this state. You should not rely on coverage by the Guaranty Association when selecting an insurer.
     Coverage is NOT provided for your policy or contract or any portion of it that is not guaranteed by the insurer or for which you have assumed the risk, such as non-guaranteed amounts held in a separate account under a variable life or variable annuity contract.
     Insurance companies or their agents are required by law to provide you with this notice. However, insurance companies and their agents are prohibited by law from using the existence of the Guaranty Association for the purpose of sales, solicitation, or inducement to purchase any form of insurance. You may contact either the Guaranty Association or the Mississippi Insurance Department at the following addresses if you should have any questions regarding this notice.
    

The Mississippi Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association

300 North Mart Plaza, Suite 2

Jackson, Mississippi 39206

    

Mississippi Insurance Department

1804 Walter Sillers Building

Jackson, Mississippi 39205

     The state law that provides for this safety-net coverage is called the Mississippi Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Association Act (the “Act”). Below is a brief summary of the Act’s coverages, exclusions and limits. This summary does not cover all provisions of the Act; nor does it in any way change anyone’s rights or obligations under the Act or the rights or obligations of the Guaranty Association.

 


    COVERAGE
    Generally, individuals will be protected by the Guaranty Association if they live in this state and hold a life, or health insurance contract or policy, or an annuity contract or policy, or if they are insured under a group insurance contract, issued by a member insurer. The beneficiaries, payees or assignees of policy or contract owners are protected as well, even if they live in another state.
   

EXCLUSIONS FROM COVERAGE

    However, persons owning such policies are NOT protected by the Guaranty Association if:
   

 

•       they are eligible for protection under the laws of another state (this may occur when the insolvent insurer was incorporated in another state whose guaranty association protects insureds who live outside that state);

   

 

•       the insurer was not authorized to do business in this state;

   

 

•       their policy or contract was issued by a hospital or medical service organization whether profit or nonprofit, a health maintenance organization (HMO), a fraternal benefit society, a mandatory state pooling plan, a mutual assessment company or other person that operates on an assessment basis, an insurance exchange, or any similar entity.

   

The Guaranty Association also does NOT provide coverage for:

   

 

•       Any policy or contract or portion thereof which is not guaranteed by the insurer or for which the owner has assumed the risk, such as non-guaranteed amounts held in a separate account under a variable life or variable annuity contract;

 

   

•       Any policy or contract of reinsurance, unless an assumption certificates were issued pursuant to the reinsurance policy or contract;

 

   

•       Interest rate yields that exceed an average rate;

 

   

•       Dividends and voting rights and experience rating credits or payment of any fees or allowances to any person in connection with this service to or administration of the policy or contract;

 

   

•       Credits given in connection with the administration of a policy by a group contract holder;

 

   

•       Employers’ plans to the extent they are self-funded or uninsured (that is, not insured by an insurance company, even if an insurance company administers them);

 

   

•       Unallocated annuity contracts issued to or in connection with benefit plans protected under federal Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) regardless of whether the PBGC has yet become liable to make any payments with respect to the benefit plan;

 

   

•       Portions of any unallocated annuity contract not issued to or in connection with a specific employee, union or association of natural persons benefit plan, or a government lottery;

 

   

•       Portions of a policy or contract to the extent assessments required by law for the Guaranty Association with respect to the policy or contract are preempted by State or Federal law;

 

   

•       Obligations that do not arise under the express written terms of the policy or contract, including claims based on marketing materials, side letters, riders or other documents that were issued by the insurer without meeting applicable policy form filing or approval requirements, or claims for policy misrepresentations, or extra-contractual or penalty or consequential or incidental damages claims;

 

   

•       Contractual agreements establishing the member insurer’s obligations to provide book value accounting guarantees for defined contribution benefit plan participants (by reference to a portfolio of assets owned by a nonaffiliate benefit plan or its trustees).

 


    LIMITS ON AMOUNT OF COVERAGE
    The Act also limits the amount the Guaranty Association is obligated to cover. The Guaranty Association cannot pay more than what the insurance company would owe under a policy or contract. Also, with respect to any one life, regardless of the number of policies or contracts, the maximum obligation of the Guaranty Association is $ 300,000 in benefits except with respect to benefits for basic hospital, medical and surgical insurance and major medical insurance in which case the aggregate liability of the Guaranty Association is $ 500,000. Within these overall limits, the Guaranty Association will not pay more than $ 300,000 in life insurance death benefits, $ 100,000 in net cash surrender and net cash withdrawal values, $ 300,000 for disability insurance benefits, $ 500,000 for basic hospital, medical and surgical insurance or major medical insurance benefits, $ 100,000 in present value of annuity benefits, including net cash surrender and net cash withdrawal values – again, no matter how many policies and contracts there were with the same company, and no matter how many different types of coverages. There is a $ 5,000,000 limit with respect to any contract owner for unallocated annuity benefits, irrespective of the number of contracts with respect to the contract owner or plan sponsor. These are limitations for which the Guaranty Association is obligated before taking into account either its subrogation and assignment rights or to the extent to which those benefits could be provided out of the assets of the impaired or insolvent insurer.

 


A    Aetna Life Insurance Company
    

Important Information Regarding Your Insurance

     To:             Policyholders with Group Policies Issued in the State of Virginia
     Subject:     Insurance Contact Notice
     In the event you need to contact someone about this insurance for any reason please contact your agent. If no agent was involved in the sale of this insurance, or if you have additional questions you may contact the insurance company issuing this insurance at the following address and telephone number:
    

Aetna Life Insurance Company

151 Farmington

Avenue Hartford, CT 06156

1-800-872-3862

     If you have been unable to contact or obtain satisfaction from the company or the agent, you may contact the Virginia State Corporation Commission’s Bureau of Insurance at the following address and telephone number:
    

Virginia Bureau of Insurance

P.O. Box 1157

Richmond, Virginia 23218

Consumer Service Hotline (Toll Free and Nationwide):

877-310-6560

     Written correspondence is preferable so that a record of your inquiry is maintained. When contacting your agent, company or the Bureau of Insurance, have your policy number available.

 


     Policyholder No. 881992
A    Group Life and Accident and Health Insurance Policy
     a contract between
     Aetna Life Insurance Company
     (A Stock Company herein called Aetna)
     and
     GlobalSantaFe
     (Policyholder)
     Policy Number:     GP-881992                 To take effect:     January 1, 2004
     Date of issue:         January 12, 2004       Policy delivered in:          Texas
     This policy will be construed in line with the law of the jurisdiction in which it is delivered. Based on timely premium payments by the Policyholder, Aetna agrees with the Policyholder to pay benefits in line with the policy terms. The duties and the rights of all persons will be based solely on policy terms. This policy is non-participating.
     Signed at Aetna’s Home Office in Hartford, Connecticut on the date of issue.
     LOGO
    

President

    

Registrar

     This is not a policy of workers’ compensation insurance. The Policyholder does not become a subscriber to the workers’ compensation system by purchasing this policy, and if the Policyholder is a non-subscriber, the Policyholder loses those benefits which would otherwise accrue under the workers’ compensation laws. The Policyholder must comply with the workers’ compensation law as it pertains to non-subscribers and the required notifications that must be filed and posted.
     <

 

     GR-29
ED. 8-
87
  

Aetna Life Insurance Company

151 Farmington Avenue

Hartford, Connecticut 06156

860-273-0123

  

Face
Page

F207079

TX

 


    Index
    Policy Contents
    Part I
   

Eligible Classes

   

Changes

   

Special Provisions

    Part II
    Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters

 

   

GR-29

0040

ED. 7-73

  Page 9000   F205236

 


    Policy Contents
    This policy consists of:
   

The Face Page, Index, this Policy Contents page, and all the provisions of Parts I and II; and

   

The provisions found in the Certificate(s) listed in this section.

    The words “you” or “your” in any Certificate included in this policy, will refer to a covered Employee.
   

The Certificate(s) included in this policy are as follows:

   

A “Certificate” consists of a Certificate Base document (“Cert. Base”) and any Summary of Coverage (“SOC”) or Certificate Rider (“Rider”) which may be issued to support or amend the Cert. Base.

   

Identification


  

Issue Date


  

Effective Date


   

Cert Base 1

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Active employees)
   

SOC 1A

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Active)
   

SOC 1B

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Executives)
   

SOC 1C

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Non-US employees)
   

Cert Base 2

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Legacy GM & SF))
   

SOC 2A

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004
   

Cert Base 3

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Legacy SF on LTD)
   

SOC 3A

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004
   

Cert Base 4

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Closed group)
   

SOC 4A

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Closed groups)
   

SOC 4B

   January 12, 2004    January 1, 2004 (Severanced Executives)

 

    

GR-29

1508

ED. 10-96

   Page 9010    F205478B

 


    Part I
    Eligible Classes
    All classes of employees of a Member Employer are eligible except those who are:
   

Part-time;

   

Temporary;

   

Substitute; or

   

In a class for which a Certificate is not in this policy.

    An employee is eligible only for the coverages shown in the Certificate which applies to his class.
    If a Member Employer is a partnership or proprietorship, each of its natural-person partners, or the proprietor, will be deemed to be an employee. This applies only if the person is working on a mostly full-time basis for the Employer.

 

    GR-29        
    0150        
    ED. 7-73   Page 9050   205823

 


     Change In Amounts
Employee Coverage    Earnings or Status Change
(Contributory)    If, at any time, the employee’s rate of earnings or status changes so as to warrant an amount of contributory coverage other than that for which the employee is then covered, the amount of his or her coverage will be changed as follows:
    

A reduction will be effective:

    

On the date the employee requests it under Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Personal Loss Coverage.

    

On the date of the earnings or status change under all other coverages.

    

An increase will be effective on the date of the earnings or status change. For any coverage other than Health Expense Coverage, the Active Work Rule must be met. The employee may refuse an increase in Life Insurance or Accidental Death and Personal Loss Coverage. This must be done within 31 days of the date it would have taken effect. If refused, no other increase because of the earnings or status change will be made until the date Aetna gives written consent.

     Schedule or Benefit Level Change
     If, at any time, any schedule or the level of any benefit is changed so as to warrant an amount of contributory coverage other than that for which the employee is then covered, the amount of coverage will be changed to the new amount. For any coverage other than Health Expense Coverage, an increase will be subject to the Active Work Rule.
     The employee may refuse an increase in Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Personal Loss Coverage. This must be done within 31 days of the date it would have taken effect. If the employee later elects the increase, it will be made on the date Aetna gives written consent.

 

    GR-29        
    0190        
    ED. 7-73   Page 9060   F207815

 


     Change In Amounts (Continued)
Employee Coverage (Contributory) (Continued)    All Changes
   A retroactive change in an employee’s rate of earnings or status will not result in a retroactive change in coverage. Any change in coverage will be effective on the date the change in earnings or status is made.
     This section will not apply to any reductions due to reaching a stated age or due to retirement.
Employee Coverage (Non-Contributory)    Earnings, Status, Schedule, or Benefit Level Change
   If, for any reason and at any time, the employee’s rate of earnings, or the employee’s status, or any schedule, or the level of any benefit is changed so as to warrant an amount of non-contributory coverage other than that for which the employee is then covered, the amount of his or her coverage will be changed to the new amount. For any coverage other than Health Expense Coverage, an increase will be subject to the Active Work Rule.
     A retroactive change in an employee’s rate of earnings or status will not result in a retroactive change in coverage. Any change in coverage will be effective on the date the change in earnings or status is made.
     This section will not apply to any reductions due to reaching a stated age or due to retirement.

 

    GR-29          
    0190          
    ED. 7-73    Page 9062    F205328B

 


    Change In Amounts (Continued)
Dependent Coverage   Status, Schedule, or Benefit Level Change
  If, for any reason and at any time, a dependent’s status, any schedule, or the level of any benefit for a dependent is changed so as to warrant an amount of coverage for a dependent other than that then in force, the amount of a dependent’s coverage will be changed to the new amount.

 

    GR-29          
    0190          
    ED. 7-96    Page 9065    F207726

 


     Other Changes
Employee Coverage    Change in Eligibility Date
   An increase in any required period of service will apply only to an employee who enters service on or after the effective date of the increase. A decrease in any required period of service will permit an employee to become eligible on the effective date of the decrease if he or she then has worked the new period of service. Otherwise he or she is eligible on the date he or she completes it.
     Change in Age Reduction Rule
     If an Age Reduction Rule is changed and an employee is eligible for an increase in coverage due to such change, such increase shall be effective only if Aetna gives its written consent.
Employee And Dependent Coverage    Addition or Deletion of a Benefit
   Except as set forth in the next paragraph, if any benefit becomes applicable to an employee or a dependent who is already covered under the policy, that person will be eligible for that benefit right away. Coverage will be effective in line with the Effective Date provisions. For any coverage other than Health Expense Coverage, this includes the Active Work Rule.
     If any benefit no longer applies to an employee or a dependent, coverage for that benefit will stop right away for that person.

 

    GR-29          
    0190          
    ED. 7-73    Page 9070    F205241D

 


     Special Provisions
Active Work Rule    This Active Work Rule does not apply to any Health Expense Coverage.
  
   If the employee is ill or injured and away from work on the date any of his or her Employee Coverage (or any increase in such coverage) would become effective, the effective date of coverage (or increase) will be held up until the date he or she goes back to work for one full day.

 

    GR-29          
    0170          
    ED. 8-96    Page 9072    205573

 


     Special Provisions (Continued)
Effect of Prior Coverage - Transferred Business    If the coverage of any family member under one or more benefit sections replaces any prior coverage in effect for the member, the rules below will apply.
     “Prior Coverage” is any plan of group life insurance or group accident and health benefits coverage carried or sponsored by a Member Employer or its predecessor. It was provided by any carrier other than Aetna (i.e., transferred business). It has been replaced as a whole or in part, as to the class of employees of which the employee is a member, by coverage under one or more benefit sections of this policy. Any such plan shall be “prior coverage” whether provided by group insurance or by any other arrangement of group coverage.
     As to Life Insurance
     If an employee or his or her beneficiary becomes entitled to claim under the prior life insurance coverage, his or her Life Insurance under this policy will be canceled. This will take place as of the date it took effect. Any premiums paid for his or her Life Insurance under this policy will be refunded to the Policyholder.
     The Active Work Rule will not apply on the day after the date the employee’s prior life insurance coverage terminates. The amount of his or her life insurance will be the amount in effect under the prior coverage on the day before he or she becomes insured for Life Insurance under this policy.
     Any Age Reduction Rule or Retirement Rule will apply to the employee if:
    

the Rules do not provide a greater amount of Life Insurance than his or her amount under the prior coverage; or

    

his or her life insurance had not been reduced under the prior coverage due to age or retirement.

     If the employee does not return to active work within 12 months from the date Life Insurance goes into effect, Life Insurance will cease at the end of such 12 month period. This will happen unless such employee is eligible as a permanently and totally disabled employee under the terms of Special Provisions for Permanently and Totally Disabled Employees.

 

    GR-29          
    2079          
    ED. 4-78    Page 9074    F205528C

 


     Special Provisions (Continued)
Effect of .Prior Coverage - Transferred Business (Continued)    As to Accident and Health Benefits
   A “like benefit” of the prior coverage means:
  

 

As to any Accidental Death and Personal Loss Coverage: Any benefit payable under any prior group accident plan for accidental loss of life, limb, or sight.

    

As to any Temporary Disability Benefit Coverage: Any benefit payable under any prior group temporary disability plan for loss of time from work.

    

As to any other benefit section: Any benefit payable under any prior group medical, dental, or other health plan for medical or dental treatment.

     Any applicable Active Work Rule will be waived on the day right after the date the employee’s coverage under the prior coverage terminated.
     Any Employee Coverage or Dependent Coverage which becomes effective under the terms of this section will not be in effect and benefits will not be available as to a disease or injury for which benefits:
    

are available; or

    

would be available in the absence of coverage under this policy;

     under any extension of benefits provision of the prior coverage until the end of the period for which such benefits:
    

are available; or

    

would be available in the absence of any coverage under this policy;

     under such extension of benefits.

 

    GR-29          
    2080          
    ED. 7-96    Page 9075    F207798

 


     Special Provisions (Continued)
Effect of Prior Coverage - Transferred Business (Continued)    As to each family member to whom the 2 prior paragraphs apply:
  

 

An employee shall not be covered for any Accidental Death and Personal Loss Coverage or any Temporary Disability Benefit Coverage unless he or she was covered for a like benefit under the prior coverage on the day before the date the terms of the second preceding paragraph took effect for him or her. If he or she is covered, the amount of Principal Sum and the Weekly Benefit shall be the amount in force for him or her under the like benefit on that date. The Maximum Period of Payment will be the period in effect for him or her under the like benefit on that date.

    

As to any Major Medical, Comprehensive Medical, or Comprehensive Dental Expense Benefits: If part or all of a covered family member’s Deductible, under any section of his or her prior coverage that provides one or more of these benefits, has been applied against covered expenses incurred by him or her during the 90 day period right before the date his or her coverage goes into effect, his or her Deductible under any Major Medical, Comprehensive Medical, or Comprehensive Dental Expense Benefits for the calendar year in which he or she becomes covered will be reduced by the amount so applied.

 

    GR-29          
   

0990

         
   

ED. 7-73

   Page 9076    F207787

 


     Special Provisions (Continued)
Effect of Prior Coverage - Transferred Business (Continued)    No benefits will be payable under this policy with respect to any expenses which are covered in whole or in part under any extension of benefits under the prior coverage because of total disability.
     The Policyholder will be liable for the premium required by Aetna for the terms of this provision to apply to the covered family member.
     Coverage under this provision will continue only for the period of time agreed to by Aetna and the Policyholder.
     This provision will terminate as to an employee if:
    

his or her coverage terminates; or

    

he or she meets any applicable Active Work Rule.

     If he or she stays insured or again becomes eligible, this policy will apply to him or her as though this provision were not included.

 

    GR-29          
   

0990

         
   

ED. 7-73

   Page 9077    F205541C

 


     Part II
     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters
Declarations   

The first “policy month” starts on January 1, 2004

Each subsequent policy month starts on the first of a calendar month

     The first “policy year” starts on January 1, 2004 and ends on December 31, 2004
     Each subsequent policy year starts on a January 1
     It ends on a December 31
     The most that an employee may pay for his contributory Employee Life Insurance Coverage, if any, is $4.26 monthly per $ 1,000 of his Employee Coverage
Member Employers    Member Employers are those employers which are included under this policy by written agreement between the Policyholder and Aetna.
     An employer may be a Member Employer if not against the law of the jurisdiction in which this policy is delivered.
     The Policyholder may act for all Member Employers in all policy matters. Each such act, or agreement made between Aetna and the Policyholder, or notice given by one to the other will be binding on all the Employers.
Data Required    The Policyholder and each Member Employer must give Aetna all data required as to policy matters. All data which may have a bearing on insurance or premiums will be open for Aetna to inspect while this policy is in force. Also, they must be open until the final rights and duties under this policy have been resolved.

 

    GR-29          
    1150, 1150-1          
    ED. 1-02    Page 9080    205242

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Clerical Error    A clerical error in keeping records; or a delay in making an entry; will not alone decide if insurance is valid. An equitable adjustment in premiums will be made when the error or delay is found. If the clerical error affects:
    

the existence; or

    

amount;

     of insurance, the facts as determined by Aetna will be used to decide if insurance is in force and its amount.
Misstatements    If any fact as to a person to whom the insurance relates is found to have been misstated, a fair change in premiums will be made. If the misstatement affects the existence or amount of insurance, the true facts will be used to decide if insurance is in force and its amount.

 

    GR-29          
    1150, 1150-1          
    ED. 1-02    Page 9080.1    205242

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Duties of the Policyholder    The Policyholder and each Member Employer must give Aetna such information as Aetna may reasonably require to administer this policy and must agree to:
    

Maintain a reasonably complete record of such information in electronic or hard copy format, including but not limited to:

    

evidence of eligibility;

    

changes to such elections; and

    

terminations;

    

for at least seven years or until the final rights and duties under this policy have been resolved; and to make such information available to Aetna upon request.

    

Obtain from:

    

the Policyholder; and

    

each Member Employer:

    

a “Disclosure of Healthcare Information” authorization in the form currently being used by Aetna in the enrollment process; or such other form as Aetna may reasonably approve.

     The information shall be provided when requested:
    

on Aetna forms; or

    

such other forms as Aetna may approve.

     All data which may have a bearing on insurance or premiums will be open for Aetna to inspect while this policy is in force.
     The Policyholder must notify employees of the termination of the policy in compliance with all applicable laws. However, Aetna reserves the right to notify employees of termination of the policy for any reason, including non-payment of premium. The Policyholder shall provide written notice to employees of their rights upon termination of coverage.
     The Plan Administrator must:
    

notify all eligible employees of their right to continue coverage under COBRA and any applicable state law; and

    

provide notification to each employee within 14 days after termination of coverage, of their conversion right, including:

    

a description of plans available;

    

premium rates;

    

and application forms.

 

   

GR-29

         
   

11496

        209243
   

ED. 1-02

   Page 9085    TX

 


    Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Non-Discrimination   In the management of this policy, the Policyholder and the Member Employers:
   

will make no attempt, whether through differential contributions or otherwise, to encourage or discourage enrollment in the coverages provided by the policy based on health status or risk.

   

will act so as not to discriminate unfairly between persons in like situations at the time of the action.

    Aetna can rely on such action. It will not have to probe into the details.
Certificates   Aetna will provide the Policyholder with either a supply of paper copies or electronic certificates. The Policyholder shall distribute or otherwise make the certificates available to each insured employee. The insurance in force will be set forth. Statements as to whom benefits are payable will appear. Any applicable Conversion Privilege will also be described.
Policy Changes   This policy may be amended by Aetna:
   

with 30 days written notice to the Policyholder; or

   

by written agreement between Aetna and the Policyholder.

    The consent of any employee or other person is not needed. All agreements made by Aetna are signed by one of its executive officers. No other person can change or waive any of the policy terms or make any agreement binding Aetna. The Policyholder will not have to give written agreement of a change in the policy if:
   

•       The Policyholder has asked for the change and Aetna has agreed to it.

   

•       The change is needed to correct an error in the policy, including any certificate issued to anyone.

   

•       The change is needed so that the policy will conform to any law, regulation or ruling of:

   

a jurisdiction that affects a person covered under this policy; or

   

the federal government.

   

•       The change has been initiated by Aetna and is not resulting in either:

   

a reduction or elimination in benefits or coverage; or

   

an increase in premium.

 

    GR-29          
    1160-1, 1160-2, 1160-3          
    ED. 1-02    Page 9090    205243

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Policy Changes (Continued)    The Policyholder will have to give written agreement of a change in the policy:
    

that reduces or eliminates benefits or coverage; or

    

that increases benefits or coverage with a concurrent increase in premium during the policy term, except if the increased benefits or coverage is required by law.

     Payment of the applicable premium after notice of the proposed changes will be deemed to constitute the Policyholder’s written agreement of those changes on behalf of all persons covered under this policy.
     This policy shall be deemed to be automatically amended to conform with the provisions of applicable laws and regulations. This policy may also be amended by Aetna:
    

with 30 days written notice to the Policyholder; or

    

by written agreement between Aetna and the Policyholder.

     The consent of any employee or other person is not needed. All agreements made by Aetna are signed by one of its executive officers. No other person can change or waive any of the policy terms or make any agreement binding Aetna.

 

    GR-29          
    1160-1, 1160-2, 1160-3          
    ED. 1-02    Page 9090.1    205243

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Contract    This policy and application of the Policyholder are the entire contract. A copy of the application is attached. All statements made by the Policyholder or an employee shall be deemed representations and not warranties. No written statement made by an employee shall be used by Aetna in a contest unless:
    

a copy of the statement is; or

    

has been furnished to:

    

the employee; or

    

his beneficiary; or

    

the person making the claim.

     Aetna’s failure to implement or insist upon compliance with any provision of this policy at any given time or times, shall not constitute a waiver of Aetna’s right to implement; or insist upon compliance with that provision at any other time or times. This includes, but is not limited to, the payment of premiums. This applies whether or not the circumstances are the same.
Life Insurance - Incontestability    The validity of this policy shall not be contested, except for non-payment of premiums, after it has been in force for 2 years. No statement made by an employee about his insurability shall be used by Aetna in contesting the validity of the insurance as to which such statement was made if the insurance has been in force prior to the contest for 2 years during the employee’s lifetime nor unless such statement is contained in a written form signed by him.
Accident and Health Coverage Statements    Except as to a fraudulent misstatement or issues concerning premiums due:
    

No statement made by the Policyholder or an employee shall be the basis for:

    

voiding coverage; or

    

denying coverage; or

    

be used in defense of a claim;

    

unless it is in writing.

    

No statement made by the Policyholder shall be used to void this policy after it has been in force for 2 years.

    

No statement made by an eligible employee shall be used in defense to a claim for loss incurred or starting after coverage as to which claim is made has been in effect for 2 years.

 

    GR-29          
    9020-1, 9020-2          
    ED. 1-02    Page 9100    207364

 


    Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Premium Rates   Employee Life Insurance Coverage
    Table of Premium Rates

 

Age on Birthday

Nearest Beginning

of the Policy Year


   Monthly Premium Per
$ 1,000 of
Insurance


     Male

   Female

15-19

   $ .31    $ .10

20-24

     .24      .07

25-29

     .19      .08

30-34

     .22      .12

35-39

     .30      .15

40-44

     .48      .22

45-49

     .80      .38

50-54

     1.38      .61

55-59

     2.37      .92

60-64

     2.44      1.00

65-69

     4.21      1.76

70-74

     6.81      3.19

75-79

     10.00      5.28

80-84

     15.07      9.04

85-89

     21.60      15.08

90-94

     31.03      23.43

95-99

     56.99      47.87

 

    For annual, semi-annual, or quarterly premiums multiply the above premium by 11.83, 5.96 or 2.99 respectively.
    GR-29          
    1170          
    ED. 7-73    Page 9110    205245

 


    Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Premium Rates (Continued)   Employee Life Insurance Coverage (Continued)
    In place of determining the premium rates from the Table of Premium Rates and by agreement with the Policyholder, the premium rates are determined:
   

on the basis of an examination of the experience of the risk assumed; and

   

on reasonable assumptions as to:

   

interest;

   

mortality; and

   

expense.

    The premium rate for employees other than Executives for Basic Life Insurance Coverage is $ 0.20 per $1,000 of Basic Life Insurance.
    The premium rate for Executives for Basic Executive Life Insurance Coverage is $ 0.28 per $1,000 of Basic Life Insurance.
    The premium rate for Retiree Life Insurance Coverage is $ 2.75 per $1,000 of Life Insurance.
    Premium Per $ 1,000 of Employee Supplemental Term Life Insurance:

 

Age


   Smoker

   Non-Smoker

Under age 30

   $ .12    $ .06

Age 30-34

     .13      .07

Age 35-39

     .19      .10

Age 40-44

     .32      .16

Age 45-49

     .50      .23

Age 50-54

     .77      .35

Age 55-59

     1.26      .64

Age 60-64

     1.89      1.06

Age 65 or older

     4.26      2.50

 

   

GR-29

         
   

1170-2

         
   

ED. 7-73

   Page 9120    206636

 


    Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Premium Rates (Continued)  

Employee Life Insurance Coverage (Continued)

 

Premium Per $1,000 of Dependent Term Life Insurance:

 

Dependent Term Life - Spouse

             

Age


   Smoker

   Non-Smoker

Under age 30

   $ .12    $ .06

Age 30-34

     .13      .07

Age 35-39

     .19      .10

Age 40-44

     .32      .16

Age 45-49

     .50      .23

Age 50-54

     .77      .35

Age 55-59

     1.26      .64

Age 60-64

     1.89      1.06

Age 65 or older

     4.26      2.50

Dependent Term Life - Child

             

Child Term Life

   $ .15       

 

    The rate is subject to change as provided in this Part II. The premium rate is for a period of one month.
    GR-29        
    1170-2        
    ED. 7-73   Page 9120.1   206636

 


    Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Premium Rates (Continued)  

Employee Life Insurance Coverage (Continued)

 

The premium rate may be figured again as of any premium due date only:

   

By reason of a change in factors bearing on the risk assumed. Aetna must request this.

   

Once during any continuous 12 month period. The Policyholder must request this and give 60 days notice to Aetna.

    The latest premium rate will be used to figure premiums until a new one is determined. Each premium due during the policy year will be figured by multiplying the amount of insurance in force at the start of the premium-paying period by the premium rate.
    Dependent Life Insurance Coverage
    Aetna will figure premium rates based on an examination of the experience of the risk assumed and on reasonable assumptions as to interest, mortality, and expense.

 

    GR-29        
    1180        
    ED. 10-96   Page 9140   F206638A

 


    Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)

Premium Rates

(Continued)

  Other Accident and Health Benefits
    The premium rates for accident and health coverage are as follows. The premium rates are for a period of one month.
    The current premium rates for all of the Accident and Health Coverages provided under this policy are on record with both Aetna and the Policyholder.

 

Basic Accidental Death and Personal Loss Benefits -
premium per $ 1,000 of Principal Sum:

   $ 0.05

Employee Supplemental Accidental Death and Personal Loss Benefits -
premium per $ 1,000 of Principal Sum:

   $ 0.04

Family Supplemental Accidental Death and Personal Loss Benefits -
premium per $ 1,000 of Principal Sum:

   $ 0.06

 

    GR-29        
    1190, 1190-1, 9013-2        
    ED. 1-02   Page 9150   206528

 


    Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Fees   In addition to the premium, Aetna may charge:
    A reinstatement fee if any or all coverage is terminated and later reinstated under this policy.
    A conversion fee applies to each covered person electing conversion coverage. The conversion fee may be charged monthly based upon the number of covered persons electing conversion coverage during the previous month.

 

   

GR-29

         
   

11501

        209247
   

ED. 1-02

   Page 9152    TX

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Premiums Due - Experience Rating    The premium due under this policy on any premium due date will be the sum of the premium charges for the coverages then provided under this policy.
     If premiums are payable monthly, any insurance becoming effective will be charged for from the first day of the policy month on or right after the date the insurance takes effect. Premium charges for insurance which ceases will cease as of the first day of the policy month on; or right after the date the insurance terminates. If premiums are payable less often than monthly, premium charges or credits for a fraction of a premium-paying period will be made on a pro rata basis for the number of policy months between:
    

the date premium charges start or cease; and

    

the end of the premium-paying period.

     If this policy is changed to provide more coverage to take effect on a date other than the first day of a premium-paying period, a pro rata premium for the coverage will be due and payable on that date. It will cover the period then starting and ending right before the start of the next premium-paying period.
     The premium charges will be figured at the premium rates shown before. Aetna may change them due to:
    

Experience; or

    

a change in factors bearing on the risk assumed.

     Each change shall be made by written notice to the Policyholder by Aetna.
     No experience reduction or increase in premium rates shall become effective less than 12 months after the effective date of the group policy unless there is:
    

a significant change in factors bearing a material impact on the risk assumed by Aetna; or

    

changes in applicable state or federal:

    

law;

    

policy;

    

regulation; or

    

a judicial decision;

 

     GR-29          
     1195-1, 1195-2          
     ED. 1-02    Page 9160    207893

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Premiums Due - Experience Rating (Continued)    having a material impact on the cost of providing the coverages then provided under this group policy. As used here, “group policy” shall be deemed to include any group policy previously issued by Aetna that has been replaced in whole or in part by this policy.
     The Employee Life Insurance, Long Term and Managed Disability Coverage sections of this policy set forth the way in which the premium rates for such coverages will be figured. The premium charges for any other coverage under this policy may be refigured, as of a premium due date, only:
    

By reason of a change in factors bearing on the risk assumed. This must be requested by Aetna.

    

Once during any continuous 12 month period. The Policyholder must request this. 60 days advance notice has to be given to Aetna.

     They will be refigured using:
    

The ages of the employees;

    

The amounts of insurance in force;

    

The premium rates; and

    

Any other pertinent factors.

     All facts will be taken into account as of the date of the refiguring.

 

     GR-29          
     1195-1, 1195-2          
     ED. 1-02    Page 9160.1    207893

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Premiums Due - Experience Rating (Continued)    At the end of a policy year, Aetna may declare an experience credit. The amount of each credit Aetna declares will be returned to the Policyholder. Upon request by the Policyholder, part or all of it will be applied against the payment of premiums or in any other manner as may be agreed to by the Policyholder and Aetna.
     If the sum of employee contributions which have been made for group insurance exceeds the sum of premiums which have been paid for group insurance (after giving effect to any experience credits), the excess will be applied by the Policyholder for the sole benefit of employees. Aetna will not have to see to the use of such excess.
     Instead of figuring premiums as described above, premiums may be figured in any way approved by Aetna that comes up with about the same amount of premiums.
     Aetna will not have to refund any premium for a period prior to:
    

The first day of the policy year in which Aetna receives proof that the refund should be made; or

    

The date 3 months before Aetna receives proof, if this produces a larger refund.

     This applies even if the premium was paid in error.
Premium and Fees Due    Payment of Premiums and Fees
     The Policyholder will pay premiums and fees in advance. They may be paid at Aetna’s Home Office or to its authorized agent.
     A premium is due to be paid on the first day of each policy month.
     The Policyholder may change the number of premium payments as of a premium due date. This needs Aetna’s written consent.
     Aetna may accept a partial payment of premium without waiving its right to collect the entire amount due.

 

     GR-29W          
     1198-1, 11500, 11502         209248
     ED. 1-02    Page 9170    TX

 


     If the premiums and any fees are not paid by the Premium Due Date and before the end of the Grace Period, this policy will automatically terminate when the Grace Period ends. With respect to Life Insurance, Aetna will require the Policyholder to pay interest on the total Life Insurance premium amount and any fees overdue after the Premium Due Date including the Life Insurance premiums due for the Grace Period. The interest rate will be 1 1/2% per month for each:

 

     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Premium and Fees Due (Continued)    Payment of Premiums and Fees (Continued)
    

month; or

    

partial month;

     the balance remains unpaid. Aetna may recover from the Policyholder:
    

costs of collecting any unpaid premiums or fees; including reasonable attorney’s fees; and

    

costs of suit.

Retroactive Adjustments    Aetna may, at its discretion, make retroactive adjustments to the Policyholder’s billings for the termination of employees not posted to previous billings. Retroactive additions will be made at Aetna’s discretion based upon eligibility guidelines stated in the certificate, and are subject to the payment of all applicable premiums.
Grace Period    A grace period of 31 days after the due date will be allowed the Policyholder for the payment of each premium for non-contributory coverage. A grace period of 60 days after the due date will be allowed the Policyholder for the payment of each premium for contributory coverage. If premiums are not paid by the end of the grace period, the policy will automatically terminate at the end of the grace period.

 

     GR-29W          
     1198-1, 11500, 11502         209248
     ED. 1-02    Page 9170.1    TX

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
Life Insurance Portability    Anything in this section to the contrary notwithstanding: Termination of this policy by the Policyholder or Aetna will not terminate Life Insurance then in force for any person under the terms of the Life Insurance Portability section. This policy will be deemed to remain in force solely for the purpose of continuing such Life Insurance, but without further obligation of the Policyholder hereunder. Any Life Insurance continued by the terms of this paragraph will remain in force until terminated under the terms of the Life Insurance Portability section. No other person may elect coverage under the Life Insurance Portability section on or after the date of termination by the Policyholder or Aetna, except a person who elects it in accordance with the terms of said section.

 

     GR-29          
     11009          
     ED. 11-94    Page 9182    F207563

 


     Policyholder and Insurance Company Matters (Continued)
ERISA Matters    Under Section 503 of Title 1 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), Aetna is a fiduciary. It has complete authority to review all denied claims for benefits under this policy. In exercising such fiduciary responsibility, Aetna shall have discretionary authority to:
    

determine whether and to what extent employees and beneficiaries are entitled to benefits; and

    

construe any disputed or doubtful terms of this policy.

     in accordance with federal and state laws.
     Aetna shall be deemed to have properly exercised such authority. It must not abuse its discretion by acting arbitrarily and capriciously. Aetna has the right to adopt reasonable:
    

policies;

    

procedures;

    

rules, and

    

interpretations;

     of this policy to promote orderly and efficient administration.
     The Policyholder shall be responsible for making reports and disclosures required by ERISA, including:
    

the creation;

    

the distribution; and

    

the final content of:

    

summary plan descriptions;

    

summary of material modifications; and

    

summary annual reports.

 

     GR-29          
     9020-3         209244
     ED. 1-02    Page 9190    TX

 

Exhibit 10.43

 

GlobalSantaFe Severance Program

For Shorebased Staff Personnel

 

S UMMARY P LAN D ESCRIPTION AND P LAN D OCUMENT

 

(Effective January 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005)

 

 


Table of Contents

 

          Page

1.    Purpose of the Plan    1
2.    Definitions    1
3.    Eligibility for Severance Benefit    4
4.    Benefit Calculation and Payment of Severance Benefit    6
5.    Continuation of Other Benefits    6
6.    Tax Effect    8
7.    Unemployment Benefits; Taxes    8
8.    Payment of Severance Benefits on Death    9
9.    Non-Assignment of Severance Payment    9
10.    Plan Amendment and Termination    9
11.    Adoption of Plan by Affiliates    9
12.    Claims Procedures    10
13.    Participant Rights    12
14.    Plan Document Controls    13
15.    Controlling Law    14
16.    General Information    14

 

 

-i-


GlobalSantaFe Severance Program

For Shorebased Staff Personnel

 

S UMMARY P LAN D ESCRIPTION A ND P LAN D OCUMENT

 

(Effective January 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005)

 

1. Purpose of the Plan

 

The GlobalSantaFe Severance Program for Shorebased Staff Personnel has been adopted effective for the period January 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005. The purposes of the Plan are:

 

  (a) To make Severance Benefits available to eligible Employees that will financially assist with their transition following involuntary layoff from employment with an Employer, other than for Cause, while the Plan is in effect;

 

  (b) To resolve any possible claims arising out of employment, including its termination, by providing eligible Employees with Severance Benefits in return for a Waiver and Release from liability.

 

This Plan is voluntarily offered by the Employers, and payments under this Plan are not required by any legal obligation other than the Plan itself.

 

This Plan supersedes, amends and restates all prior severance plans, practices and policies (other than individual contracts providing for severance benefits) in effect with any Employer, and such prior severance plans, practices and policies are discontinued and terminated with respect to all Employees eligible for a benefit under this Plan.

 

2. Definitions

 

As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings (and the singular includes the plural, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise):

 

Affiliate : The Company and any corporation that, together with GSF, is a member of a controlled group of corporations under Code Section 414(b), is a member of an affiliated service group under Code Section 414(m), or is under common control pursuant to Code Section 414(c).

 

Base Pay : The Employee’s base salary or pay, excluding Bonuses, overtime, commissions, cost-of-living adjustments, special pay related to foreign assignment, and other irregular or extra compensation, as of his or her Layoff Date. Base salary or pay will be appropriately converted to an annual or weekly amount, as applicable. Hourly base pay will be converted to a weekly amount by multiplying the Employee’s hourly rate by the Employee’s regularly scheduled hours per week, excluding overtime hours.


Bonus : A payment made under an established incentive compensation practice of an Employer providing regular and ongoing bonus opportunities. For this purpose, an annual bonus is a bonus payable with respect to a one-year period and not an annual payment made with respect to a longer period (such as a multi-year performance cycle). In the event that any annual bonus is paid in installments over 12 months or less, the payments will be deemed paid in a single aggregate amount on the date the last payment is received. The term “Bonus” will not include (i) payments constituting part of an Employee’s Base Pay, (ii) allowances, adjustments or bonuses that represent special area or living allowances, (iii) commissions, (iv) contingent or other irregular or extra compensation based upon contract completions or extended travel assignments, (v) extraordinary bonuses that are not part of a program of regular and ongoing bonus opportunities, (vi) employer contributions under a defined benefit or defined contribution plan and (vii) any other form of compensation that does not constitute part of an Employee’s Base Pay, such as restricted stock awards, stock options awarded under the Employer’s stock option plans as in effect from time to time, or any severance payments.

 

Notwithstanding the above, “Bonus” includes only that compensation that is considered “wages” under Code Section 3121(a)(1), without regard to any limitations on amounts as may be stated from time to time therein.

 

Cause : Unacceptable or inadequate performance as determined by the Employer, including but not limited to failure to perform the Employee’s job at a level or in a manner acceptable to the Employer, misconduct, dishonesty, acts detrimental or destructive to the Employer or any other Affiliate or to any employees or property of the Employer or any other Affiliate, or any violation of the policies of the Employer.

 

COBRA : The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, currently embodied in Code Section 4980B, which provides for continuation of group health plan coverage in certain circumstances.

 

COBRA Rate : The cost of continued coverage under COBRA, which as of January 1, 2005, is 102% of the full group rate (including the employee’s share and the Company’s share of the group coverage cost and a 2% administrative fee).

 

Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

 

Company : GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc.

 

Effective Date : January 1, 2005.

 

Employee : An individual who, immediately prior to the Layoff Date, is (i) an active, regular (not temporary), full time shorebased employee of an Employer and (ii) on the Houston U.S. dollar payroll of an Employer. However, the definition of “Employee” shall not include (a) subject to Section 3(b)(v), any rig-based employee, (b) any employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for his or her coverage, (c) any person, regardless of whether such person is treated as an employee for income tax purposes: (y) who has agreed in writing to be treated as other than an

 

-2-


employee, or (z) in the case of persons subject to U.S. income tax, whose compensation is reported to the Internal Revenue Service on a form other than Form W-2 or whose compensation is reported on a Form W-2 solely by a person or entity other than an Employer, and (d) any person who is an officer of an Employer with annual compensation greater than $135,000 who is defined as a “key employee” in Section 416(i) of the Code and regulations thereunder, and treated as a “key employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code under applicable authorities. The determination of whether an Employee is on an Employer’s Houston U.S. dollar payroll will be made by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. For purposes of this definition, “full-time” means regularly scheduled employment for at least 30 hours per week. Except as otherwise required by law, an individual on any unpaid leave from an Employer, short-term or long-term disability of an Employer, or worker’s compensation will not be considered an active Employee until the individual’s return to active service of the Employer.

 

Employer : The Company or any Affiliate (as the context requires) that participates in the Plan pursuant to Section 11.

 

ERISA : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

GSF : GlobalSantaFe Corporation, a Cayman Islands corporation, and any successor to GlobalSantaFe Corporation.

 

Layoff Date : The date designated by the Employer as the day after the last day on which an Employee shall remain in active employment with the Employer due to involuntary layoff.

 

Participant : Any Employee eligible for a Severance Benefit.

 

Plan : The GlobalSantaFe Severance Program for Shorebased Staff Personnel as set forth in this document.

 

Plan Administrator : The person or persons appointed by the Company to serve as plan administrator, as further described in Section 16.

 

Service : The total sum, as of the Employee’s Layoff Date, of his or her current period and prior periods of active, regular (not temporary), full-time employment, whether or not shorebased and whether or not on a U.S. dollar payroll, with an Employer or any Affiliate, including for this purpose any period of disability that does not exceed 30 days. For purposes of this definition, “full-time” means regularly scheduled employment for at least 30 hours per week, and a “prior period of employment” means any period of employment with an Employer or any Affiliate that was not immediately succeeded by a period of non-employment from and Employer or Affiliate of greater duration.

 

Severance Benefit : A benefit described in Section 4 of this Plan.

 

-3-


Severance Period : The period of time, commencing on the Layoff Date, equal to the total number of years and/or weeks, as the case may be, of Base Pay that a Participant is entitled to receive a Severance Benefit under this Plan.

 

Waiver and Release : The legal document in which an Employee, in exchange for certain Severance Benefits under the Plan, releases each Employer and all other Affiliates, their agents, servants, employees, officers, directors, insurance carriers, employee benefit plans, and trustees, fiduciaries and agents of such plans, and any and all other persons, firms, organizations and corporations from liability and damages arising from or in connection with the Employee’s employment or the cessation of his or her employment or active employment by the Employer or any other Affiliate and agrees to certain restrictions on disclosure of confidential information, solicitation of employees and interference with the affairs of the Employer or any other Affiliate. With respect to Employees working in the United Kingdom, the term “Waiver and Release” shall refer to a compromise agreement in terms of Section 203 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 and associated legislation of the United Kingdom.

 

Waiver and Release Requirement : The requirement that an Employee in exchange for certain Severance Benefits under the Plan: (i) execute and return to the Plan Administrator, by the date established by the Plan Administrator for such purpose, a Waiver and Release and (ii) not revoke the Waiver and Release within the seven days following its execution and return.

 

3. Eligibility for Severance Benefit

 

  (a) Qualifying Events

 

An Employee will receive a Severance Benefit under this Plan if (i) the Employee’s employment with his or her Employer is involuntarily terminated by the Employer other than for Cause, (ii) the Employee remains employed by his or her Employer in good standing and at a satisfactory level of performance through the date preceding the Layoff Date, (iii) to the extent required by Section 4, the Employee fulfills the Waiver and Release Requirement, and (iv) the Senior Vice President or subsidiary President in charge of the Employee’s department and GSF’s Senior Vice President, Human Resources, have each certified in writing that he or she has made a determination that the Employee is eligible to receive a Severance Benefit pursuant to the terms of this Plan. Each eligible Employee is hereby advised to consult an attorney before signing a Waiver and Release.

 

  (b) Disqualifying Events

 

NO Severance Benefit will be paid if:

 

  (i) the Employee’s termination of employment results from death, disability, or, except as otherwise required by law, layoff during an unpaid leave of absence; or

 

-4-


  (ii) except in the event the offer is rescinded before the Employee’s Layoff Date, the Employee is offered a non-rig-based position at the same or higher rate of Base Pay by an Employer, any other Affiliate, or any corporation, partnership or other business entity under common control with GSF, whether or not the Employee accepts the position; or

 

  (iii) except in the event the offer is rescinded before the Employee’s Layoff Date, an Employee who has held a rig-based position with the Company or any Affiliate within the prior three years is offered a rig-based position at the same or higher rate of Base Pay by an Employer, any other Affiliate, or any corporation, partnership or other business entity under common control with GSF, whether or not the Employee accepts the position; or

 

  (iv) the Employee accepts a non-rig-based position with an Employer, any other Affiliate, or any corporation, partnership or other business entity under common control with GSF at a lower level of Base Pay; or

 

  (v) the Employee accepts a transfer to a rig-based position with an Employer or any other Affiliate; provided that the Employee will remain eligible for Severance Benefits if the Employee is subsequently laid off from the rig-based assignment during the six-month period commencing on the date of transfer to the rig-based position, with the Severance Benefit calculated using the Base Pay in effect prior to the transfer to the rig-based position; or

 

  (vi) subject to the provisions in subsection 10(c), this Plan is amended in a way that makes the Employee ineligible or is terminated before the Employee has returned an executed Waiver and Release and has met all the other requirements for a Severance Benefit hereunder; or

 

  (vii) the Employee fails to return all property and materials of each Employer and all other Affiliates to his or her supervisor or other appropriate representative(s) of the Employers and the Affiliates no later than the Employee’s Layoff Date; or

 

  (viii) the Employee is, for any reason, entitled to severance benefits or retention benefits or retention Bonuses under any other contract, agreement, plan, program or policy of an Employer or any Affiliate, or under any agreement between the Employee and an Employer or any Affiliate, other than statutory benefits; or

 

  (ix) in connection with any sale or other transfer of any business or assets of any Employer, the Employee remains in substantially the same job regardless of whether or not a change of employers is a result of such sale or transfer.

 

-5-


4. Benefit Calculation and Payment of Severance Benefit

 

An Employee who meets the requirements to be eligible for a Severance Benefit as described in Section 3 will receive, as his or her Severance Benefit, the benefits described in (a) or (b) below (but not both), as appropriate:

 

  (a) An Employee who fulfills the Waiver and Release Requirement will receive (i) two weeks’ Base Pay for each $10,000 of the Employee’s annual Base Pay, prorated for partial increments of $10,000, plus (ii) one week’s Base Pay for each year of the Employee’s Service (with a two-week minimum), prorated for partial years of Service. The maximum Severance Benefit is fifty-two weeks of Base Pay;

 

  (b) An Employee who does not fulfill the Waiver and Release Requirement will receive a maximum Severance Benefit of six weeks of the Employee’s Base Pay.

 

The Severance Benefit will be paid by continuing to pay the individual at current Base Pay for the duration of the Severance Period. The Severance Benefit will continue even if the individual’s employment is terminated following layoff and/or if the individual is also receiving retirement benefits. If an individual is recalled to employment with an Employer or Affiliate while receiving Severance Benefit payments, the Severance Benefits will be discontinued effective upon the date of his or her return to the regular payroll and the individual will not be entitled to any further Severance Benefit payments with respect to the Layoff Date that preceded his or her return to an Employer’s or Affiliate’s regular payroll.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 7, the Severance Benefit will be reduced by the amount of any statutory redundancy or other legally required benefit received by the Employee as a result or in respect of his or her layoff.

 

5. Continuation of Other Benefits

 

A Participant who satisfies all the requirements for any Severance Benefit under this Plan will, in addition to the Severance Benefit, be entitled to the following benefits, subject to the terms of the governing plans:

 

  (a) Medical/Dental Plan Benefits

 

A Participant will be entitled to continue the medical and dental plan coverage in effect on the Participant’s Layoff Date if the Participant is eligible for and elects continuation of that coverage in accordance with COBRA. The Participant will be required to pay the active employee rate with respect to coverage during the Severance Period (or three months, if longer) and thereafter the full COBRA Rate with respect to the continued coverage. The eligibility of the Participant to continue coverage at both the active employee rate and the full COBRA Rate will not exceed the period required by COBRA. Benefits under this subsection 5(a) will be governed by and subject to (1) the terms and conditions of the plan documents providing the benefits, including the reservation of the right to amend

 

-6-


or terminate such benefits under those plan documents at any time, and (2) the provisions of COBRA. The period of coverage provided under this Section will constitute continuation coverage required by COBRA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants working in the United Kingdom may be required to pay an amount greater than the active employee rate for coverage during the Severance Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Participant obtains medical and/or dental coverage from a subsequent employer, the obligation of an Employer to provide the Participant with medical and/or dental benefits under this subsection 5(a) will terminate.

 

(b) Life Insurance

 

The Participant’s coverage under any life insurance benefit provided by an Employer, as in effect immediately preceding the Participant’s Layoff Date, will continue for the Severance Period (or three months, if longer), subject to the Participant’s payment of the employee portion of the premium. For certain Participants, the employee portion of premiums paid during the Severance Period may be greater than the employee portion of the premiums paid immediately prior to the Layoff Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of an Employer to continue providing life insurance benefits under this subsection 5(b) will terminate upon the Participant obtaining life insurance coverage from a subsequent employer.

 

(c) Savings and Pension Plans Benefits

 

The Participant will be entitled to the benefits, if any, that the Participant is entitled to under an Employer’s savings and pension plans, pursuant to the terms in effect during the Severance Period.

 

(d) Disability Benefits

 

The Participant’s coverage under any short-term and long term disability plans of any Employer will cease on the Layoff Date.

 

(e) Flexible Spending Accounts

 

A Participant’s rights under any of Employer’s health care reimbursement plan and/or dependent care reimbursement plan will be governed by the provisions of those plans and, with respect to any such health care reimbursement plan, the provisions of COBRA.

 

(f) All Other Benefit Plans or Programs

 

A Participant’s participation in all other employee benefit plans and/or programs of any Employer will cease as of his or her Layoff Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the governing documents of those employee benefit plans and/or programs.

 

-7-


6. Tax Effect

 

  (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if GSF’s independent accounting firm (“Accounting Firm”) determines that any payment or distribution by any Employer or Affiliate to or for the benefit of the Participant (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise, and whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable in cash, stock or any form) (a “Payment”) constitutes a “parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) (“Parachute Payment”) that would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Participant with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Basic Excise Tax”), then the aggregate present value of all Payments to the Participant, whether payable pursuant to this Plan or otherwise, shall be reduced to an amount equal to one dollar less than three times the Participant’s base amount (“280G Limit”) and, to the extent necessary, Payments payable under this Plan and any Payments payable under any other plan, agreement, or arrangement between the Participant and any Employer or Affiliate shall be reduced in order to prevent the 280G Limit from being exceeded. The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the order in which Payments are reduced in order to comply with the 280G Limit. In the event that any portion of a Payment requires reduction under this clause (i), the Participant will promptly repay the applicable Employer or Affiliate the amount that the Payment is to be reduced (the “Overpayment”) plus interest on the Overpayment at 120% of the applicable Federal rate provided for a demand loan under Section 7872(f) of the Code, and the Overpayment will be treated as a demand loan for all purposes. For purposes of this subsection (a), the terms “base amount” and “present value” shall have the meaning assigned under Section 280G of the Code;

 

  (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6, including whether a reduction is required pursuant to subsection 6(a), and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, will be made by the Accounting Firm, which will provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Plan Administrator and the Participant within 15 business days of the receipt of written notice from the Participant that there has been a Payment, or an earlier time as is requested by the Plan Administrator. All fees and disbursements of the Accounting Firm will be paid by the applicable Employer(s), as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

7. Unemployment Benefits; Taxes

 

Payments under this Plan will not be reduced because of any unemployment benefits an Employee may be eligible to receive under applicable unemployment laws of any federal, state or other sovereign entity that the Company or any Affiliate is not required to pay. Any required United States federal or state tax withholding, FICA (Social Security) taxes

 

-8-


and any tax required to be withheld under the laws of the United Kingdom, if applicable, will be deducted from any benefit paid under the Plan.

 

8. Payment of Severance Benefits on Death

 

If a Participant dies on or after his or her Layoff Date and after executing and returning the Waiver and Release (without having timely revoked it) but before receiving his or her full Severance Benefit, any remaining Severance Benefit will instead be paid (a) to the Participant’s beneficiary (or beneficiaries), if living, designated under the group life insurance plan of the Participant’s Employer, or (b) if no beneficiary is so designated or living, to the executor of the Participant’s estate, in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the date of death.

 

9. Non-Assignment of Severance Payment

 

No benefit under this Plan will be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, and any attempt to do so will be void. Also, no benefit under this Plan will be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person entitled to it, except as required by law.

 

10. Plan Amendment and Termination

 

  (a) Except as provided in subsection 10(c) below, the Board of Directors of the Company may at any time (i) terminate this Plan, or (ii) amend this Plan. Any amendment or termination pursuant to this subsection 10(a) will be set out in an instrument in writing duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  (b) Unless terminated earlier as provided in subsection 10(a) above and except as provided in subsection 10(c) below, this Plan will terminate at 11:59 p.m., Houston, Texas time on December 31, 2005.

 

  (c) No amendment or termination of this Plan may be made or shall be effective to the extent that it would adversely affect the benefits under this Plan payable to a Participant who has returned (and has not revoked) a signed Waiver and Release and has met all of the other requirements for a Severance Benefit under this Plan (other than the expiration of the Waiver and Release revocation period) before the Plan is amended or terminated.

 

1 1 . Adoption of Plan by Affiliates

 

Each Affiliate of the Company will be considered an Employer, and will remain an Employer, under this Plan upon its employment of an Employee, provided that an Affiliate will not be an Employer if:

 

  (a) The Affiliate is specifically excluded from coverage under this Plan either through termination of this Plan or by action of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Affiliate; or

 

-9-


  (b) The Affiliate becomes an Affiliate after the Effective Date as a result of a transaction involving a transfer of ownership interest in an entity, and no action has been taken by the Affiliate or the Company that specifically contemplates that the Affiliate will become an Employer in this Plan.

 

By its participation in the Plan, each Affiliate acknowledges the appointment and authority of the Plan Administrator by the Company and agrees to the Plan’s terms. By its participation in the Plan, an Affiliate also authorizes and designates the Company and the Plan Administrator as the Affiliate’s agents to act in all transactions affecting the continued operation of the Plan.

 

12. Claims Procedures

 

  (a) Making a Claim

 

If benefits due under this Plan have not been provided within the applicable time frame specified for such benefits, a Participant, his or her beneficiary or an authorized representative (referred to as “Claimant”) must request those benefits in writing within 90 days of the Layoff Date or termination of benefit payment from the Plan Administrator. Claims will be evaluated and approved or denied by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

This Section 12 describes procedures that must be followed by the Plan in denying a claim, or by the Claimant in appealing the denial of a claim.

 

For all claims and appeals, the time frame during which a benefit determination must be made begins when the claim or appeal is filed as required by the Plan, even if all of the information necessary to make a benefit determination is not a part of the filing. If the deadline for a decision on a claim or appeal is extended because the Claimant did not provide all of the information necessary to decide the claim, the deadline for making the benefit determination will be extended by the length of time that passes between the extension notice and the date on which the requested additional information is provided to the Plan Administrator.

 

A Claimant may not sue for any Plan benefits until he or she has gone through all of the appeal procedures provided in this Section 12.

 

  (b) Denial of a Claim

 

If a claim for benefits is denied, the Claimant will be given written or electronic notice of the denial within a reasonable period of time after the claim is received. This will not be later than 90 days after the claim was received unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing. If there is an extension, the Claimant will be given written notice of the extension, the reason for the extension within the initial 90-day period after the claim was received, and the date by which the decision is expected to be made. The extension will not extend beyond 180 days after the original claim was received by the Plan Administrator.

 

-10-


Any notice that a claim for benefits has been denied will include:

 

  (i) the specific reason(s) for the denial;

 

  (ii) the specific provision(s) of the Plan on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary in order for the claim to be approved, and an explanation of why that material or information is necessary; and

 

  (iv) an explanation of how to appeal the denial, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to file a lawsuit under Section 502(a) of ERISA if his or her claim is denied on appeal.

 

  (c) Appealing a Denied Claim

 

If the claim is denied, the Claimant can request reconsideration of this claim denial by the Plan Administrator. The request must be made in writing within 60 days after the date the Claimant receives the claim denial. In connection with the appeal, the Claimant may provide the Plan Administrator written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim for benefits. The Claimant also will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits. This includes any such item that:

 

  (i) was relied on in making a benefit determination;

 

  (ii) was submitted, considered or generated in making the benefit determination, regardless of whether it was relied on; or

 

  (iii) demonstrates compliance with administrative processes and safeguards designed to ensure benefit determinations are appropriately made in accordance with the Plan documents.

 

  (d) Review of Denied Claim on Appeal

 

The Plan Administrator will reconsider any denied claim for which it receives an appeal as set forth in subsection 12(c). The Plan Administrator’s review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, even if this information was not submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

The Plan Administrator must make its decision on the appeal within a reasonable period after receiving the appeal, but not later than 60 days after the appeal was received (plus up to an additional 60 days if special circumstances require an extension of the deadline for making a decision on appeal). The Claimant will be notified in writing, within 60 days after the date that the appeal was received by the Plan Administrator, if any extension is necessary. That notice will state why

 

-11-


the extension is required and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make the decision on the appeal.

 

The decision on the appeal will be provided to the Claimant in writing or electronically. If the claim is denied on appeal, the decision will include:

 

  (i) the specific reason(s) for the denial;

 

  (ii) the specific provision(s) of the Plan on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim for benefits (as described above in subsection 12(c));

 

  (iv) a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the Claimant’s right to obtain further information about any such procedures; and

 

  (v) a statement of the Claimant’s right to file a lawsuit under ERISA.

 

Subject to a Claimant’s right to file a lawsuit under ERISA, the decision on appeal will be final and binding on the Claimant, the Plan Administrator and all other interested parties.

 

13. Participant Rights

 

As a participant in the Plan you are entitled to certain rights and protections under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). ERISA provides that all Plan Participants shall be entitled to:

 

Receive Information About Your Plan and Benefits

 

Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as work sites and union halls, all documents governing the Plan, including insurance contracts and collective bargaining agreements, and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 

Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan, including insurance contracts and collective bargaining agreements, and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series) and updated summary plan description. The administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies.

 

Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each Participant with a copy of this summary annual report.

 

-12-


Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries

 

In addition to creating rights for Plan Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate your Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other Plan Participants and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer, your union, or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a welfare benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

 

Enforce Your Rights

 

If your claim for a welfare benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules. Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan and do not receive them within 30 days, you may file suit in a Federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the administrator. If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a state or Federal court after you have exhausted all of the appeal procedures provided for in Section 12 of the Plan. If it should happen that Plan fiduciaries misuse the Plan’s money, or if you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a Federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

 

Assistance with Your Questions

 

If you have any questions about your Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 

14. Plan Document Controls

 

In the event of any inconsistency between this Plan document and any other communication regarding this Plan, this Plan document controls.

 

-13-


15. Controlling Law

 

This Plan is an employee welfare benefit plan under ERISA. This Plan and the Waiver and Release will be interpreted under ERISA and the laws of the state of Texas to the extent that state law is applicable. Any controversy or dispute arising under or as a result of this Plan will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States and will be brought in Houston, Harris County, Texas. As a condition to participating in and receiving any Severance Benefits under this Plan, a Participant agrees to waive all of the Participant’s rights to pleas regarding subject matter jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction, or venue with respect to any matter(s) or dispute(s) arising out of or connected with this Plan.

 

16. General Information

 

  (a) Plan Sponsor : GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc., 15375 Memorial Drive, Houston, Texas 77079, telephone number
1-800-231-5754.

 

  (b) Employer Identification Number of Plan Sponsor : 95-3161742.

 

  (c) Plan Number : 511.

 

  (d) Plan Year : The plan year for reporting to governmental agencies and employees shall be the calendar year.

 

  (e) Plan Administrator : The Administrative Committee of the Company, or such person as the Company may designate from time to time, 15375 Memorial Drive, Houston, Texas 77079, telephone number 1 800-231-5754.

 

  (f) Authority : The Plan Administrator is responsible for the operation and administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator is authorized, in its discretion, to construe and interpret the Plan, and its decisions shall be final and binding. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrative Committee decides, in its discretion, that the applicant is entitled to them. The Plan Administrator shall make all reports and disclosures required by law.

 

  (g) Agent for Service of Legal Process : General Counsel, GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc., 15375 Memorial Drive, Houston, Texas 77079.

 

  (h) Plan Duration : January 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005, unless terminated earlier by action of the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to subsection 10(a).

 

  (i) Source of Benefits : Payments under this Plan shall be made from the general assets of the appropriate Employers, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

 

-14-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc. has caused these presents to be executed by a duly authorized officer in a number of copies, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, which may be sufficiently evidenced by any executed copy hereof, this 19th day of January, 2005, but effective as of the date set forth above.

 

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATE SERVICES INC.

By:  

/s/ Walter A. Baker

   

Walter A. Baker

Vice President

 

 

-15-

Exhibit 10.44

 

GlobalSantaFe

Personal Financial Planning

Assistance Program

For Senior Executive Officers

 


 


 

GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc.

 

Certificate

 

I, David E. Faure, the Secretary of GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc., having in my custody and possession the corporate records of said corporation, do hereby certify that attached hereto is a true, correct and complete copy of the GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program For Senior Executive Officers as presently in effect.

 

Dated: August 27, 2002

 

/s / David E. Faure
David E. Faure

 


 

GlobalSantaFe

Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program

For Senior Executive Officers

 


 

SECTION 1 - PURPOSE

 

The GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program For Senior Executive Officers has been established by GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc. (the “Company”) to provide assistance with personal financial planning to selected senior executive officers of the GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its subsidiaries and other affiliates.

 

SECTION 2 - ELIGIBILITY

 

The Chief Executive Officer of the GlobalSantaFe Corporation and other executives of GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its subsidiaries and other affiliates in salary grade 45 and above who are selected for participation in this program by the Chief Executive Officer are participants eligible for personal financial planning assistance under this program. Subject to Section 9, each particpant will continue to be eligible for benefits under this program as long as he or she remains an employee of GlobalSantaFe or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates, unless and until specific action is taken by the Chief Executive Officer of GlobalSantaFe Corporation to discontinue participation.

 

SECTION 3 - SERVICES

 

Each participating executive will from time to time select a consultant or consultants to perform the following services:

 

  A. Prepare one initial personal financial plan after the executive first becomes a participant in the program;

 

  B. Assist in evaluating future financial decisions required to achieve the plan goals; and

 

-1-


  C. Assist in income tax and estate planning and tax return preparation.

 

SECTION 4 - BENEFIT LIMITS

 

The following benefit limits will apply:

 

  A. The fees to prepare the initial personal financial plan, up to a maximum of $12,000.

 

  B. The fees to assist in the achievement of plan goals and to assist in income tax and estate planning and tax return preparation, up to a calendar-year limit of $8,000.

 

  C. The $12,000 benefit to prepare the initial personal financial plan is a one-time benefit and will expire when the full $12,000 amount has been used. The $8,000 calendar-year benefit is an annual benefit, and any unused portion will expire at the end of each calendar year.

 

  D. Any fees in excess of the above benefit limits will be the responsibility of the executive receiving the services.

 

  E. An executive whose participation in this program is terminated pursuant to Section 2 or who retires or otherwise terminates his or her service as an employee of the GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its subsidiaries and other affiliates will be eligible for any fees up to the full $8,000 calendar-year limit during the calendar year of such retirement or other termination. The Company, however, will only pay fees incurred by the executive prior to the retirement or other termination date. Any fees incurred after such date will be the responsibility of the executive.

 

SECTION 5 - TRAVEL EXPENSES

 

Any reasonable travel expenses incurred by the consultant will be billed to and paid by the Company and will not be allocated to individual benefit limits.

 

-2-


 

SECTION 6 - INCOME TAXES

 

All fees paid by the Company for personal financial planning are considered taxable income to the executive and will be added to the executive’s W-2 statement. Some portion of these fees may be deductible under current IRS regulations.

 

SECTION 7 - ADMINISTRATION

 

  A. The executive will instruct the consultant to submit bills within the above benefit limits to the Company’s Manager of Compensation. There will be a separate bill submitted for travel expenses.

 

  B. The Company’s Manager of Compensation will note on each bill the current status of the annual benefit limit and will forward the bill to the executive for review and approval.

 

  C. The executive will initial the bill to signify his or her approval and will return the approved bill to the Company’s Manager of Compensation for approval and payment processing.

 

  D. The executive will instruct the consultant to send all bills for fees in excess of the above benefit limits directly to the executive for payment.

 

SECTION 8 - TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

 

The adoption and maintenance of this program will not be deemed to constitute a contract between any employer and employee, or to be consideration for, or an inducement or condition of, the employment of any person. Neither this program nor its maintenance will be deemed to give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of any employer or to interfere with the right of an employer to discharge an employee at any time, nor will it be deemed to give to an employer the right to require any employee to remain in its employ, nor will it interfere with any employee’s right to terminate his or her employment at any time.

 

SECTION 9 - MODIFICATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

The Company reserves the right at any time and from time to time, without notice, to modify or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of this program and to terminate this program for any reason.

 

-3-

 

Exhibit 10.45

 

GlobalSantaFe

Personal Financial Planning

Assistance Program

For Key Employees

 


 


 

GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc.

 

Certificate

 

I, David E. Faure, the Secretary of GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc., having in my custody and possession the corporate records of said corporation, do hereby certify that attached hereto is a true, correct and complete copy of the GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program For Key Employees as presently in effect.

 

Dated: August 27, 2002

 

/s / David E. Faure
David E. Faure

 


 

GlobalSantaFe

Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program

For Key Employees

 


 

SECTION 1 - PURPOSE

 

The GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program For Key Employees has been established by GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc. (the “Company”) to provide assistance with personal financial planning to Key employees of GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its subsidiaries and other affiliates.

 

SECTION 2 - ELIGIBILITY

 

Employees of GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its subsidiaries and other affiliates in salary grade 42 and above who are not participants in the GlobalSantaFe Personal Financial Planning Assistance Program For Senior Executives are participants eligible for personal financial planning assistance under this program. Subject to Section 9, each participant will continue to be eligible for benefits under this program as long as he or she remains in salary grade 42 or above as an employee of GlobalSantaFe Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates.

 

SECTION 3 - SERVICES

 

Each participating employee will from time to time select a consultant or consultants to perform the following services:

 

  A. Prepare one initial personal financial plan after the employee first becomes a participant in the program;

 

  B. Assist in evaluating future financial decisions required to achieve the plan goals; and

 

  C. Assist in income tax and estate planning and tax return preparation.

 


 

SECTION 4 - BENEFIT LIMITS

 

The following benefit limits will apply:

 

  A. The fees to prepare the initial personal financial plan, up to a maximum of $6,000.

 

  B. The fees to assist in the achievement of plan goals and to assist in income tax and estate planning and tax return preparation, up to a calendar-year limit of $4,000.

 

  C. The $6,000 benefit to prepare the initial personal financial plan is a one-time benefit and will expire when the full $6,000 amount has been used. The $4,000 calendar-year benefit is an annual benefit, and any unused portion will expire at the end of each calendar year.

 

  D. Any fees in excess of the above benefit limits will be the responsibility of the employee receiving the services.

 

  E. An employee who ceases to occupy a position with a salary grade of 42 or above or retires or otherwise terminates his or her service as an employee of GlobalSantaFe Corporation and its subsidiaries and other affiliates will be eligible for any fees up to the full $4,000 calendar-year limit during the calendar year of such retirement or other termination. The Company, however, will only pay fees incurred by the employee prior to the date of the salary grade reduction, retirement or other termination. Any fees incurred after such date will be the responsibility of the employee.

 

SECTION 5 - TRAVEL EXPENSES

 

Any reasonable travel expenses incurred by the consultant will be billed to and paid by the Company and will not be allocated to individual benefit limits.

 

SECTION 6 - INCOME TAXES

 

All fees paid by the Company for personal financial planning are considered taxable income to the employee and will be added to the employee’s W-2 statement. Some portion of these fees may be deductible under current IRS regulations.

 

-2-


 

SECTION 7 - ADMINISTRATION

 

  A. The employee will instruct the consultant to submit bills within the above benefit limits to the Company’s Manager of Compensation. There will be a separate bill submitted for travel expenses.

 

  B. The Company’s Manager of Compensation will note on each bill the current status of the annual benefit limit and will forward the bill to the employee for review and approval.

 

  C. The employee will initial the bill to signify his or her approval and will return the approved bill to the Company’s Manager of Compensation for approval and payment processing.

 

  D. The employee will instruct the consultant to send all bills for fees in excess of the above benefit limits directly to the employee for payment.

 

SECTION 8 - TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

 

The adoption and maintenance of this program will not be deemed to constitute a contract between any employer and employee, or to be consideration for, or an inducement or condition of, the employment of any person. Neither this program nor its maintenance will be deemed to give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of any employer or to interfere with the right of an employer to discharge an employee at any time, nor will it be deemed to give to an employer the right to require any employee to remain in its employ, nor will it interfere with any employee’s right to terminate his or her employment at any time.

 

SECTION 9 - MODIFICATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

The Company reserves the right at any time and from time to time, without notice, to modify or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of this program and to terminate this program for any reason.

 

-3-

Exhibit 12.1

 

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION

STATEMENT SETTING FORTH DETAIL FOR COMPUTATION OF

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

(Millions of dollars)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Fixed charges:

                        

Interest expense, gross

   $ 55.5     $ 67.5     $ 57.1  

Portion of rentals representative of interest

     35.6       26.1       24.4  
    


 


 


Total fixed charges

   $ 91.1     $ 93.6     $ 81.5  
    


 


 


Earnings before fixed charges:

                        

Income before income taxes

   $ 98.0     $ 129.2     $ 287.1  

Fixed charges

     91.1       93.6       81.5  

Capitalized interest

     (41.0 )     (34.9 )     (20.5 )

Amortization of capitalized interest

     3.4       3.1       3.0  
    


 


 


Total earnings before fixed charges

   $ 151.5     $ 191.0     $ 351.1  
    


 


 


Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:

                        

Earnings before fixed charges

   $ 151.5     $ 191.0     $ 351.1  

Fixed charges

   $ 91.1     $ 93.6     $ 81.5  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     1.66       2.04       4.31  
    


 


 


EXHIBIT 21.1

 

GLOBALSANTAFE CORPORATION

AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

February 24, 2005

 

Name of Company


  

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation


   Percent of
Voting Stock
Owned by
Immediate
Parent


 

GlobalSantaFe Corporation

   Cayman Islands       

Entities Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Holding Company

   Delaware    100 %

Key Perfuracoes Maritimas Limitada

   Brazil    100 %

MSF Offshore Services India Private Limited

   India    100 %

Santa Fe Braun Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

Santa Fe Drilling Company of Venezuela, C.A.

   California    100 %

Santa Fe Servicos de Perfuracao Limitada

   Brazil    100 %

GlobalSantaFe International Drilling Corporation

   Bahamas    100 %

Global Offshore Drilling Limited

   Nigeria    70 %

GlobalSantaFe Holdings ApS

   Denmark    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Adriatic AS

   Norway    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Norway AS

   Norway    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Services AS

   Norway    100 %

GlobalSantaFe High Island III AS

   Norway    100 %

GlobalSantaFe International Operations Corporation

   British Virgin Islands    77.51 % (a)

GlobalSantaFe Services (BVI) Inc.

   British Virgin Islands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe International Drilling Inc.

   British Virgin Islands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Denmark Holdings ApS

   Denmark    100 %

GlobalSantaFe B.V.

   Netherlands    100 %

Challenger Minerals (Nigeria) Limited

   NIgeria    99 % (b)

GlobalSantaFe International (Canada) Drilling Company

   Nova Scotia    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Servicios de Venezuela, C.A.

   Venezuela    99.01 % (c)

GlobalSantaFe Norway AS

   Norway    100 %

GlobalSantaFe do Brasil Ltda.

   Brazil    99 % (d)

GlobalSantaFe Drilling (South Atlantic) Inc.

   British Virgin Islands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling U.K. Limited

   Scotland    100 %

Challenger Minerals (North Sea) Limited

   Scotland    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Onshore Services Limited

   Scotland    100 %

GlobalSantaFe North Sea Limited

   Bahamas    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Operations (Australia) Pty Ltd

   Australia    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Overseas Limited

   Bahamas    100 %

GlobalSantaFe West Africa Drilling Limited

   Bahamas    100 %

GlobalSantaFe South America LLC

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Campeche Holdings LLC

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico    99.99 % (e)

GlobalSantaFe Mexico Holdings LLC

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Operations (Mexico) LLC

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Tampico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico    99.99 % (f)

Intermarine Services (International) Limited

   Bahamas    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling (N.A.) N.V.

   Netherlands Antilles    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Services Netherlands B.V.

   Netherlands    100 %

P.T. Santa Fe-Pomeroy Indonesia

   Indonesia    70 %

P.T. Santa Fe Supraco Indonesia

   Indonesia    95 %

 

Page 1 of 3


Name of Company


  

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation


   Percent of
Voting Stock
Owned by
Immediate
Parent


 

GlobalSantaFe Corporation (continued)

           

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Operations Inc.

   Cayman Islands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe (Africa) Inc.

   Cayman Islands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe (Labuan) Inc.

   Malaysia    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Offshore Services Inc.

   Cayman Islands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe International Services Inc.

   Panama    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company (Overseas) Limited

   England    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Venezuela, C.A.

   Venezuela    100 %

SantaFe Drilling Company (U.K.) Limited

   England    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Operations (BVI) Inc.

   British Virgin Islands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Holding Company (North Sea) Limited

   England    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company (North Sea) Limited

   England    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Services (North Sea) Limited

   England    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Techserv (North Sea) Limited

   England    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Leasing Limited

   British Virgin Islands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Hungary Services Limited Liability Company

   Hungary    96 % (g)

GlobalSantaFe Operations (Barbados) Inc.

   Cayman Islands    100 %

Covent Garden - Servicos de Marketing LDA

   Portugal    98 % (h)

GlobalSantaFe Financial Services (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l.

   Luxembourg    99.93 % (i)

GlobalSantaFe Group Financing Limited Liability Company

   Hungary    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Holdings Delaware LLC

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe U.S. Holdings Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

Oilfield Services, Inc.

   Cayman Islands    100 %

Global Marine Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

(See separate section for subsidiaries of Global Marine Inc.)

           

Platform Capital N.V.

   Netherlands Antilles    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Nederland B.V.

   Nertherlands    100 %

GlobalSantaFe AG

   Switzerland    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company (Canada) Limited

   Nova Scotia    100 %

GlobalSantaFe (Norge) AS

   Norway    100 %

Platform Financial N.V.

   Netherlands Antilles    100 %

Santa Fe Drilling (Nigeria) Limited

   Nigeria    60 %

Santa Fe Operations (Nigeria) Limited

   Nigeria    60 %

Saudi Drilling Company Limited

   Saudi Arabia    90 % (j)

 

Page 2 of 3


Name of Company


   State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation


   Percent of
Voting Stock
Owned by
Immediate
Parent


 

Separate Section for Subsidiaries of Global Marine Inc.

           

Applied Drilling Technology Inc.

   Texas    100 %

Eaton Industries of Houston, Inc.

   Texas    100 %

Campeche Drilling Services Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

Challenger Minerals Inc.

   California    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Arctic Ltd.

   Canada    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Corporate Services Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe de Venezuela Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Company

   Delaware    100 %

Global Marine do Brasil Perfuracoes Ltda.

   Brazil    50 % (k)

GlobalSantaFe Caribbean Inc.

   California    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Deepwater Drilling Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Beaufort Sea Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Development Inc.

   California    100 %

GlobalSantaFe GOM Services Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Leasing Corporation

   Bahamas    100 %

GlobalSantaFe C.R. Luigs Limited

   England    100 %

GlobalSantaFe U.S. Drilling Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Drilling Trinidad LLC

   Delaware    100 %

Resource Rig Supply Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

GlobalSantaFe Communications, Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

Santa Fe Construction Co.

   Delaware    100 %

Intermarine Services Inc.

   Texas    100 %

Turnkey Ventures de Mexico Inc.

   Delaware    100 %

NOTES:

(a) The remaining 22.49% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe Corporation.
(b) The remaining 1% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe International Drilling Inc.
(c) The remaining 0.99% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe Services (BVI) Inc.
(d) The remaining 1% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe Overseas Limited.
(e) Less than .01% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe Mexico Holdings LLC.
(f) Less than .01% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe Mexico Holdings LLC.
(g) The remaining 4% is owned directly by GlobalSantafe Services (BVI) Inc.
(h) The remaining 2% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe Holdings Delaware LLC.
(i) Approximately .06% is owned by GlobalSantaFe Operations (Barbados) Inc. and less than .01% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe Holdings Delaware LLC.
(j) The remaining 10% is owned directly by GlobalSantaFe Nederland B.V.
(k) The remaining 50% is owned directly by Global Marine Inc.

 

Page 3 of 3

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in (i) the Registration statements on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 333-7070,
333-62708, 333-73878, 333-112670 and 333-111448) of GlobalSantaFe Corporation, (ii) the Post Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-70268) of GlobalSantaFe Corporation and (iii) the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-108643) of GlobalSantaFe Corporation of our report dated March 2, 2005 relating to the financial statements, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10 K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated March 2, 2005 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10 K.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Houston, Texas

March 2, 2005

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Jon A. Marshall, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of GlobalSantaFe Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15 (e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in the report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s third fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 1, 2005

 

/s/ Jon A. Marshall


Jon A. Marshall

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, W. Matt Ralls, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of GlobalSantaFe Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15 (e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in the report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s third fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 1, 2005

 

/s/ W. Matt Ralls


W. Matt Ralls

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

 

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of GlobalSantaFe Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Jon A. Marshall, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Jon A. Marshall


Jon A. Marshall

Chief Executive Officer

March 1, 2005

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of GlobalSantaFe Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, W. Matt Ralls, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ W. Matt Ralls


W. Matt Ralls

Chief Financial Officer

March 1, 2005